India Emerges as Fastest-Growing Major Economy Amid Global Slowdown, Says UN Report

While the global economy faces significant headwinds and weakening growth projections, India stands out as a beacon of economic resilience. According to the World Economic Situation and Prospects (WESP) report published on May 15, 2025, by the United Nations Department of Economic and Social Affairs, India is expected to be the fastest-growing large economy in the world, with a projected growth rate of 6.3 percent in 2025.

This forecast follows a similar projection made in April 2025 by the International Monetary Fund, which estimated India’s economy would expand by 6.2 percent in the current year and 6.3 percent in the next. These figures position India, the world’s fifth-largest economy, far ahead of the global average, which is expected to grow by just 2.4 percent in 2025. This divergence underlines India’s robust performance at a time when most developed and developing nations face economic challenges.

The WESP report attributes India’s economic momentum to several key drivers. “Resilient private consumption and strong public investment, alongside robust services exports, will support economic growth,” it noted. Moreover, the report projects a favorable outlook for inflation and employment in India. “Inflation is projected to slow from 4.9 per cent in 2024 to 4.3 per cent in 2025, staying within the central bank’s target range,” it stated.

India’s relatively strong economic performance comes in stark contrast to the global economic landscape, where widespread deceleration is forecast across regions. The WESP report highlights a grim projection for overall global growth, which is expected to decline from 2.9 percent in 2024 to 2.4 percent in 2025. According to Shantanu Mukherjee, Director of the Economic Analysis and Policy Division, “It’s been a nervous time for the global economy. In January this year, we were expecting two years of stable, if subpar growth, and since then, prospects have diminished.”

A range of factors are cited in the report for this global slowdown. Chief among them are escalating trade tensions and policy uncertainties, which have undermined investor confidence and dampened trade. The report observes that heightened tariffs—particularly in the United States—are increasing the effective tariff rate significantly. This is expected to strain international supply chains, push up production costs, delay essential investment decisions, and stir financial market instability.

The impact of these tariffs is expected to ripple across global markets. The report states, “While looming US tariffs weigh on merchandise exports, currently exempt sectors—such as pharmaceuticals, electronics, semiconductors, energy, and copper—could limit the economic impact, though these exemptions may not be permanent.”

Developing countries, in particular, are likely to bear the brunt of these trade disruptions. Li Junhua, United Nations Under-Secretary-General for Economic and Social Affairs, warned, “The tariff shock risks hitting vulnerable developing countries hard, slowing growth, slashing export revenues, and compounding debt challenges, especially as these economies are already struggling to make the investments needed for long-term, sustainable development.”

The WESP report further cautions that the bleak global economic outlook will hinder progress toward achieving the Sustainable Development Goals. The challenges are rooted in declining global trade, persistent inflationary pressures, and deteriorating growth. In particular, international trade is expected to slow markedly, with projected growth dropping from 3.3 percent in 2024 to just 1.6 percent in 2025. Furthermore, merchandise trade is forecast to shrink in the second half of 2025. These developments could negatively affect industries like transport, tourism, and various services that depend on robust global trade flows.

Adding to the global concerns, inflation remains a critical issue in many developing nations. In 2025, over 20 developing countries have experienced double-digit inflation rates. Food inflation has been especially pronounced, with averages exceeding 6 percent in regions such as Africa, South Asia, and Western Asia.

Despite the economic turbulence, the WESP report suggests that unemployment figures have remained relatively stable globally. “Unemployment remains largely stable amid steady economic conditions,” the report states. However, it also notes that long-standing gender disparities in employment persist, signaling a need for more inclusive labor market policies.

Looking ahead, investment growth globally is projected to be muted in 2025. This outlook is attributed to ongoing trade policy uncertainty, elevated interest rates, and fiscal limitations in many economies. The report underscores that low levels of investment could restrain future growth prospects. Compounding this concern is the role of emerging technologies, particularly Artificial Intelligence, which the report says could disrupt labor markets even further.

In response to these challenges, the WESP calls for coordinated strategic action from global policymakers. It emphasizes the importance of a balanced approach that incorporates monetary policy, fiscal strategies, supply-side reforms, and medium-term industrial policies. These combined efforts are seen as crucial for managing inflation, ensuring financial stability, and promoting inclusive economic growth.

The United Nations has also placed considerable hope in an upcoming global event to address these pressing economic issues. The Fourth International Conference on Financing for Development is scheduled to take place in Sevilla, Spain, from June 30 to July 3, 2025. This event is expected to serve as a pivotal forum to discuss and implement solutions aimed at strengthening multilateral cooperation, promoting debt sustainability, and advancing concrete actions toward financing sustainable development for all.

In summary, while the world grapples with an uncertain and deteriorating economic environment, India’s projected growth sets it apart as a leading light among major economies. Supported by strong domestic demand, steady investment, and controlled inflation, India may not only weather the global downturn but could also become an engine of global economic stability. Meanwhile, global leaders and policymakers are urged to take concerted action to navigate through the economic challenges and reorient growth toward a more inclusive and sustainable path.

Mohanlal’s ‘Thudarum’ Breaks Records with Unprecedented Footfalls and Global Box Office Triumph

The year 2025 is shaping up to be an iconic one for Malayalam cinema, especially for superstar Mohanlal. His latest crime thriller Thudarum has emerged as a groundbreaking film in Mollywood, surpassing several benchmarks and setting a new standard for box office success. With record-breaking footfalls and massive global collections, Thudarum has achieved a feat no Indian film has managed in the last nine years.

Released on April 25, 2025, Thudarum has captivated audiences across Kerala, with its gripping storyline and Mohanlal’s compelling performance drawing in massive crowds to theatres. The film’s popularity shows no sign of slowing down, as it continues to attract moviegoers in unprecedented numbers.

According to the most recent data, the film has recorded a staggering 66.2 lakh footfalls in Kerala within just 20 days of its release. With the current momentum, Thudarum is expected to cross the 70 lakh mark with ease by the weekend. This incredible audience turnout reflects the film’s strong word-of-mouth and repeat viewership. What makes this even more remarkable is that Thudarum has outperformed another of Mohanlal’s recent blockbusters, L2: Empuraan, which had amassed a total of 53.95 lakh footfalls during its entire theatrical run.

This level of footfall is historic for Kerala’s film industry. Thudarum is now the third most-watched Indian film in Kerala since the year 2000. It trails only behind Narasimham (2000) and Pulimurugan (2016), both of which are also Mohanlal starrers. Notably, Pulimurugan had been the gold standard for nearly a decade when it came to audience turnout, but now Thudarum is challenging that legacy. In fact, no Indian film over the past nine years has managed to achieve such a large viewership in Kerala. As one observer noted, “Mind-boggling, isn’t it?”

While the film is breaking records in terms of audience numbers, its performance at the global box office is equally impressive. Within 21 days, Thudarum has already overtaken L2: Empuraan to become the second highest-grossing Malayalam film of all time. The only film still ahead of it is Manjummel Boys.

Domestically, Thudarum has earned a net total of ₹107.66 crore in India. Its gross domestic collections amount to ₹127.03 crore. On the international front, the film has concluded its overseas run with a gross of ₹90.20 crore. Adding it all together, the worldwide gross stands at a remarkable ₹217.23 crore.

Here’s a breakdown of Thudarum’s global box office performance over the span of 20 days:

India net: ₹107.66 crore

India gross: ₹127.03 crore

Overseas gross: ₹90.20 crore

Worldwide gross: ₹217.23 crore

These numbers are a testament to the wide appeal of the film, not just among audiences in Kerala but also among the Malayali diaspora and international moviegoers. Few regional films manage to make such a dent globally, but Thudarum has proven that Malayalam cinema continues to rise in stature and influence on the world stage.

The film has been helmed by director Tharun Moorthy, who has crafted a crime thriller that resonates with viewers across demographics. Featuring a stellar ensemble cast, Thudarum includes celebrated actress Shobana in a pivotal role, alongside Prakash Varma, Farhaan Faasil, Maniyanpilla Raju, Binu Pappu, Irshad Ali, Aarsha Chandini Baiju, Thomas Mathew, Sangeeth Prathap, and Krishna Prabha. Each actor brings depth and nuance to the film, enhancing the intricate storyline and creating a cinematic experience that is both engaging and memorable.

Produced by M. Renjith under the banner of Rejaputhra Visual Media, Thudarum had a wide theatrical release on April 25, 2025. The production values and cinematic craftsmanship have received praise, with critics highlighting the film’s storytelling, tight screenplay, and impactful performances. The collaboration between Mohanlal and director Tharun Moorthy has proven to be a winning combination, attracting both critical acclaim and commercial success.

The film’s success reflects not just Mohanlal’s star power but also the evolution of Malayalam cinema into a more global and commercially viable force. While Mohanlal’s name undoubtedly adds tremendous weight to any film, it is clear that Thudarum has resonated with audiences on multiple levels—thanks to its compelling plot, direction, and powerful ensemble cast.

As Thudarum continues its theatrical run, it remains a phenomenon in Kerala and beyond. With its footfall count inching toward 70 lakhs and worldwide revenue already crossing ₹217 crore, the film is expected to climb even higher in the list of all-time box office successes.

Given the current trajectory, it wouldn’t be surprising if Thudarum goes on to challenge even more longstanding records in the days to come. Its popularity suggests strong legs at the box office, and with continued support from fans and audiences, it could eventually narrow the gap with Manjummel Boys or even surpass it.

For now, Mohanlal can bask in the glory of yet another historic achievement. His ability to consistently draw crowds and push the boundaries of Malayalam cinema remains unmatched. Thudarum is more than just a hit film—it is a cultural event, a celebration of storytelling, and a clear indicator that Malayalam cinema is thriving like never before.

In an industry constantly evolving with new trends and shifting audience preferences, Mohanlal continues to adapt and dominate. As 2025 unfolds, Thudarum stands tall as a defining moment for both the actor and the Malayalam film industry.

India Faces Escalating Obesity Crisis with Over 70% of Urban Population Affected, Lancet Study Finds

India is confronting an escalating health crisis as a recent study published in The Lancet reveals that 70% of the country’s urban population is either overweight or obese. This alarming trend places India among the top nations grappling with obesity, ranking third globally after the United States and China in the number of obese individuals.

The findings, part of a report released by the NCD Risk Factor Collaboration, indicate that nearly eight crore people in India are categorized as obese. Particularly concerning is that one crore of these individuals belong to the 5 to 19-year age group, suggesting that childhood and adolescent obesity is becoming a widespread issue.

Highlighting the growing threat, Dr. Amit Garg, a senior bariatric and metabolic surgeon at a hospital in Mohali, told The Times of India, “India ranks third, just behind the US and China, in the list of top 10 countries with the highest number of obese individuals.”

The report notes that 30 million Indian adults are either overweight or obese. Among the diabetic population in India—estimated at around 62 million—there is a high incidence of obesity-related complications such as excess body fat, abdominal adiposity, and fat accumulation in ectopic areas of the body. These complications are major contributing factors to chronic diseases and organ dysfunction.

Dr. Arunanshu Beheram, another senior surgeon, observed a corresponding rise in bariatric or weight-loss surgeries due to the increasing prevalence of obesity in the country. According to him, more individuals are turning to surgical interventions as a means of tackling extreme weight gain.

“Obesity is just one facet of malnutrition, with underweight or thinness constituting the other end of the spectrum,” the report elaborates. It emphasizes that both extremes—being underweight and being obese—pose significant risks to vital organs such as the heart and liver. These conditions increase the likelihood of various illnesses, including cardiovascular and metabolic diseases.

The report also offers insights into the changing trends of malnutrition in India over time. Between 1990 and 2022, the percentage of underweight women in India declined by about 30%. However, the number of obese women saw a sharp rise during the same period, reaching 4.4 crore. Similarly, the number of obese men increased to 2.6 crore, reflecting a 5% growth. The data reveals a notable transition from undernutrition to overnutrition within India’s demographic landscape.

Alarmingly, the obesity trend is not confined to adults. The 5-19 age group is increasingly affected, with 0.7 crore boys and 0.5 crore girls now classified as obese. This change marks a significant shift in India’s public health profile, indicating that unhealthy weight gain is becoming a problem early in life.

The global context adds to the concern. The Lancet study shows that in 2022, the worldwide rate of obesity among children and adolescents was four times higher than in 1990. This exponential rise points to a global epidemic that requires urgent attention and collaborative efforts.

In India, the increase in obesity is mirrored by the surge in medical procedures to combat it. In 2019 alone, about 20,000 weight-loss surgeries were performed across the country. This is a staggering increase compared to just 800 surgeries conducted a decade earlier, reflecting both rising demand and wider acceptance of surgical solutions to weight-related issues.

Adding to the accessibility of such procedures, the Indian government now funds weight-loss surgeries for its three million government employees. This policy move is intended to make such surgeries more accessible to a broader section of the population, potentially reducing long-term healthcare costs by preventing obesity-related diseases.

The Lancet report underscores the severity of India’s obesity problem by reiterating that nearly 80 million Indians, including 10 million individuals aged between 5 and 19 years, are obese. The figures also highlight how childhood obesity is rapidly becoming a dominant feature of India’s public health landscape.

Three in ten school-going children in India are now obese, according to the report. This statistic, experts say, signals a worrying surge in weight-related issues among youth, particularly in the aftermath of the COVID-19 pandemic, which saw extended lockdowns, reduced physical activity, and unhealthy eating patterns.

Experts unanimously agree that reversing this trend requires immediate and concerted lifestyle changes. They advocate for better dietary habits, increased physical activity, and community-wide awareness programs to instill healthy routines early in life. Without such interventions, India could face a future overwhelmed by preventable chronic diseases.

A recent World Health Organization (WHO) study further highlights the gravity of the situation on a global scale. According to the WHO, more than one billion people worldwide are now classified as obese, surpassing the number of individuals who are underweight. This shift underscores a dual burden of malnutrition: while undernutrition continues to plague low-income populations, overnutrition has emerged as a leading public health threat globally.

This rise in obesity is accompanied by a spike in associated conditions such as early-onset diabetes, cardiovascular diseases, and kidney disorders. “This rapid increase in obesity rates poses a dual burden with malnutrition and raises concerns about the early onset of diseases such as diabetes, heart disease, and kidney disease,” the report states.

Another challenge in addressing obesity is the limited availability and high cost of obesity-related medications. These drugs, often essential for people who cannot undergo surgery or for whom lifestyle changes are insufficient, remain out of reach for a large portion of the population due to financial constraints.

The mounting obesity crisis demands a multi-pronged response. Policy initiatives, public health campaigns, and grassroots efforts must work in tandem to create an environment that supports healthier choices. Measures like subsidizing nutritious foods, creating public spaces for exercise, and introducing mandatory physical education in schools can contribute significantly to curbing the trend.

In conclusion, the data from the Lancet and WHO reports present a stark picture of a nation—and a world—grappling with a growing epidemic of obesity. With India’s urban population particularly affected, and children increasingly at risk, experts warn that time is running out. Without swift and strategic action, the consequences could be devastating for future generations, both in terms of health and economic burden.

India Briefs UN on Terror Group TRF Linked to Pahalgam Attack, Pushes for Global Sanctions

Indian officials have provided a detailed briefing to the monitoring team of the United Nations Security Council’s 1267 Sanctions Committee about the activities of The Resistance Front (TRF), which has been identified as the group responsible for the recent Pahalgam terror attack. According to individuals familiar with the matter, the Indian delegation shared comprehensive intelligence regarding the group’s operations and links to Pakistan-based terror organizations.

A specialized Indian technical team is currently in New York for discussions with the monitoring team of the 1267 Sanctions Committee. This visit also includes engagement with representatives of other partner nations within the United Nations framework. The purpose of this mission, the sources explained on condition of anonymity, is part of India’s broader diplomatic efforts to push for the global designation of the TRF as a terrorist entity.

In addition to the meetings with the Sanctions Committee, the Indian team will also be interacting with officials from the United Nations Office of Counter-Terrorism (UNOCT) and the Counter-Terrorism Committee Executive Directorate (CTED). These interactions are seen as crucial to building international consensus and ensuring a stronger global response to the activities of groups like the TRF.

The TRF has long been regarded by Indian security agencies as a front for the Lashkar-e-Taiba (LeT), a Pakistan-based terror organization. The group had initially claimed responsibility for the April 22 terror attack in Pahalgam that led to the death of 26 individuals. However, Indian officials have stated that TRF later withdrew its claim following instructions from its handlers across the border. This reversal has been interpreted as a strategic move by the group’s backers to deflect international attention.

Following the Pahalgam attack, India launched a military operation named Operation Sindoor on May 7, targeting terrorist infrastructure in areas controlled by Pakistan. The operation led to a series of intense military exchanges between India and Pakistan that spanned four days. These retaliatory actions included the use of drones, missiles, and long-range artillery by both nations. An understanding was eventually reached between the two sides on May 10 to de-escalate and halt further military actions.

As part of its case to the United Nations, India has supplied substantial documentation about TRF’s involvement as a proxy for Pakistan-based terror outfits. Information regarding TRF was submitted to the monitoring team as part of India’s biannual reports to the 1267 Sanctions Committee in both May and November of 2024. These reports detailed TRF’s ties to LeT and its role in executing terror activities in Jammu and Kashmir. Even earlier, in December 2023, India had informed the UN monitoring team about the active presence of LeT and Jaish-e-Mohammad (JeM) in Jammu and Kashmir, operating under the guise of groups like the TRF.

Foreign secretary Vikram Misri recently highlighted India’s commitment to keeping the international community informed. “We are going to be meeting with the [monitoring] team again very soon and we will be providing an update to the information that we have provided earlier,” Misri told reporters last week. This statement underscores India’s resolve to ensure that global institutions remain aware of the evolving terror threats emanating from the region.

The UN Security Council’s 1267 Sanctions Committee plays a pivotal role in combating international terrorism. It is responsible for managing and updating the sanctions list under resolution 1267 and oversees the implementation of sanctions against individuals and entities involved in terrorism. This includes actions such as freezing financial assets, imposing travel bans, and enforcing arms embargoes against designated terrorists and their support networks.

The monitoring team of the 1267 Sanctions Committee supports the committee’s objectives by collecting and verifying information related to listed individuals and organizations. One of its key tasks is to help ensure that the financial assets of designated terror entities and individuals are frozen. It also assists in preventing such individuals from entering or transiting through the territories of UN member states and helps block the supply of weapons to them.

In addition to its work with the UN sanctions regime, the monitoring team is also a part of the Working Group on Tackling the Financing of Terrorism. This role includes close coordination with global partners and institutions such as the Financial Action Task Force (FATF). The FATF, which plays a major role in combating money laundering and terrorist financing, collaborates with the UN in tracking and dismantling the financial lifelines of terrorist networks.

The push to get TRF designated under the UN sanctions regime reflects India’s growing assertiveness in dealing with cross-border terrorism. Indian officials argue that sanctioning the group would not only hold it accountable for its role in violent attacks but also limit its ability to operate internationally. Designation would allow global law enforcement and financial institutions to freeze assets and disrupt logistical support systems used by TRF and its affiliates.

The backdrop of the military confrontation in May adds urgency to India’s campaign. Operation Sindoor was one of the most significant cross-border military responses by India in recent years and underscores the serious threat that groups like the TRF pose to regional stability. The brief but intense escalation also drew attention from global powers, many of whom have urged both nations to exercise restraint and focus on diplomatic channels.

Indian analysts have noted that the TRF’s emergence and actions are part of a broader strategy by Pakistan-based terror groups to create plausible deniability. By operating under new names or regional fronts, organizations like LeT and JeM attempt to obscure their direct involvement in attacks while continuing to pursue their objectives. Indian officials maintain that these tactics are deceptive and that the international community must look beyond the façade.

India’s diplomatic outreach at the United Nations is aimed not only at ensuring justice for victims of terrorism but also at exposing the network of support that allows such groups to thrive. The country’s efforts have found some resonance among UN member states, especially those that have faced similar threats or share India’s concerns about the misuse of financial and digital systems by terrorist networks.

The visit by the Indian technical team to New York represents a continuation of a strategy that combines military resolve with international diplomacy. By engaging proactively with institutions like the 1267 Sanctions Committee, UNOCT, and CTED, India hopes to secure meaningful global action against terror groups that pose a persistent danger to peace and security in the region.

In the coming weeks, Indian officials are expected to intensify their efforts with more briefings, document submissions, and consultations with key partners. The broader goal remains to ensure that entities like the TRF are not only exposed but also effectively sanctioned to prevent further attacks and destabilization.

India Moves to Retaliate Against US Tariffs Amid Ongoing Trade Deal Talks

India has initiated its first countermeasure against the United States under President Donald Trump’s second term by proposing tariffs on select American goods. This comes in response to Washington’s import duties on steel and aluminum and unfolds at a time when the two nations are actively working toward finalizing a bilateral trade agreement.

New Delhi informed the World Trade Organization (WTO) that it considers the US tariffs on steel and aluminum as “safeguard measures” — essentially trade restrictions — that will negatively affect Indian exports. The notification, made public on Monday, emphasizes that these measures hinder India’s trade interests.

According to the official WTO communication, India reserves the right to “suspend concessions or other obligations” as a reciprocal measure under international trade rules. This formal move marks the first instance of retaliation by India during Trump’s current term, signaling a shift in New Delhi’s approach. Until recently, India had refrained from taking retaliatory steps, choosing instead to prioritize ongoing trade discussions. Both countries are aiming to seal a trade pact by the fall.

“India’s latest WTO action comes at a delicate moment,” remarked Ajay Srivastava, founder of the New Delhi-based think tank Global Trade Research Initiative. “New Delhi and Washington are exploring a broader free trade agreement, and this retaliation could cast a shadow over negotiations.”

The WTO filing noted that the US tariffs could affect up to $7.6 billion worth of Indian exports, and that the additional duties imposed by Washington would amount to $1.91 billion. In response, India plans to introduce retaliatory duties equivalent in value to those losses, though it has not yet specified which American products will be targeted.

Earlier this year, President Trump imposed a 25 percent duty on all steel and aluminum imports into the United States, which went into effect on March 12. The move was part of his broader plan to reshape trade relationships globally. At the time, Indian exporters had called on their government to counteract these measures with reciprocal action.

Following WTO protocol, India had formally requested consultations with the US in April concerning the increased tariffs. However, the US rejected the consultation request, arguing that the duties were imposed on grounds of national security and therefore should not be treated as safeguard measures under WTO regulations.

Pankaj Chadha, chairman of the Engineering Exports Promotion Council, expressed support for India’s move, calling it a “positive development.” He added that this response might help his sector secure exemptions from the US-imposed tariffs.

“India’s proposed suspension of concessions would result in an equivalent amount of duty collected from products originating in the United States,” the WTO notification stated, underlining the principle of proportional retaliation. However, it did not disclose the specific goods likely to be affected by the new Indian tariffs.

The timing of this action is notable. India’s Commerce Minister Piyush Goyal is set to visit Washington from May 17 to 20 for trade discussions with members of the Trump administration. A source with knowledge of the matter, who requested anonymity due to the sensitive nature of the talks, confirmed that India’s proposed retaliatory measures would now form a key component of the discussions.

This episode represents a shift in tone from earlier in Trump’s presidency. During his first term, India responded to the US’s decision in 2019 to withdraw trade concessions on $5.7 billion worth of Indian goods by raising customs duties on 28 American products.

However, in Trump’s current term, India had been more accommodating. Earlier this year, New Delhi introduced sweeping reforms to its import tariff structure, cutting duties on around 8,500 industrial items. Notably, this included significant reductions on American products like bourbon whiskey and premium motorcycles from Harley-Davidson Inc. These moves were intended to address longstanding trade grievances voiced by President Trump.

Despite these efforts at conciliation, India’s recent WTO notification signals a firmer posture. Srivastava pointed out that “India’s move reflects a broader shift: a willingness to assert itself within global trade rules to protect its economic interests.”

The retaliation also coincides with broader international trade developments. Just hours before India submitted its WTO notice, the United States agreed to substantially lower tariffs on Chinese goods after Beijing refused to yield to Trump’s demands.

Adding to the tension, this latest move by India comes amid controversy over President Trump’s remarks linking trade with a recent ceasefire between India and Pakistan. At a White House event on Monday, Trump said, “If you stop it, we’re doing trade. If you don’t stop it, we’re not going to do any trade,” implying that trade with India might have been used as leverage in securing the ceasefire.

India promptly dismissed this suggestion. On Tuesday, May 13, a spokesman from the Ministry of External Affairs, Randhir Jaiswal, addressed the issue at a press conference in New Delhi. “There were conversations between Indian and US leaders on the evolving military situation,” he said. “The issue of trade did not come up in any of these discussions.”

With trade negotiations continuing and high-level visits planned, India’s decision to propose retaliatory tariffs places pressure on the upcoming talks. The move is both a signal of India’s readiness to defend its economic interests and a test of whether both sides can reconcile their differences to finalize a long-anticipated trade agreement.

By asserting its right to respond within the framework of WTO rules, New Delhi has shown it is prepared to push back while still maintaining diplomatic engagement. The outcome of Minister Goyal’s visit and the inclusion of India’s retaliation in negotiations may determine the trajectory of US-India trade relations going forward.

Ceasefire Brings Fleeting Relief as India-Pakistan Tensions Persist in Kashmir

The fragile peace that followed a recently declared ceasefire between India and Pakistan was short-lived in Kashmir. While there was initial hope that hostilities would subside, renewed violence quickly shattered those expectations, leading to mass displacement and deepened uncertainty along the disputed border region.

In the Indian-administered section of Kashmir, tens of thousands of residents were forced to evacuate last week following intense shelling and drone assaults attributed to Pakistan. The ceasefire, announced on Saturday, aimed to de-escalate what has been one of the most serious military stand-offs between the two nuclear-armed nations in decades. Yet by Sunday, only a few displaced families had ventured back to their homes.

“We will go back only after complete calm prevails,” said Basharat Ahmed, a resident of Poonch district. “It doesn’t take much time for the two countries to start fighting on the border.” His caution reflects a broader sentiment of mistrust and fear that continues to grip communities near the heavily fortified Line of Control (LoC), the de facto boundary dividing Kashmir between India and Pakistan.

The ceasefire, meant to halt escalating violence, quickly appeared to unravel. Within hours of the agreement, both sides accused each other of breaching the deal. Indian authorities reported that since Wednesday, shelling from the Pakistani side had resulted in the deaths of at least 23 individuals and left many others injured. Hundreds of homes were either severely damaged or entirely destroyed during the attacks.

In Baramulla, a family that had taken refuge in a government-run college tried to return to their home in the Uri sector, which lies close to the LoC. However, Indian soldiers at a checkpoint stopped them without providing a reason, forcing them to return to the college for shelter.

“Our joy around the ceasefire just vanished,” said Bashir Ahmed, head of the family. His experience highlights the unpredictability of life near the conflict zone, where ceasefires often provide only temporary respite from the cycle of violence.

Along the LoC, both Indian and Pakistani soldiers stand guard, with watchtowers positioned just hundreds of meters apart. In certain areas, the opposing troops are close enough to acknowledge each other with a wave, underlining how thin and delicate the buffer between peace and war remains.

Tensions between the two countries surged last month following a brutal attack on tourists in Kashmir. India blamed Pakistan for supporting the assault, which left 26 men—mostly Indian Hindus—dead. Pakistan, however, denied any involvement in the massacre.

The incident further inflamed hostilities, prompting both nations to expel each other’s diplomats and nationals. Borders and airspace were shut down, while both sides engaged in missile strikes, drone warfare, and relentless artillery shelling.

On Sunday, India claimed that missile strikes it conducted inside Pakistani territory the previous week had resulted in the deaths of at least 100 militants, including several high-ranking figures. Such claims have only heightened the state of alert on both sides of the LoC.

Meanwhile, civilians caught in the crossfire continue to suffer immensely. In Pakistani-administered Kashmir, fear of Indian retaliation prompted residents to flee en masse. Although some began returning after the ceasefire was announced, many discovered that their homes and businesses had been reduced to ruins, rendering them unsafe or uninhabitable. The loss of personal belongings added to their despair, and most are now left wondering whether the truce will last—and who will help them rebuild their shattered lives.

One such resident, Abdul Shakoor from the town of Chinari, recalled fleeing with his family on Wednesday. “Many people in other cities who support war don’t realize who suffers the most when conflict breaks out or when two armies exchange fire,” said Shakoor. “It’s the people living near the border who pay the highest price.” He and his family escaped by crossing open fields and walking nearly 10 kilometers to seek refuge at a relative’s house.

Despite his skepticism, Shakoor expressed hope that both countries would eventually prioritize diplomacy over violence. “In the end, even after war, it all comes back to dialogue,” he said. His words echo the long-standing belief among many Kashmiris that meaningful and lasting peace can only be achieved through negotiation, not conflict.

The Neelum Valley, known for its scenic beauty and proximity to the LoC, bears visible scars from the recent hostilities. Nestled amidst verdant landscapes and flowing rivers, the valley is also among the first places to suffer when tensions rise between India and Pakistan. In some locations, military posts of both nations are clearly visible across the river, underscoring the valley’s vulnerability during cross-border exchanges.

On the night before the ceasefire was announced, residents of Neelum Valley were jolted awake by the wail of warning sirens. Among them was Fatima Bibi, who immediately rushed with her family into a bunker as the area came under heavy fire.

“It was a terrifying night,” Bibi recalled. “Both sides were firing at each other’s posts. We heard nonstop explosions, and there was a deafening blast as shells started landing in our village.” A shell struck the courtyard of her home, shattering windows and damaging walls.

Now, like many others, Bibi is thankful for the ceasefire. “Given how tense things had become, many people could have died if a war had broken out,” she said. But her gratitude is tempered by the knowledge that ceasefires in the region often falter, and the danger could return at any time.

For the residents of Kashmir—on both sides of the LoC—the ceasefire is not a solution, but a pause. The shadow of renewed violence looms large, and the fear of losing lives, homes, and livelihoods remains ever-present. While governments exchange accusations and carry out retaliatory strikes, the human cost continues to mount, borne primarily by those who live closest to the border.

Until there is a sustained commitment to peace and open dialogue, the people of Kashmir will likely remain trapped in this tragic cycle, hoping each ceasefire might finally be the one that holds.

Congress Rejects Trump’s Kashmir Mediation Remark, Calls Conflict a Modern One, Not a ‘Biblical’ Crisis

Following U.S. President Donald Trump’s remarks offering to mediate on the Kashmir issue, Indian opposition party leaders have pushed back strongly, rejecting any suggestion of international intervention. Congress MP Manish Tewari was direct in his response, emphasizing that the Kashmir dispute is not an ancient, biblical-era conflict, but a contemporary issue that dates back just 78 years.

“Someone in the US establishment needs to seriously educate their President that Kashmir is not a biblical 1000-year-old conflict,” Tewari wrote in a post on X (formerly Twitter). He traced the genesis of the issue to October 22, 1947, when Pakistan invaded the then-independent princely state of Jammu & Kashmir. Maharaja Hari Singh formally acceded to India on October 26, 1947, ceding the territory in full, including areas currently under Pakistani control. Tewari questioned why this “simple fact” was difficult to grasp.

Congress leader Jairam Ramesh also criticized the Trump administration’s comments, especially a reference made by U.S. Secretary of State Marco Rubio regarding the possibility of using a “neutral forum” to mediate between India and Pakistan. Ramesh raised key questions in response: “Have we abandoned the Shimla Agreement? Have we opened the door for third-party mediation?”

In a press statement, Ramesh called on the Indian government to convene an all-party meeting chaired by Prime Minister Narendra Modi to discuss a range of issues including “Operation Sindoor,” the Pahalgam terror attack, and the recently announced ceasefire between India and Pakistan. He also advocated for a special session of Parliament to allow a comprehensive discussion on these developments.

Meanwhile, U.S. President Donald Trump, in a social media post, lauded both India and Pakistan for agreeing to a ceasefire. “I am very proud of the strong and unwaveringly powerful leadership of India and Pakistan for having the strength, wisdom, and fortitude to fully know and understand that it was time to stop the current aggression,” he stated. Trump claimed millions of innocent people could have died had the hostilities continued. He added, “While not even discussed, I am going to increase trade, substantially, with both of these great Nations,” and expressed willingness to work with both sides on a long-term solution for Kashmir.

The U.S. President’s framing of the Kashmir issue as a “thousand-year” conflict, however, appeared to undermine his credibility in the eyes of Indian lawmakers, who view the statement as historically inaccurate and diplomatically inappropriate.

Security developments on the ground also played into the larger narrative. The Sri Guru Ram Das Jee International Airport in Amritsar was placed under heightened security on Sunday. Authorities restricted access to the gurdwara located within the airport premises, sparking concerns among devotees. However, Assistant Commissioner of Police (Airport), Yadwinder Singh, assured the public that there was no drone activity and urged against spreading unverified rumours. “The situation is peaceful… there is adequate security,” he said.

Despite the tensions, the situation in areas like Srinagar, Akhnoor, Rajouri, and Poonch remained calm. No reports of drones, shelling, or cross-border firing were received during the night of May 10-11. Nevertheless, Amritsar District authorities maintained a red alert, advising residents to stay indoors and avoid windows or balconies. The alert followed intense shelling from across the border a day earlier.

Political reactions in Jammu and Kashmir to the ceasefire were largely positive. Leaders across the spectrum, including Mehbooba Mufti of the People’s Democratic Party, National Conference president Farooq Abdullah, and Hurriyat chairman Mirwaiz Umar Farooq, welcomed the pause in hostilities. They called it a necessary step toward meaningful peace and political dialogue.

“Terrorism is unacceptable, but it should not dictate when India and Pakistan go to war,” said Mufti, adding that a political resolution is the only viable path forward. Mirwaiz remarked that “better sense has prevailed,” while Abdullah emphasized the toll the conflict has taken on border communities. “Our people have borne the brunt of this deteriorating situation. This pause will offer them some much-needed relief,” he said.

The Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP), on the other hand, held a ‘Tiranga Yatra’ in Bengaluru to express support for the Indian armed forces following Operation Sindoor — a retaliatory strike on nine terrorist sites in Pakistan and Pakistan-occupied Kashmir in response to the April 22 Pahalgam attack. Union Minister Shobha Karandlaje led the rally, urging citizens to remain united in support of the military and government.

“India is fighting terrorism. Pakistan sent terrorists to Pahalgam. Innocent people were killed after being asked about their religion. Our jawans retaliated. We must stand united with the country,” she said. The BJP Minority Morcha also launched a nationwide campaign titled “Nagrik Tiranga Yatra for National Security” to bolster public support under the broader “Operation Sindoor” initiative.

As the military dimension grabbed attention, the Maharashtra government began focusing on its under-resourced civil defence force. Following nationwide mock drills, the state’s civil defence directorate announced new efforts to revamp the agency, including introducing a civil defence course in the University of Mumbai’s engineering curriculum from the upcoming academic year. “Students who wish to serve the nation while pursuing their education will get an opportunity through this course,” said Director Prabhat Kumar.

Meanwhile, divergent opinions about the ceasefire emerged on social media and among analysts. Foreign affairs expert Brahma Chellaney questioned whether Prime Minister Modi had decided against pursuing Operation Sindoor to its “logical conclusion” — ending Pakistan’s decades-long strategy of cross-border proxy warfare. Some critics argued that the ceasefire prematurely let Pakistan off the hook following the Pahalgam attack.

Congress leader Sachin Pilot, however, praised the Indian military for what he called a “precise and adequate” strike on terror camps. Speaking to The Times of India, Pilot emphasized that the response avoided civilian casualties and directly targeted terrorists. He also reminded that Pakistan has a history of harbouring terrorists, citing Osama bin Laden’s hiding in Abbottabad and the activities of Masood Azhar and Hafiz Saeed.

As tensions ease and the public digests a flurry of official statements, military operations, and international commentary, the road ahead remains uncertain. With diplomacy back on the table and domestic voices urging a mix of vigilance and political dialogue, India’s next moves — both at the border and on the global stage — will be closely watched.

Bharat Launches Precision Strikes on Pakistan in Response to Aggression

In a decisive counteroffensive, Bharat carried out a coordinated assault late Wednesday night, launching strikes from its aircraft carrier INS Vikrant. This action led to the destruction of several Pakistani fighter jets and targeted over ten strategic locations across multiple Pakistani cities. The operation was in direct response to Islamabad’s ongoing hostilities, including missile strikes on Bharatiya cities just hours before the retaliation.

Defense officials confirmed that the offensive from INS Vikrant was part of a larger tri-service military operation that integrated the efforts of the Army, Navy, and Air Force. Among the destroyed aircraft were modern F-16s and JF-17s, which were part of Pakistan’s advanced aerial fleet.

Heavy bombardments were reported in major cities including Lahore, Islamabad, Sialkot, Karachi, Rawalpindi, and Peshawar. Visual footage from the ground shows intense flames and thick clouds of smoke consuming parts of these urban areas. Widespread fear and chaos have taken hold of the Pakistani public, as the Bharatiya strikes continue into the early hours.

Adding to the internal turmoil, the political party associated with Imran Khan has mobilized on the streets in protest against the Shahbaz Sharif government. In an unexpected diplomatic turn, the United States issued a stern warning to Pakistan. A spokesperson from the White House cautioned Pakistan to halt its aggressive behavior in the Asian region, stressing the importance of peace and stability.

Amidst the escalating conflict, sightings of Turkish ships and aircraft have been reported in Pakistani territory, further adding to the uncertainty of the situation.

Bharat also successfully dismantled Pakistan’s air defense infrastructure and intercepted all incoming projectiles targeting its cities. On the night of May 7, Pakistan attempted to attack 15 key sites near Bharat’s border areas. In response, Bharat retaliated with overwhelming force. Pakistani drones and missiles were intercepted mid-air by Bharat’s sophisticated air defense systems. Numerous incoming missiles were neutralized over Jammu and Udhampur, while cross-border shelling remains ongoing. By 12:45 AM IST, Bharat had already struck over ten significant Pakistani urban centers, causing extensive destruction.

This sharp escalation comes in the aftermath of Pakistan’s failed offensive on May 7, when it sought to strike 15 Bharatiya cities. These efforts were effectively countered by Bharat’s S-400 Sudarshan missile defense systems. Although Pakistan’s Defence Minister Khawaja Asif had previously assured that his country would not provoke conflict, Bharat remained on high alert. Renewed Pakistani attacks on the evening of May 8 triggered Bharat’s forceful countermeasures. It is widely acknowledged that Pakistan has suffered a complete erosion of credibility on the global stage.

In the wake of these events, Bharat’s National Security Advisor Ajit Doval met with Prime Minister Narendra Modi to conduct a high-level security assessment. Concurrently, Home Minister Amit Shah ordered paramilitary deployments to sensitive regions. On the diplomatic front, External Affairs Minister Dr. S. Jaishankar established communication with global counterparts, including U.S. Senator Marco Rubio, providing detailed information regarding Pakistan’s provocations. “As world aware that Pakistan has provoked Bharat due to his mischievous activities since yesterday night,” emphasized the Bharatiya diplomatic outreach.

Foreign Secretary Vikram Misri addressed the media on the evening of May 8, confirming the toll inflicted by Pakistani shelling in Jammu and Kashmir. “Three civilians were killed near a gurdwara in Poonch, and 59 others injured in border villages,” he said. These civilian casualties have intensified calls within Bharat for a firm and sustained response.

Meanwhile, instability has gripped Pakistan’s military and political leadership. Sources indicate that several top-ranking officers are attempting to flee the country. Prime Minister Shahbaz Sharif is reportedly taking refuge in a military bunker, as the corridors of power in Islamabad descend into panic.

Despite the intensity of the strikes, Bharat has maintained that its military response is calculated and restrained. A government official reiterated that the operations are “calibrated, precise, and non-escalatory,” with the sole objective of neutralizing terror threats and military aggression originating from Pakistani territory.

Bharat’s strikes have drawn global attention for their scale, coordination, and rapid execution. The involvement of INS Vikrant, Bharat’s indigenously-built aircraft carrier, signifies a strategic shift in the country’s maritime and aerial capabilities. Defense analysts have observed that this may mark a new chapter in regional deterrence, signaling Bharat’s preparedness to retaliate against any breach of its sovereignty.

Pakistan’s internal political divide has only widened in the aftermath of these events. With Imran Khan’s party staging protests and Prime Minister Shahbaz Sharif under intense scrutiny, the civilian government appears increasingly fragile. The opposition has seized upon the government’s handling of security and diplomatic affairs, accusing it of dragging the country into a crisis through reckless decision-making.

Simultaneously, the appearance of Turkish military assets within Pakistani airspace and waters has sparked speculation regarding Ankara’s potential role in the unfolding conflict. While Türkiye has not issued any formal statement, international observers are closely monitoring these developments to assess any broader geopolitical implications.

The United States’ firm warning to Pakistan underscores rising global concern over the instability in South Asia. “White House spokesperson in a statement warned Pakistan to control themselves,” the report noted. The diplomatic message was clear: further escalation will not be tolerated, and peace in the region must be preserved.

Even as the situation remains fluid, Bharat has demonstrated its capacity to act swiftly and decisively in the face of unprovoked aggression. Its military operations reflect a doctrine that prioritizes national security while avoiding unnecessary escalation. The fact that Pakistan’s attempted strikes were thwarted and responded to with precision indicates a high level of preparedness and coordination across Bharat’s defense forces.

While the coming days will likely reveal more details about the extent of the damage and the geopolitical repercussions, it is evident that Bharat’s message has been delivered unequivocally. The response was neither impulsive nor indiscriminate—it was a measured show of strength aimed at restoring deterrence and regional stability.

In the current climate, all eyes remain on diplomatic efforts to de-escalate tensions. However, Bharat has made it clear that any future provocations will be met with similar resolve. As one defense official succinctly put it, “Our aim is not war, but peace through strength.”

Indian American Lawmakers Respond to India’s Retaliatory Strikes Against Terror Camps

Two Indian American members of the U.S. Congress expressed strong reactions on Wednesday to India’s retaliatory strikes targeting terror camps located in Pakistan and the region of Pakistan-occupied Kashmir. The strikes followed a deadly terror attack that took place in Pahalgam last month, which claimed the lives of 26 civilians in Jammu and Kashmir on April 22. While one lawmaker gave his full support to India’s counterterrorism action, the other emphasized the importance of addressing terrorism without allowing it to justify political suppression within Pakistan.

Congressman Raja Krishnamoorthi of Illinois urged for a balanced response to the heightened regional tensions. He underscored the importance of tackling terrorism while simultaneously safeguarding democratic principles in Pakistan. “In the wake of last month’s horrific terrorist attack in Pahalgam, the need to combat terrorism and prevent future violence has become even more urgent,” he said. However, Krishnamoorthi warned that the crisis should not be used by Pakistan’s government as a justification for further democratic erosion. “At the same time, Pakistan must release former Prime Minister Imran Khan and ensure free and fair elections that uphold democratic values. The current situation should not be used as a pretext to further undermine democracy.”

Krishnamoorthi, who has already declared his intention to run for the U.S. Senate in 2026, has consistently supported the promotion of democratic values and human rights across South Asia. His recent statements align with his broader political stance, which favors strengthening democratic institutions and preventing authoritarian overreach in countries facing internal and external threats.

In support of his cautionary approach, Krishnamoorthi cited remarks by U.S. Secretary of State Marco Rubio, who also encouraged de-escalation in the wake of the strikes. Rubio reaffirmed the Biden administration’s focus on closely observing the situation and engaging with both Indian and Pakistani officials in order to seek a diplomatic resolution. Rubio reiterated President Joe Biden’s earlier appeal for restraint, calling for cooler heads to prevail during this volatile period.

Meanwhile, Michigan Representative Shri Thanedar took a more forceful position in support of India’s actions, firmly backing the country’s right to defend itself. Thanedar strongly condemned terrorism and said India was justified in carrying out its counterterrorism strikes. “Terrorism cannot be tolerated, and it cannot go unanswered,” he said. “India has the right to defend its people, and I stand firmly with our ally in its efforts to dismantle these extremist networks.”

Thanedar further advocated for stronger strategic ties between the United States and India in the face of mutual security challenges. “The United States should always stand with our allies against terrorism. This is a time for deeper U.S.-India cooperation to protect innocent lives and defend the principles of democracy, human rights, and religious freedom,” he said. Thanedar’s stance reflects a growing consensus among several U.S. lawmakers who view India as a vital ally in the global fight against extremism.

Both Krishnamoorthi and Thanedar belong to the Democratic Party and are part of the informal “Samosa Caucus” in Congress, a group composed of Indian American lawmakers. Other members of this group include Ami Bera of California, Ro Khanna of California, and Pramila Jayapal of Washington. Together, they represent a rising wave of Indian American political voices on Capitol Hill, often bringing South Asian perspectives into American legislative discourse.

The reactions from these lawmakers come as India’s military operation, codenamed Operation Sindoor, continues to draw international attention. The mission, aimed at targeting and dismantling terrorist training camps and infrastructure, has elicited a range of responses from the global community. Some international leaders have echoed calls for calm and diplomatic engagement, while others have acknowledged India’s right to self-defense in the aftermath of what is being described as one of the deadliest attacks in Jammu and Kashmir in recent years.

While the situation on the ground remains tense, the broader conversation in Washington highlights a dual concern: the need to combat terrorism effectively and the imperative to uphold democratic values across the region. Krishnamoorthi’s remarks about the release of former Pakistani Prime Minister Imran Khan underline the ongoing scrutiny of Pakistan’s internal political environment. The former leader has remained in detention amid a wider crackdown on opposition figures, raising alarms among international watchdogs and democracy advocates.

Secretary of State Marco Rubio’s involvement adds a significant layer of diplomatic engagement to the crisis. His comments are in line with the Biden administration’s broader strategy of maintaining regional stability while discouraging escalatory actions by either side. Rubio’s reassurance that the U.S. will continue to monitor developments and maintain open lines of communication with New Delhi and Islamabad suggests Washington’s intention to play a stabilizing role.

Meanwhile, Thanedar’s unequivocal support for India underscores the growing alignment between Indian and American strategic interests, particularly in the fight against terrorism. His reference to the need for deepened cooperation on issues such as human rights and religious freedom indicates a willingness among some U.S. lawmakers to not only support India militarily but also to encourage the country’s leadership to maintain its democratic credentials even during times of conflict.

In the domestic political context, both lawmakers’ statements serve to reinforce their individual political profiles. Krishnamoorthi’s Senate ambitions likely inform his more measured approach, seeking to balance foreign policy firmness with advocacy for democratic norms. Thanedar’s strong backing of India resonates with his constituents, many of whom see India as a vital partner in global security and as a bulwark against regional instability.

As Operation Sindoor unfolds, the spotlight remains fixed on how India and Pakistan will navigate this latest flashpoint. The stakes are high, not just for the two countries involved but also for international allies like the United States, which must balance its relationships with both nations while promoting peace and democratic governance. The divided responses of Krishnamoorthi and Thanedar reflect the complexity of the situation—combining a shared condemnation of terrorism with diverging perspectives on the best path forward.

Ultimately, both lawmakers have voiced their concern about the violence and the broader implications for democracy and human rights. As Krishnamoorthi warned, “The current situation should not be used as a pretext to further undermine democracy.” And as Thanedar insisted, “Terrorism cannot be tolerated, and it cannot go unanswered.” These two positions, though framed differently, together underscore the challenge of responding to terror while protecting democratic principles in a deeply volatile region.

India’s Operation Sindoor: A Message of Justice and Accountability

On May 6, India successfully executed Operation Sindoor, a high-stakes mission intended to bring those responsible for the April 22 terrorist attack in Pahalgam to justice. The operation was part of the country’s larger strategy to hold accountable the perpetrators of acts of terror and provide justice to those affected by the heinous attack. According to Vinay Kwatra, India’s Ambassador to the United States, this operation was an unequivocal response to the violence that shook the region.

In a rare interview with Fox News on May 7, Kwatra shared the significance of the operation, describing it as a clear message of accountability for those who carried out the attack. “This operation that we carried out was aimed at bringing accountability and justice to those subhuman monsters, those worst of the worst, who carried these territory attacks on Apr.22,” he said. His remarks underscored the gravity of the situation and the determination of the Indian government to take decisive action against those responsible for terrorizing civilians.

The terrorist attack on April 22 in Pahalgam had left the region in shock, with both locals and officials deeply affected by the brutality of the attack. In the aftermath, there was widespread condemnation across India and abroad, calling for swift and firm action to ensure that the attackers were brought to justice. The Indian government, under Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s leadership, wasted no time in formulating a response, demonstrating their commitment to protecting citizens and safeguarding national security.

Vinay Kwatra further elaborated on the nature of the operation, emphasizing its importance in restoring peace and order. The operation was not just about punishing those responsible, but also about sending a strong message to all those who may consider using violence to further their agenda. “This operation was not only about eliminating the immediate threat posed by these terrorists but also about sending a clear signal that we will not tolerate acts of terror on our soil,” Kwatra stated. This message was directed not only to the perpetrators but also to the broader community of those who support or engage in terrorist activities.

Kwatra’s comments highlighted the growing concern over the rising number of terrorist incidents across the region and India’s increasing resolve to tackle the issue head-on. The April 22 attack was part of a larger pattern of violence in the area, and the Indian government had been under mounting pressure to take more aggressive steps in combating these threats. Operation Sindoor was thus seen as a critical move in demonstrating India’s ability and willingness to confront terrorism, no matter the cost.

The diplomat’s interview with Fox News marked an important moment in India’s diplomatic efforts, with Kwatra taking the opportunity to emphasize the government’s commitment to justice. The ambassador’s words resonated deeply with many, especially those who had been directly impacted by the attack. Kwatra’s unflinching stance on bringing those responsible to justice was a clear reminder of India’s dedication to upholding the rule of law and ensuring that those who commit such atrocities face the consequences of their actions.

The operation also highlighted India’s growing counter-terrorism capabilities, as the country continues to modernize its military and intelligence apparatus to better combat the evolving threats posed by extremist groups. “India has been strengthening its counter-terrorism capabilities over the years, and this operation was a direct result of that effort. We are now in a position to respond swiftly and decisively to such threats,” Kwatra pointed out.

Operation Sindoor’s success was seen as a critical turning point in India’s ongoing battle against terrorism. The meticulous planning and execution of the operation demonstrated the country’s ability to target and eliminate threats with precision. Experts have noted that such operations are not only essential in neutralizing immediate dangers but also in sending a powerful message to terrorist organizations and their supporters around the world.

Kwatra’s statement that the operation was aimed at “bringing accountability and justice” made it clear that the Indian government is not merely focused on eliminating the physical threat posed by terrorists, but also on addressing the broader issue of impunity. The attack in Pahalgam was not an isolated incident but part of a larger, systemic problem that the Indian government is actively working to address. “These attacks are not just about the loss of lives but about sending a message of fear and insecurity,” Kwatra explained. “We cannot allow that to happen.”

The government has long maintained a zero-tolerance policy towards terrorism, and Operation Sindoor was seen as a continuation of that stance. In the wake of the operation, officials reiterated India’s determination to stand firm against any form of terror, with the full force of the law being used to combat extremist violence. The country’s military and intelligence agencies were praised for their swift response and effective coordination during the operation.

For the citizens of Pahalgam and surrounding areas, the successful execution of Operation Sindoor brought a sense of justice and closure. The terror that had gripped the region on April 22 was met with a powerful counteraction that reassured the people that the Indian government would not allow such acts to go unpunished. “We owe it to the families of the victims and to all those who have suffered to ensure that the perpetrators are held accountable,” Kwatra stated, his voice firm and resolute.

The broader geopolitical implications of the operation were also significant, with many analysts noting that India’s firm stance against terrorism sends a strong message to neighboring countries and the international community. In particular, the operation is seen as a response to the ongoing challenges posed by cross-border terrorism, with India’s neighbors often being accused of harboring and supporting extremist groups. Kwatra’s interview did not shy away from addressing this issue, with the ambassador making it clear that India would continue to take the necessary steps to protect its citizens and safeguard its sovereignty.

In conclusion, Operation Sindoor represented a significant chapter in India’s ongoing fight against terrorism. Through decisive action, the Indian government not only eliminated a threat but also reaffirmed its commitment to justice and accountability. As Kwatra rightly pointed out, “This operation was aimed at bringing accountability and justice to those subhuman monsters, those worst of the worst,” who sought to spread fear and violence. The message was clear: India will not tolerate terrorism, and those who engage in such acts will face the full consequences of their actions.

The successful operation has been hailed as a crucial victory in the broader war on terror, and it is expected to serve as a model for future counter-terrorism efforts. With India continuing to strengthen its defense and security frameworks, the government remains committed to protecting its people from the scourge of terrorism, ensuring that justice is served in the face of violence.

Pakistan Alleges Imminent Indian Strike Amid Tensions Over Kashmir Attack

Pakistan’s Information Minister Attaullah Tarar has claimed that Islamabad has “credible intelligence” suggesting that India plans to launch a military strike within the next 24 to 36 hours. His statement comes amid escalating tensions following a deadly attack in Indian-administered Kashmir that left 26 tourists dead. The Indian government has blamed Pakistan for backing the militants involved, a charge that Islamabad firmly denies.

Tarar said India is trying to use the Kashmir attack as a “false pretext” to justify a potential strike against Pakistan. “Any such military adventurism by India would be responded to assuredly and decisively,” he warned. These remarks have intensified concerns in a region long fraught with conflict and suspicion. The BBC has reached out to India’s foreign ministry for a response, but no official comment has yet been made.

The attack, which occurred near the popular tourist destination of Pahalgam, is the deadliest assault on civilians in the region in the past 20 years. The location, nestled in the disputed territory of Kashmir, has once again become the focal point of tension between the two nuclear-armed neighbours. Both India and Pakistan lay claim to Kashmir in its entirety, though each only controls parts of it. Since their independence and partition in 1947, the two countries have fought two wars specifically over Kashmir.

In recent days, intermittent exchanges of small-arms fire have been reported across the Line of Control (LoC), the de facto border that separates the Indian- and Pakistani-controlled regions of Kashmir. These skirmishes have stoked fears of a larger conflict, especially amid speculation that India may carry out retaliatory military strikes, similar to those it launched in 2016 and 2019 following deadly militant incidents.

Indian authorities responded to the Pahalgam massacre with a large-scale security operation in the region. Officials reported last week that over 1,500 individuals had been detained for questioning. The number has since grown, although no exact figures have been released. These detentions are part of India’s effort to uncover those behind the attack and to prevent further violence.

Authorities have also demolished the homes of at least 10 individuals they allege were militants. Reports indicate that at least one of those whose house was destroyed had ties to a suspect involved in the recent killings. While these measures have been criticized by some human rights groups, Indian officials defend them as necessary steps to ensure security.

The broader backdrop of these developments is Kashmir’s long-standing history as a flashpoint of conflict between India and Pakistan. Since 1989, Indian-administered Kashmir has experienced an armed rebellion against Indian rule. The insurgency has resulted in thousands of deaths, with both civilians and security forces frequently targeted. India has accused Pakistan of supporting and harboring militant groups operating in the region, a charge that Islamabad denies.

So far, Indian authorities have not officially identified the group responsible for the Pahalgam killings. Initially, a little-known organization called the Resistance Front was reported to have claimed responsibility. However, the group later denied any involvement. The Resistance Front has been described as being linked to Lashkar-e-Taiba, a banned militant group based in Pakistan that has been accused of orchestrating several previous attacks in India, including the 2008 Mumbai attacks.

Police in Indian-administered Kashmir have named three of the four individuals suspected of carrying out the Pahalgam massacre. According to police, two of the suspects are Pakistani nationals, while the third is a local resident from the region. No details have emerged regarding the identity of the fourth individual.

Accounts from survivors have further inflamed public anger in India. Many survivors reported that the gunmen specifically targeted Hindu men during the attack, a claim that has added a communal dimension to an already volatile situation. This has further fueled national outrage and calls for accountability.

Prime Minister Narendra Modi responded to the attack with a stern message, promising that justice would be delivered. “We will hunt the suspects till the ends of the earth,” he declared. “Those who planned and carried it out will be punished beyond their imagination.” Modi’s remarks reflect the mood in India, where the incident has stirred widespread grief and demands for a strong response.

The ongoing conflict over Kashmir continues to pose a serious risk to peace in South Asia. Despite international calls for dialogue and restraint, both India and Pakistan have maintained hardline positions on the issue. With both nations armed with nuclear weapons, the possibility of escalation remains a significant concern for regional and global stability.

In the past, similar attacks have triggered sharp military responses from India. In 2016, following an assault on an army base in Uri that killed 19 soldiers, India carried out what it called “surgical strikes” on militant camps across the border. Again in 2019, after a suicide bombing in Pulwama claimed by Jaish-e-Mohammed killed 40 paramilitary personnel, India launched air strikes in Balakot, deep inside Pakistani territory. Both incidents brought the two nations to the brink of a wider conflict.

It remains unclear how India will respond this time. Although no official announcement has been made, Tarar’s warning suggests that Pakistan is preparing for the possibility of another cross-border strike. His remarks appear aimed at preempting Indian action and at rallying international attention to Pakistan’s position.

Meanwhile, tensions remain high in Kashmir. Security forces are on heightened alert, and civil liberties have been restricted in several areas amid fears of further unrest. The Indian government has intensified its surveillance and counter-insurgency measures, determined to prevent another tragedy.

For its part, Pakistan continues to insist that it is being unfairly blamed. Tarar reiterated Islamabad’s stance that it had no involvement in the Pahalgam killings and accused India of attempting to manipulate public sentiment for political or military purposes.

As the 24 to 36-hour window cited by Tarar unfolds, all eyes are on South Asia. The situation remains volatile, and the possibility of miscalculation or provocation could have far-reaching consequences. The international community may soon be called upon to step in to prevent another round of escalation between these long-time adversaries.

Padma Awards 2025: Stars Shine as President Honours India’s Leading Artists

The Padma Awards 2025 ceremony took place on Monday at the Rashtrapati Bhavan in New Delhi, where several notable personalities from the fields of arts and music were honoured by President Droupadi Murmu. Among the prominent recipients were actors Nandamuri Balakrishna and Ajith Kumar, filmmaker Shekhar Kapur, singers Arijit Singh and Ricky Kej, and the late ghazal maestro Pankaj Udhas, who was honoured posthumously.

The annual Padma Awards, one of India’s highest civilian honours, recognize exceptional achievements in various fields. The ceremony this year was marked by the presence of celebrities from across India, each receiving their award for their outstanding contribution to their respective domains. These awards are traditionally given in three categories: Padma Vibhushan, Padma Bhushan, and Padma Shri, with Padma Bhushan and Padma Shri recipients taking the spotlight during the 2025 ceremony.

Nandamuri Balakrishna, a veteran actor and politician from Andhra Pradesh, received the Padma Bhushan. He appeared at the ceremony wearing traditional attire representing his home state, showcasing pride in his cultural roots. His recognition by the Indian government acknowledges his long-standing contribution to the Telugu film industry and public life.

Actor Ajith Kumar also received the Padma Bhushan for his contributions to Indian cinema. Known for his work in Tamil films, Ajith made a distinguished appearance at the event dressed in a formal suit. In January, upon the announcement of his award, Ajith shared a heartfelt statement expressing his gratitude. “I am deeply humbled and honoured to receive the esteemed Padma Award by the President of India. I extend my heartfelt gratitude to the Hon’ble President of India, Smt. Droupadi Murmu and the Honourable Prime Minister, Shri Narendra Modi for this prestigious honour. It is a privilege to be recognized at such a level and I am truly grateful for this generous acknowledgment of my contributions to our nation.”

Shekhar Kapur, an internationally acclaimed filmmaker, was another Padma Bhushan awardee. He has directed landmark films such as Bandit Queen and Elizabeth, the latter earning several Academy Award nominations. In response to being selected for the honour, Shekhar had expressed his appreciation on X (formerly Twitter): “What an honour! Am humbled that the Government of India has considered me to be deserving of a #Padmanbhushan. Hopefully this award will make me strive harder to serve the Industry that I am part of, and the beautiful Nation that I am so fortunate to belong to. Thank you also to our film audiences of India, for I am because you are.”

Renowned classical dancer and actress Shobhana also received the Padma Bhushan for her contributions to Indian classical dance and cinema. Her work in promoting Bharatanatyam and Indian performing arts globally was acknowledged through this honour.

A special moment of the evening came when Pankaj Udhas, the iconic ghazal singer who passed away earlier this year, was honoured posthumously. His wife received the award on his behalf, a moving tribute to a man whose music had touched the hearts of millions. Udhas had been a defining voice in Indian music for decades and remains beloved for classics like Chitthi Aayi Hai and Jeeye To Jeeye Kaise.

Meanwhile, the Padma Shri, the fourth-highest civilian award in India, was bestowed upon Arijit Singh and Ricky Kej. Arijit Singh, often regarded as one of the most successful and versatile singers in contemporary Indian music, was recognized for his influence on the Indian playback music scene. His emotive voice and chart-topping songs across multiple Indian languages have made him a household name.

Ricky Kej, a Grammy-winning composer and environmentalist, was also among the Padma Shri recipients. His music often focuses on environmental issues and cross-cultural collaborations. His recognition underlines the increasing appreciation for artists who contribute to both art and global awareness.

The 2025 ceremony was streamed live on YouTube, enabling people across the country and around the world to watch the prestigious event in real time. This inclusion of a broader digital audience added to the accessibility and reach of the event, making it a moment of national pride shared collectively.

In addition to these well-known personalities, the awards were also given to several individuals from various other fields such as sports, medicine, science, literature, social work, and industry. Each year, the Padma Awards aim to honour a diverse group of achievers, and 2025 continued this tradition of inclusivity and excellence.

The ceremony not only celebrated achievements but also served as a reminder of the importance of cultural, artistic, and intellectual contributions in shaping the identity and progress of the nation. President Droupadi Murmu, in her role as the country’s ceremonial head, presented the awards with grace and dignity, upholding the significance of civilian honours in India.

As the recipients walked up to receive their awards, there was a palpable sense of emotion and pride—both from those being honoured and the audience witnessing the recognition of years of dedication. The atmosphere at Rashtrapati Bhavan was one of celebration, reverence, and inspiration.

The event reaffirmed the role of the Padma Awards in recognizing both popular and unsung heroes whose work enriches Indian society. While artists like Arijit Singh and Ajith Kumar are beloved by millions, the inclusion of figures like Ricky Kej and Shekhar Kapur highlighted the growing space for diverse forms of creativity and international acclaim within India’s honour system.

In summary, the Padma Awards 2025 brought together a constellation of celebrated Indian personalities who have contributed significantly to the country’s cultural and artistic landscape. With poignant moments like the posthumous recognition of Pankaj Udhas and the heartfelt responses from recipients like Ajith Kumar and Shekhar Kapur, the ceremony served not only as an awards function but also as a powerful tribute to India’s enduring talent and spirit.

India Faces UN Rights Body Downgrade Over NHRC’s Lack of Independence

India’s National Human Rights Commission (NHRC) is on the verge of being downgraded by the United Nations’ accreditation agency due to concerns about its lack of independence and effectiveness in upholding international human rights standards. The Global Alliance of National Human Rights Institutions (GANHRI), a key body responsible for evaluating and accrediting national human rights institutions around the world, has recommended that India’s NHRC be downgraded from its current A-grade status to a B-grade. This recommendation stems from the body’s alleged failure to comply with the Paris Principles, which are international guidelines adopted by the United Nations that define the minimum standards for the independence, pluralism, and functionality of national human rights bodies.

According to GANHRI, India’s NHRC does not meet the full requirements set out in the Paris Principles, raising doubts about its capacity to operate independently and effectively. Despite the seriousness of the recommendation, the report clarified that the downgrade “does not take effect for a period of one year,” giving the Indian commission time to demonstrate its alignment with the Paris Principles. The UN body has asked India’s NHRC to submit evidence showing that it complies with these international benchmarks, which serve as a foundational guide for the functioning of credible national human rights organizations.

Sister Vanaja Jasphine, a prominent human rights activist, expressed deep concern about the implications of this proposed downgrade. “The downgrading is a major setback for us as a nation. It will undermine India’s image as a democratic nation committed to upholding human rights, particularly at global forums like the United Nations Human Rights Council,” she said. Speaking to UCA News on April 28, Jasphine warned that the consequences go beyond just symbolic embarrassment. According to her, the downgrade would mean that “India will be deprived of its right to speak at the Human Rights Council and its voting power in crucial global human rights discussions.”

She emphasized that such a development would be a blow to India’s reputation as a global defender of human rights. “It will also damage the reputation of India as a human rights defender,” she stated, adding that “a weak national rights body may no longer have the strength to hold state actors, police, or security forces accountable for human rights violations.”

Jasphine, who belongs to the religious order of the Missionary Sisters of the Immaculate Heart of Mary (ICM), also pointed out that the downgrade could result in marginal voices being silenced. “The voice of minorities — such as socially poor dalit people, indigenous people, and sexual minorities — may be left unheard,” she warned. According to her, the weakening of the NHRC’s credibility and authority could make it difficult for vulnerable populations to find institutional support or justice when their rights are violated.

She further cautioned that the downgrade might “increase the vulnerability of human rights defenders with little institutional support and they may be exposed to unsafe situations.” Based in Madurai in the southern state of Tamil Nadu, Jasphine also practices law and expressed hope that the Indian government would take corrective measures. She urged the NHRC to “rectify its shortcomings to regain its lost status,” noting the importance of such institutions in maintaining democratic values and accountability.

Adding to the chorus of concern, A. C. Michael, a Catholic community leader based in New Delhi, echoed Jasphine’s sentiments. He highlighted the long-standing and worsening issues of rights violations in the country. “Rights violations have always been a concern in India as the state and non-state actors continue to target the vulnerable sections in society,” Michael said. He added, “And of late, it has become worse.”

According to Michael, freedom of expression and the right to dissent have been increasingly stifled. “Currently, the situation is such that even holding a public protest against the government or speaking against those in power is restricted so much so that even the mainstream media too speaks the voice of those in power,” he remarked. This observation suggests that the NHRC’s failure to act independently is occurring against a broader backdrop of democratic erosion and shrinking civil liberties in the country.

Michael also criticized the NHRC’s perceived alignment with the government, stating that the body is supposed to function as a guardian of rights for all citizens. “The federal rights commission is meant to protect the human rights of everyone in the country, but unfortunately, instead of speaking for the citizens, it speaks for the government,” he said. He underlined the historic nature of GANHRI’s decision by noting, “It is the first time India is downgraded.”

The recommendation by GANHRI is not just a routine evaluation; it signals a loss of international credibility for India’s human rights architecture. Accreditation by GANHRI is important because it determines a country’s NHRC’s ability to engage fully with international human rights mechanisms, including participating in and influencing discussions at the UN Human Rights Council. An A-grade status signifies that a commission is fully compliant with the Paris Principles, while a B-grade indicates partial compliance. A downgrade to B-status would prevent India’s NHRC from voting or holding office in international human rights forums and would be viewed as a clear indictment of its operational independence and performance.

Although the downgrading will not take effect immediately, the clock is ticking for India’s NHRC to submit sufficient documentation and reforms to retain its A-grade. The pressure is now on the Indian authorities to address the structural weaknesses and credibility issues that prompted the global body to recommend the downgrade in the first place.

The NHRC’s fate will likely have wider ramifications beyond its standing in international forums. If it fails to act, the most vulnerable in Indian society—such as the dalits, tribals, sexual minorities, and marginalized groups—will find themselves with even fewer avenues for redress. Furthermore, human rights defenders and civil society activists may find themselves increasingly isolated and at risk in the absence of a strong national institution that is supposed to safeguard their rights and freedoms.

As the one-year grace period unfolds, the international community and domestic rights advocates will be closely watching whether India’s NHRC can reform itself to meet the high standards expected of such a crucial democratic institution. The future of human rights accountability in the country could well depend on the outcome.

India’s Indus Waters Treaty Freeze Paves Way for Strategic Hydroelectric Leverage

By putting the Indus Waters Treaty on hold, India has gained a unique opportunity to expedite key hydroelectric projects such as Kishanganga, Ratle, and Pakal Dul in Jammu and Kashmir. These projects are no longer just energy-generating initiatives but have also become critical tools for applying strategic pressure on Pakistan.

Pakistan has been visibly unsettled by India’s move, displaying clear signs of anxiety. The Pakistani government has labeled the decision as an “act of war,” while prominent PPP leader Bilawal Bhutto issued a stark threat, saying, “either our water or their (India’s) blood will flow in the Sindhu (Indus).” According to top government sources in India, the psychological impact of India’s decision is already evident. Pakistan’s political leadership is now facing significant pressure from its citizens, who are increasingly concerned about the potential consequences of India controlling the flow of water from the western rivers.

For India, this development means it no longer needs to concern itself with Pakistan’s objections at international platforms regarding the Kishanganga, Ratle, and Pakal Dul hydroelectric projects. Collectively, these projects strengthen India’s geopolitical messaging and strategic position, allowing it to exert greater influence over Pakistan. The recent terror attack sponsored by Pakistan on civilians in Pahalgam has fundamentally altered the dynamics between the two nations. India is now signaling that Pakistani civilians will bear consequences for the provocations initiated by their army.

The Kishanganga Project, inaugurated by Prime Minister Narendra Modi in 2018 in Bandipora, already diverted water from the Jhelum River through a 23-kilometer-long tunnel. On the same occasion, Modi also laid the foundation stone for the Pakal Dul Power Project. This project is significant as it represents Jammu and Kashmir’s first storage project and is the largest hydroelectric venture in the region with a capacity of 1000 megawatts. Standing at a height of 167 meters, the Pakal Dul project offers India actual control over the flow of water, not merely its usage. Completion is expected by mid-2026, adding another critical component to India’s strategic toolkit.

Another project that is causing major concern for Pakistan is the 850 MW Ratle Hydro Electric Project located in Jammu and Kashmir. This project achieved a significant breakthrough last year when the Chenab River was successfully diverted through specially constructed tunnels at Drabshalla in Kishtwar district. This diversion enabled the isolation of the dam site at the riverbed, allowing essential excavation and construction activities to commence.

With the Indus Waters Treaty effectively suspended, India is now free to advance with the Ratle Project without needing to address Pakistan’s previous design-related objections. Pakistan had consistently raised issues with the spillway height and drawdown levels of the project. However, with no treaty constraints binding India, these objections are now irrelevant. The Modi government had already given the green light to the Ratle project in 2021 with a substantial investment of Rs 5,282 crore, signaling its firm commitment to completing the project.

The most recent engagement between India and Pakistan on the Indus Waters Treaty took place last year in June. During that meeting, a Pakistani delegation traveled to India and inspected several dam sites in the Kishtwar region. Despite their visit, Pakistan persisted in objecting to the Kishanganga, Ratle, and Pakal Dul hydroelectric projects, alleging violations of the Indus Waters Treaty’s provisions. Nevertheless, the treaty, originally signed in 1960 by then Prime Minister Jawaharlal Nehru and Pakistan’s former President Ayub Khan, with the World Bank acting as a signatory, now belongs to the past.

The freezing of the Indus Waters Treaty marks a pivotal shift in India’s strategy towards Pakistan. With the suspension, India gains greater autonomy over the waters of the Indus, Jhelum, and Chenab rivers. This change enables New Delhi to manipulate the hydrological landscape of the region in ways that can be used for both developmental and strategic purposes.

India’s new stance also reflects a deeper understanding of the evolving security environment in the region. After years of restraint despite provocations, the government is now demonstrating that economic and environmental tools, such as control over river waters, can be effectively used to counter acts of terrorism and other hostile activities from across the border. India’s construction of these large-scale hydroelectric projects thus serves a dual purpose, securing energy independence for Jammu and Kashmir while simultaneously placing pressure on Pakistan.

The Kishanganga project, having already been operational for several years, demonstrates the feasibility and strategic importance of such initiatives. Meanwhile, the Pakal Dul and Ratle projects promise even greater influence over the Indus water system once they become fully operational. In addition to their strategic utility, these projects are vital for boosting the local economy in Jammu and Kashmir, generating thousands of jobs, improving infrastructure, and enhancing energy availability across the region.

Pakistan’s reaction to these developments underscores the seriousness with which Islamabad views India’s moves. The stark threat issued by Bilawal Bhutto and the labeling of the treaty suspension as an “act of war” show that Pakistan understands the implications of losing its previously guaranteed water flow under the Indus Waters Treaty. As the projects near completion, Pakistan faces an increasingly difficult position with limited avenues for recourse.

In the broader geopolitical context, India’s decision sends a clear message to both its neighbors and the international community. New Delhi is signaling that it will no longer allow agreements crafted in a different era to constrain its strategic and security interests today. With the World Bank’s role as a guarantor now rendered symbolic, India has effectively asserted that new realities require new strategies.

Going forward, India’s ability to regulate the waters of the Indus, Jhelum, and Chenab will likely serve as a significant deterrent against Pakistani aggression. As India strengthens its control over these river systems, Pakistan may be forced to reconsider its continued support for hostile activities, knowing that the consequences could be immediate and deeply felt by its population.

Thus, by putting the Indus Waters Treaty into cold storage, India has not just taken a technical decision regarding water management. It has made a calculated geopolitical move that reshapes the strategic landscape of South Asia, offering a potent combination of energy security, regional development, and strategic deterrence.

Employment Growth Outpaces Population Increase, Female Workforce Participation Rises: World Bank Report

According to a recent World Bank report, employment in the country has expanded at a quicker rate than the working-age population since the 2021-22 fiscal year. One of the most notable aspects of this development is the increase in the number of women joining the workforce, signaling a positive shift in employment dynamics.

“Employment growth has outpaced the working-age population since 2021-22. Employment rates, especially among women, are rising, and urban unemployment fell to 6.6 per cent in Q1 FY24/25, the lowest since 2017-18,” the World Bank report stated. This surge in employment rates, particularly among women, represents a crucial advancement for the economy, showing both increased job opportunities and better workforce participation among previously underrepresented groups.

The report further pointed out a significant drop in urban unemployment levels. During the first quarter of the 2024-25 fiscal year, the urban unemployment rate fell to 6.6 percent, marking the lowest figure recorded since 2017-18. This decrease in urban unemployment suggests an overall strengthening of the urban job market, with more individuals securing employment compared to previous years.

Another major trend highlighted in the report is the shifting patterns of worker migration. For the first time since the 2018-19 financial year, a noticeable number of men are migrating from rural areas to urban centers in search of better employment opportunities. This shift indicates a growing demand for urban jobs and perhaps better economic prospects in cities compared to rural regions.

Simultaneously, the report observed an increase in rural women taking up employment, particularly within the agriculture sector. More rural women are now entering the workforce through agricultural jobs, pointing to an important change in traditional employment patterns across India. This development could have broad implications for rural economies and gender roles in agricultural work.

Despite these positive trends, the report also flagged some ongoing concerns. Youth unemployment remains a significant challenge, standing at 13.3 percent. The situation is even more concerning for those who have completed higher education, as 29 percent of them are still seeking employment opportunities. This highlights a persistent mismatch between educational attainment and job availability or suitability, creating barriers for young, educated individuals trying to enter the workforce.

The World Bank report stated, “Only 23 per cent of non-farm paid jobs are formal, and most agricultural employment remains informal.” This lack of formal employment opportunities indicates that many workers still do not have access to stable jobs with benefits such as health insurance, pension plans, and job security. Informal employment continues to dominate both the agricultural sector and the non-farm labor market, presenting a major challenge for labor market reforms and the overall economy.

Additionally, the report noted a significant rise in self-employment, particularly among rural workers and women. A growing number of individuals are choosing to become self-employed rather than working in traditional wage-paying jobs. This shift towards self-employment could be seen as a sign of entrepreneurial spirit but might also reflect a scarcity of formal job opportunities, forcing many to create their own means of livelihood.

While the improvement in female workforce participation is encouraging, the report pointed out that substantial gender disparities persist. The female employment rate has now reached 31 percent, a noteworthy milestone. However, there remains a wide gap between men and women in paid employment. As the report emphasized, “Despite a female employment rate of 31 per cent, gender disparities remain, with 234 million more men in paid work.”

This significant gap underscores the challenges still facing women in the labor market, including access to quality jobs, fair wages, and career advancement opportunities. Bridging this divide will require focused policy interventions and societal changes to ensure that women can participate equally in the economy.

Turning its focus to poverty, the World Bank report examined the distribution of extreme poverty across India’s most populous states. In the year 2011-12, five states–Uttar Pradesh, Maharashtra, Bihar, West Bengal, and Madhya Pradesh–accounted for 65 percent of India’s extremely poor population. These states have historically struggled with higher poverty rates due to a combination of factors such as lower industrialization, poor infrastructure, and limited access to quality education and healthcare.

Over time, these states have made notable contributions toward reducing poverty levels. However, the report revealed that as of 2022-23, these same five states still housed a significant portion of the country’s poor population. Specifically, they accounted for 54 percent of India’s extreme poor and 51 percent of the multidimensional poor. Multidimensional poverty considers various factors beyond income, including education, health, and living standards, giving a more comprehensive view of poverty.

These findings indicate that while progress has been made in reducing poverty, major challenges remain, particularly in the most populous regions. The concentration of poverty in a few states suggests the need for targeted poverty alleviation programs and greater investments in human capital development in these areas.

The World Bank report paints a complex picture of India’s labor and poverty landscape. On the one hand, there are clear signs of progress: employment is growing faster than the working-age population, more women are participating in the workforce, urban unemployment has reached a historic low, and migration trends suggest new economic opportunities are emerging. On the other hand, significant obstacles persist, including youth unemployment, high rates of informal employment, stark gender disparities, and the continued concentration of poverty in certain states.

Addressing these challenges will require comprehensive policy efforts focused on creating more formal employment opportunities, especially for young people and women. Initiatives aimed at skill development, education reform, support for entrepreneurship, and gender equality in the workplace could help bridge the existing gaps.

Moreover, efforts to reduce poverty must go beyond short-term welfare schemes and aim for long-term solutions such as improving access to quality education, healthcare, and sustainable livelihood opportunities. Special attention must be given to the most affected states to ensure that progress is both inclusive and widespread.

The findings of the World Bank report highlight that while India has made considerable strides in improving its employment landscape and reducing poverty, there is still much work to be done to ensure equitable growth and opportunity for all citizens. The progress achieved so far lays a strong foundation, but sustained effort and targeted policy interventions are critical to overcoming the remaining barriers and achieving inclusive economic growth.

India Cracks Down on Pakistan Following Deadly Kashmir Attack That Killed 26

India has unveiled a series of punitive measures against Pakistan, just a day after 26 people were gunned down at a tourist destination in the Indian-administered Kashmir town of Pahalgam. The wide-reaching actions include the closure of the main border crossing, suspension of a historic water treaty, expulsion of Pakistani diplomats, and a directive ordering some Pakistani visa holders to exit the country within 48 hours.

The response follows one of the most devastating attacks in the troubled region in recent years, raising fears of a further deterioration in the already tense relationship between the nuclear-armed neighbors. Though Pakistan has denied involvement, the Indian government’s swift retaliation signals that it holds Islamabad, at the very least, indirectly accountable.

India and Pakistan have long been locked in a bitter dispute over the Kashmir region, which both nations claim in its entirety but govern in parts. Since their separation in 1947, the two countries have fought multiple wars over the territory, and clashes continue to erupt with alarming frequency. This latest incident threatens to deepen the rift further.

Indian authorities have been vocal in their anger and suspicion. Although there is no official confirmation, Indian intelligence agencies believe that a militant group known as the Kashmir Resistance orchestrated the attack. BBC News has not independently confirmed this allegation, and a manhunt for the perpetrators remained ongoing as of Wednesday evening.

Prime Minister Narendra Modi condemned the massacre and issued a strong message. “Those behind this heinous act will be brought to justice,” Modi posted on X. “Our resolve to fight terrorism is unshakable and it will get even stronger.”

As part of its response, India declared it would suspend the Indus Water Treaty, a landmark agreement that has withstood decades of conflict and diplomatic hostility since its signing in 1960. The treaty delineates control of the Indus River and its tributaries between the two countries—granting India authority over the eastern rivers and Pakistan the western ones. Crucially, the treaty mandates that India must allow waters from the western rivers to flow into Pakistan, barring limited exceptions.

This move marks a significant departure from India’s usual diplomatic restraint concerning the water agreement and represents a sharp escalation in bilateral tensions. It also puts at risk a long-standing framework that has helped prevent even more friction between the two countries during past crises.

India’s retaliatory measures also include diplomatic expulsions. Pakistani military advisers stationed at the Pakistani embassy in Delhi were ordered to leave immediately, and additional expulsions are scheduled for the coming week, according to a government statement.

While India continues its investigation and hunt for the attackers, Pakistan’s leadership has convened its top security officials. Foreign Minister Ishaq Dar said that Pakistan’s National Security Council, the highest body handling the country’s military and security affairs, would meet on Thursday to formulate a response.

In the aftermath of the bloodshed, Pakistan’s Ministry of Foreign Affairs issued a statement expressing sympathy for the victims. “We are concerned at the loss of tourists’ lives,” the ministry said, adding that Pakistan conveyed its condolences.

Yet, Indian Defense Minister Rajnath Singh made clear that India’s reaction would not be limited to catching the gunmen alone. He implied that those orchestrating such attacks from behind the scenes would also be targeted. “We will not only reach those who have perpetrated this incident but also those who, sitting behind the scenes, have conspired to commit such acts on the soil of India,” Singh said.

The deadly assault in Pahalgam has not only shocked India but also prompted global condemnation. Leaders from across the world have denounced the killings and expressed solidarity with the victims and their families. Within India, outrage has mixed with grief as the country comes to terms with the latest tragedy in a region too often marked by violence.

Eyewitness accounts painted a horrific picture of the event. Tourists, many with children, scrambled to escape as the gunmen opened fire. Chaos erupted at what had been a peaceful vacation spot nestled in the Himalayas.

Some bystanders reported that the attackers may have been targeting non-Muslims, although other witnesses described the shootings as indiscriminate. The majority of those killed were Hindu men, but the death toll also included a local Muslim resident.

The broader implications of the massacre are already beginning to show. The attack has shaken the confidence of the local tourism industry, which has seen a recent revival after years of unrest. “We cannot get over the fact that such an incident has occurred, and that too in the place we call heaven on earth,” said Akib Chaya, a hotel owner and member of the Kashmir Chamber of Commerce, during an interview with BBC’s Newshour.

“Tourists have been coming to Kashmir since the last three or four decades and they have never been touched,” Chaya added, underlining the sense of disbelief that has gripped the region’s residents.

Despite the various accounts from witnesses, the Indian government has not officially confirmed whether the attackers specifically targeted victims based on religion. This ambiguity adds to the complexity of the narrative and raises further questions about the motives behind the attack.

As the fallout continues to unfold, all eyes remain on how Pakistan will respond to India’s sweeping countermeasures. The decisions taken at Thursday’s National Security Council meeting may either dial down or further inflame the conflict.

This tragedy has once again brought Kashmir to the center of a geopolitical storm. With strong rhetoric from Indian leaders, stern diplomatic actions, and deep-seated mistrust between the two countries, the path forward remains fraught with uncertainty. As India seeks to pursue justice and security, the consequences of these developments may resonate far beyond the borders of Kashmir.

Terror Attack in Pahalgam Leaves 28 Dead, Mostly Tourists, as India Grapples with Aftermath

Srinagar: In what is being described as one of the most lethal terrorist assaults in Kashmir in recent years, at least 28 civilians, many of whom were tourists, lost their lives and several others were injured when gunmen opened fire indiscriminately in Baisaran Valley near Pahalgam, located in the southern district of Anantnag.

Among those killed in the attack were two foreign nationals and two local residents, according to police sources. However, the identities of the victims have not been officially disclosed as authorities work to confirm the details.

Eyewitnesses at the scene recounted harrowing moments of sudden violence and confusion. According to one witness, “We heard sudden gunshots, and people started screaming and running for cover. It all happened very quickly.” The attackers, reportedly dressed in military-style uniforms, emerged unexpectedly and unleashed automatic gunfire on a group of visiting tourists, creating widespread panic and chaos.

Jammu and Kashmir’s Chief Minister Omar Abdullah characterized the incident as a “gruesome and calculated massacre.” He acknowledged the sheer scale of the assault, stating that it was “much larger than anything we’ve seen directed at civilians in recent years.” While the exact number of casualties is still being verified, the state government has committed to releasing the official figures soon.

The Resistance Front (TRF), an outfit believed to be affiliated with the Pakistan-based terrorist organization Lashkar-e-Taiba (LeT), has reportedly claimed responsibility for the attack. Intelligence officials believe the militants may have crossed over from the Kishtwar region in Jammu and traveled through Kokernag in South Kashmir before reaching Baisaran. The route they took suggests a high level of planning and coordination.

Immediately after the shooting, security forces initiated an extensive search operation in the dense forests surrounding the Baisaran Valley. High-ranking officers from both the police and the army’s counter-terrorism units arrived at the location to lead rescue efforts and oversee the evacuation of survivors.

The attack has struck a particularly sensitive nerve as it occurred just ten weeks ahead of the annual Amarnath Yatra, a major Hindu pilgrimage that attracts thousands of devotees each year. Pahalgam, where the deadly assault took place, functions as one of the key base camps for the pilgrimage. Authorities believe the choice of location and timing—during the spring tourist season—was a strategic move aimed at destabilizing the Kashmir Valley and frightening potential visitors.

In the immediate aftermath, numerous travel agencies reported a spike in cancellations, reflecting the nationwide shock and fear that the attack has generated. The violent incident has sent tremors across the country and renewed concerns over the security situation in Jammu and Kashmir.

Prime Minister Narendra Modi, who is currently on an official visit to Saudi Arabia, condemned the incident in the strongest terms. He promised that the perpetrators would face justice and reaffirmed India’s determination to continue fighting terrorism. “I strongly condemn the terror attack in Pahalgam, Jammu and Kashmir. Condolences to those who have lost their loved ones. I pray that the injured recover at the earliest. All possible assistance is being provided to those affected. Those behind this heinous act will be brought to justice… they will not be spared! Their evil agenda will never succeed. Our resolve to fight terrorism is unshakable, and it will get even stronger,” he posted on X.

Lieutenant Governor Manoj Sinha also expressed outrage over the attack and offered assurances that those responsible would be held accountable. In a message posted on X, he stated, “Spoke to the DGP & Security officials. Army and J&K Police teams have rushed to the area and launched search operations.” His post aimed to reassure the public that swift action was being taken.

People’s Democratic Party (PDP) president and former chief minister Mehbooba Mufti also voiced strong condemnation of the violence. She described the attack as cowardly and unacceptable. “I strongly condemn the cowardly attack on tourists in Pahalgam, which tragically killed one and injured several. Such violence is unacceptable and must be denounced,” she wrote on X.

The broader implications of this attack are likely to resonate for some time. With Kashmir’s tourism industry still recovering from years of conflict and uncertainty, this latest act of violence threatens to undermine those fragile gains. The region, known for its breathtaking landscapes and cultural richness, had recently begun to see a revival in tourism, which many hoped would lead to long-term economic and social stability.

Security analysts note that targeting civilians, especially tourists, is a tactic aimed at achieving maximum psychological impact. By instilling fear and disrupting the normal rhythm of life, terrorist groups attempt to create an environment of instability and insecurity. This assault, they argue, fits within that broader strategy and must be countered with both tactical operations and a strategic overhaul of security planning in sensitive regions.

As the search for the attackers continues, security forces remain on high alert across the Valley, particularly in areas connected to the upcoming Amarnath pilgrimage. Enhanced surveillance, stricter checkpoints, and intelligence coordination are being prioritized to prevent any follow-up attacks.

Meanwhile, grieving families and a shocked nation are left to mourn the loss of innocent lives. The hope among many is that the response to this tragedy will be both swift and effective—not only in apprehending the culprits but in addressing the broader security gaps that allowed such an attack to take place.

Authorities have urged citizens and tourists to remain vigilant but not to succumb to fear. Efforts are underway to restore confidence through visible security presence and ongoing communication from local officials. However, the wounds of this tragedy will take time to heal, and its shadow may linger over the region’s fragile peace for months to come.

US Vice President JD Vance Begins First India Visit with Spiritual Tour of Akshardham Temple

US Vice President JD Vance, accompanied by his wife Usha Vance and their children—Ewan, Vivek, and Mirabel—commenced his first official visit to India with a spiritual and cultural stop at the Swaminarayan Akshardham temple in New Delhi. The visit served as an expression of the deepening ties between the United States and India and marked the beginning of Vance’s four-day tour across the country, scheduled from April 21 to April 24.

The Vance family embraced Indian traditions during their visit, with Ewan and Vivek donning traditional kurta-pyjamas, and Mirabel appearing in a vibrant anarkali dress. Together, the family explored the intricate design and spiritual grandeur of Akshardham, experiencing firsthand India’s cultural richness and heritage. As noted in an official press statement, the family admired the temple’s message of harmony, the importance of family values, and the timeless wisdom embedded in Indian traditions.

“The visit symbolises the shared values of faith, peace, and unity that continue to strengthen ties between India and the United States,” the official release stated, underscoring the broader diplomatic significance of Vance’s presence at such a spiritually important site.

In the temple’s guest book, Vice President Vance expressed his gratitude and admiration for the monument’s spiritual ambiance and architectural brilliance. He wrote, “Thank you all so much for your hospitality and kindness in welcoming me and my family to this beautiful place. It is a great credit to India that you built a beautiful temple with precision and care. Our kids, in particular, loved it. God bless.”

According to Akshardham temple spokesperson Radhika Shukla, Vance’s family spent nearly an hour exploring the temple complex, deeply engaged with its spiritual essence and artistic magnificence. “The whole family was here for around 55 minutes. Their experience of one hour inside was unforgettable,” Shukla said, as reported by news agency ANI.

She elaborated on the sequence of the visit, highlighting that the family began their temple tour at the Charanarvind, the sacred footprints of Lord Swaminarayan. They then proceeded to the Bharat Upvan, a landscaped garden that left a strong impression on them. Following that, they moved to the Gajendra Peeth, an intricately carved platform adorned with depictions of elephants. “They were very overwhelmed by the carvings,” Shukla noted. The family then made their way to the upper levels of the temple, where they had darshan—spiritual viewing—of the idol of Lord Swaminarayan in the sanctum sanctorum and offered prayers for world peace.

Earlier in the day, Shukla had shared insights into the anticipation surrounding the visit. “The Vice President and the Second Lady are arriving for the Darshan at Akshardham Temple. She has Indian roots… They are coming here directly from the airport… They will first have the darshan of the replica of Lord Swaminarayan and then they will see the architecture of the temple,” she explained.

The Vance family had flown into New Delhi’s Palam Airport and were received with traditional Indian hospitality. Union Minister Ashwini Vaishnaw welcomed them upon arrival, underscoring the diplomatic weight of the trip. The Vice President’s broader itinerary includes stops in Delhi, Jaipur, and Agra—an agenda crafted to deepen and advance the India-US Comprehensive Global Strategic Partnership.

As part of the official reception, Vance was also honored with a ceremonial Guard of Honour, reflecting the importance India places on the relationship with the United States and the respect extended to visiting dignitaries.

Randhir Jaiswal, spokesperson for India’s Ministry of External Affairs, posted a welcome message on the platform X (formerly Twitter), stating: “A very warm welcome to @VP JD Vance, @SLOTUS Mrs. Usha Vance, & the US delegation to India! Received by Minister of Railways and I&B @AshwiniVaishnaw at the airport.” The post also highlighted the purpose of the visit, adding, “The Official Visit (21-24 Apr) spanning Delhi, Jaipur & Agra is expected to further deepen the India-US Comprehensive Global Strategic Partnership.”

In anticipation of the visit, hoardings welcoming Vice President Vance were placed near Palam Airport, visually reflecting the positive diplomatic sentiment around the high-profile arrival. The tour, starting with a spiritual and cultural experience at Akshardham, signals an emphasis on people-to-people connections and shared values between the two democracies.

The Akshardham temple, known for its intricate carvings, cultural exhibits, and serene atmosphere, served as a powerful venue to highlight these shared values. The choice to begin the Vice President’s tour at such a symbolic location underlined a mutual commitment to unity, respect for tradition, and the peaceful coexistence of diverse beliefs.

While Vance’s political engagements will take him to other key Indian cities in the following days, the personal and heartfelt start to the visit at Akshardham allowed for a moment of reflection and connection that transcended official protocols. For Vance and his family, the stop was more than ceremonial—it was a meaningful immersion into the cultural and spiritual essence of India.

As India and the United States continue to build on their global partnership, visits like these emphasize not only political alignment but also a deepening understanding of each other’s values and traditions. Vance’s warm words in the guest book, his children’s traditional attire, and the family’s engagement with the temple’s spiritual offerings all contributed to a powerful image of goodwill and mutual respect.

With three more days of engagements ahead in cities rich with history and diplomatic importance, Vance’s visit aims to solidify key areas of cooperation while also providing moments of personal and cultural bonding. Whether through strategic dialogues or shared spiritual experiences, the India-US partnership continues to evolve as one built on common ideals, cultural respect, and a shared vision for global peace and progress.

U.S. Vice President J.D. Vance Set for First Official Visit to India, Aims to Strengthen Bilateral Ties

U.S. Vice President J.D. Vance will undertake his first official trip to India from April 21 to 24, marking a significant moment in the ongoing development of India-U.S. relations. The Indian Ministry of External Affairs (MEA) has highlighted this upcoming visit as an important occasion to examine how far both nations have come in fulfilling the commitments made during Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s February visit to Washington.

Joining Vice President Vance will be his wife, Second Lady Usha Vance, their children, and several senior officials from the U.S. administration. Their itinerary covers a mix of official meetings and cultural experiences, with planned stops in New Delhi, Jaipur, and Agra. The delegation is scheduled to return to Washington on April 24, following the conclusion of the four-day visit.

The Indian government sees the visit as an essential checkpoint in evaluating the current status of bilateral cooperation. In a statement released on Wednesday evening, the MEA noted, “This visit will allow both sides to review the advancement of India-U.S. relations and evaluate the implementation of the outcomes of the India-U.S. Joint Statement issued on February 13, 2025.” The statement also added that “the two sides will also exchange views on regional and global developments of mutual interest,” indicating that broader geopolitical topics will be on the agenda as well.

This trip forms the second segment of Vice President Vance’s two-nation tour. Prior to arriving in India, he is expected to visit Italy. The journey represents a historic milestone, as it is the first visit to India by a sitting U.S. Vice President in more than ten years. The last time a Vice President visited India was in 2013, when Joe Biden made the trip during his tenure in the Obama administration.

In India, Vice President Vance is set to meet Prime Minister Narendra Modi on April 21. The meeting is expected to include discussions on strategic cooperation, economic ties, and regional security. Alongside his official duties, Vance will also participate in cultural activities with his family, highlighting the people-to-people dimension of India-U.S. relations.

There has been speculation about a possible visit by National Security Advisor Mike Waltz during the same period, though the White House has not confirmed these details. If Waltz does make the trip, he would become the third high-ranking Trump administration official to visit India in 2025. Vice President Vance and Director of National Intelligence Tulsi Gabbard are the other two officials who have either visited or are scheduled to do so this year.

Vice President Vance and Prime Minister Modi are not strangers to each other. They previously met in Paris during the AI Summit in February, a meeting that included Second Lady Usha Vance and the couple’s two sons. This earlier engagement served as a preliminary interaction ahead of the more formal bilateral meeting scheduled in New Delhi.

Since joining President Donald Trump’s administration, J.D. Vance has taken on a highly visible role in foreign policy. He has been part of several high-profile diplomatic events and frequently joins the President in meetings with international leaders. On occasion, Trump has even invited Vance to speak during official White House functions. One particularly prominent moment came when Vance participated in an Oval Office meeting with Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky, further solidifying his standing within the administration.

The personal dimension of this visit adds another layer of significance. Second Lady Usha Vance brings a unique cultural connection to India. Born as Usha Bala Chilukuri in San Diego, she is of Indian descent, with her parents originally from the southern Indian state of Andhra Pradesh. Her Indian background has drawn comparisons to former Vice President Kamala Harris, whose mother hailed from Tamil Nadu. However, despite her Indian heritage, Harris never made an official visit to India during her time as Vice President.

Similarly, former Vice President Mike Pence had shown an interest in visiting India during the Trump administration’s first term, but the trip never materialized. In contrast, Vance’s visit will mark a significant moment in the Trump administration’s outreach to India, with his presence symbolizing a renewed commitment to strengthening diplomatic, economic, and cultural ties between the two nations.

The timing of this trip is also critical, coming just months after the February 2025 summit in Washington, where a comprehensive India-U.S. Joint Statement was issued. That statement outlined key areas of collaboration, including defense, clean energy, technology sharing, and trade. Both governments now have a chance to assess how effectively those plans are being implemented.

The inclusion of stops in Jaipur and Agra, in addition to New Delhi, underlines the importance of cultural diplomacy in this visit. While official discussions in the capital will focus on statecraft and policy matters, the time spent in Rajasthan and Uttar Pradesh is expected to offer a softer engagement through heritage tourism and public interaction. These elements play a vital role in enhancing mutual understanding and fostering goodwill between the people of both countries.

The trip also serves to highlight the growing strategic partnership between India and the United States, one that extends beyond government corridors to touch on technology, education, climate change, and defense cooperation. In recent years, both countries have placed increasing importance on working together in areas such as the Indo-Pacific region, where shared security interests have driven deeper collaboration.

Vice President Vance’s visit is likely to reinforce this trajectory, particularly as global events demand tighter coordination between democratic nations. With rising tensions in various parts of the world and an ever-evolving geopolitical landscape, India and the United States are positioning themselves as key partners in maintaining stability and advancing democratic values.

The upcoming meetings and public appearances are also expected to project a positive image of bilateral ties to domestic audiences in both countries. For the U.S., it sends a message of continued engagement with one of its most important allies in Asia. For India, it showcases the strength of its relationship with Washington under the leadership of Prime Minister Modi.

As the visit draws near, anticipation is building around the kind of agreements and understandings that may emerge from Vice President Vance’s time in India. Whether it leads to new announcements or serves primarily as a follow-up to the February summit, the visit holds the promise of further solidifying a partnership that has grown steadily over the past two decades.

With a packed schedule and significant expectations, Vice President Vance’s trip to India will not only be closely watched by diplomats and analysts but also by the general public in both nations. The outcome may very well shape the next phase of cooperation between two of the world’s largest democracies.

India Stresses Patience in Trade Talks as US Tariff Pause Sparks Strategic Responses

Following the temporary suspension of tariffs on India by US President Donald Trump, Union Commerce Minister Piyush Goyal emphasized that India would not rush into any decisions and would continue to negotiate in alignment with the nation’s best interests. Goyal underlined that the country’s trade discussions are being steered with a careful and deliberate approach, focused solely on the welfare of its citizens.

Addressing attendees at the Italy-India Business, Science and Technology Forum, Goyal stressed the importance of mutual understanding in trade talks. “Trade talks proceed when both sides are sensitive to each other’s concerns and requirements. All our trade talks are progressing well, in the spirit of India First, and to ensure our pathway to Viksit Bharat @ 2047 in the Amrit Kaal…” he remarked, alluding to India’s long-term developmental goals.

Goyal also made it clear that India would never succumb to external pressure or artificial urgency in any negotiation. “We never negotiate at gunpoint. Favourable time constraints motivate us for quicker talks, but till the time we are not able to secure the interest of our country and our people, we do not hurry,” he stated.

While the Commerce Minister projected a steady and measured approach, External Affairs Minister S. Jaishankar expressed a more proactive stance in response to developments in global trade dynamics, particularly with the United States. Speaking at the Carnegie Global Technology Summit, Jaishankar acknowledged the pressing need to conclude trade agreements swiftly, especially with nations like the US, which he said has undergone a significant shift in how it engages globally.

Jaishankar pointed out that trade negotiations with the US have grown more complex due to heightened expectations and the transformed global environment compared to the previous year. “This time around, we are certainly geared up for a very high degree of urgency. I mean, we see a window. We want to see stuff. So our trade deals are really challenging. And we are really, when I look at the trade deals, I mean it’s not my direct credit, but we have a lot to do with each other. I mean, these are people very much on top of their game, very ambitious about what they want to achieve,” he commented.

The minister further emphasized the importance of having a realistic understanding of the intentions and perceptions of trade partners. According to Jaishankar, both India and the US have long-standing opinions about each other’s trade policies, which have not always aligned seamlessly. “We talked for four years during the first Trump administration. They have their view of us, and frankly, we have our view of them. The bottom line is that they didn’t get that,” he said, referencing the limited progress made during earlier talks.

Drawing a parallel with India’s trade negotiations with the European Union, Jaishankar pointed out that international trade talks often face delays and stagnation. He mentioned that although negotiations with the EU are often cited as spanning three decades, this portrayal isn’t entirely accurate. “So if you look at the EU, often people say we’ve been negotiating for 30 years, which is not entirely true because we had big blocks of time and nobody was even talking to each other. But they have tended to be very protracted processes,” he clarified.

Jaishankar also touched on the broader geopolitical implications of trade and technology, especially concerning the dynamic between the US and China. He highlighted how decisions made by both countries significantly shape global trade and strategic alignments. According to him, the influence wielded by both the US and China in shaping the future of international trade cannot be underestimated.

Even as India balances its trade strategy with the US, tensions escalated between the US and China in the same domain. In a retaliatory move, China announced steep tariff hikes on a wide range of US imports. The decision was made public on Friday, when Beijing revealed plans to increase tariffs on all goods imported from the United States to a staggering 125 percent. This marked a considerable rise from the previous tariff rate of 84 percent.

The announcement, reported by China’s official news agency Xinhua, attributed the decision to the Customs Tariff Commission of the State Council. According to the report, the new tariff structure will be implemented starting April 12, sending a strong signal of Beijing’s unwillingness to back down in the face of American trade measures.

In addition to increasing tariffs, China has also taken formal steps through international legal mechanisms. The Chinese commerce ministry, as reported by Xinhua, disclosed that it had lodged a complaint with the World Trade Organization in response to the latest round of US tariff increases. This legal move underlines Beijing’s intention to contest the US actions on global platforms and to seek redress through established institutions.

These developments come amid rising trade friction worldwide, with countries increasingly asserting their sovereignty and strategic priorities through economic means. India, while affected by the broader shifts in the global order, is positioning itself carefully, using a blend of urgency and caution to navigate the evolving landscape.

The Indian government’s dual approach—combining Goyal’s emphasis on patient and interest-based negotiation with Jaishankar’s sense of urgency—reflects a nuanced response to the rapidly changing global trade environment. On one hand, there is a firm resolve not to be rushed or pressured into unfavorable agreements. On the other, there is a recognition that strategic opportunities must be seized when available, particularly when dealing with major economic powers like the United States.

Both ministers’ remarks highlight the careful balancing act India must perform to maximize its trade benefits without compromising national interests. As global trade dynamics become increasingly influenced by geopolitics, especially with rivalries intensifying between major powers such as the US and China, India is likely to continue pursuing deals that are mutually beneficial but not rushed.

While China’s aggressive countermeasures demonstrate a confrontational stance, India’s response underscores a commitment to thoughtful and calculated policymaking. With the goal of achieving a developed India by 2047, policymakers appear determined to prioritize sustainable and strategic trade partnerships rather than reactive ones.

As negotiations with global partners continue, it remains to be seen how India will shape its agreements amid external pressures and internal developmental ambitions. The coming months are likely to test the Indian leadership’s ability to balance diplomacy, economics, and long-term vision in an increasingly complex world trade order.

Indian Man Arrested at Delhi Airport for Smuggling Cocaine Worth Rs 46.44 Crore

A 23-year-old Indian man was taken into custody on Wednesday at the Indira Gandhi International (IGI) Airport in Delhi after customs officials discovered that he was carrying cocaine hidden inside his luggage. The total quantity of the illicit drug found was 3.32 kilograms, and its estimated value on the international market stands at Rs 46.44 crore.

The man had arrived in India from Entebbe, a city in Uganda, after transiting through Sharjah. His suspicious behavior and travel route drew the attention of customs officials who had received a tip-off through a specific intelligence input. This piece of intelligence prompted authorities to monitor and eventually intercept him for a thorough check upon his arrival.

Following the man’s landing in Delhi, customs officials conducted a comprehensive screening of his baggage. During the routine X-ray examination, they noticed irregularities that indicated potential concealment of suspicious material. It was this anomaly that led the officials to investigate further.

Upon physically inspecting his trolley bag, officials discovered that something had been concealed within the edges and lining of the suitcase. One of the customs officers, while explaining the situation, said, “Six packets containing a white powder were discovered hidden in the periphery of his trolley bag.” The discovery of these packets raised immediate red flags.

To ascertain the nature of the white powder, authorities employed an NDPS (Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances) field testing kit, which is routinely used to identify narcotics in such situations. Upon conducting the test, it was confirmed that the substance was cocaine. With this confirmation, the material was classified as a narcotic drug under Indian law.

Following the positive identification, the customs department officially seized the cocaine. The total weight of the drug was measured at 3.32 kilograms. Due to the severity of the offense and the value of the narcotics, the passenger was taken into custody immediately. The valuation of the confiscated cocaine was determined based on prevailing international rates, which placed the worth of the seizure at approximately Rs 46.44 crore.

With the drug confirmed and the passenger detained, legal proceedings were set in motion. Authorities stated that action has been initiated under both the NDPS Act and the Customs Act, which govern narcotic-related offenses and violations related to smuggling or illegal import of goods in India. These laws carry strict penalties, including long-term imprisonment and heavy fines for individuals found guilty of drug trafficking.

This incident underscores the ongoing efforts by Indian customs and law enforcement agencies to clamp down on international drug trafficking operations. Delhi’s IGI Airport, being one of the busiest international airports in the country, has frequently been used as a transit point by smugglers attempting to bring narcotics into India or route them through the country to other destinations. The vigilance and swift action by customs officials in this case prevented a significant amount of drugs from making its way into potential circulation.

The use of field test kits has proven effective in identifying such contraband swiftly, enabling officers to take immediate action. The successful interception in this instance highlights the importance of continued intelligence sharing and surveillance at key international transit points.

An official familiar with the case reiterated the details, saying, “Six packets containing a white powder were discovered hidden in the periphery of his trolley bag.” The white powder, once tested, confirmed suspicions of drug smuggling. The arrest and the seizure point to a highly organized method of concealment, often used by international drug syndicates, where illegal substances are embedded in unsuspecting parts of luggage or even clothing to avoid detection by airport scanners.

This latest arrest brings renewed attention to the routes being exploited by drug traffickers to move illegal substances into India. Entebbe, the city from which the man boarded his flight, has increasingly been observed as a departure point in recent drug-related arrests. This route, through Sharjah and into India, is now likely to face intensified scrutiny from customs and narcotics control authorities.

Officials have not yet revealed whether the man was acting alone or as part of a larger international drug trafficking network. Investigations are currently underway to determine the source of the cocaine, the intended recipients, and whether others may have been involved in facilitating the smuggling attempt. The interrogation of the arrested individual may yield more information about how the drugs were obtained, who they were meant for, and whether this incident is connected to a broader smuggling operation.

Given the seriousness of the crime, legal action under the Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances Act is expected to proceed swiftly. The NDPS Act includes stringent provisions for offenses involving commercial quantities of narcotic drugs. In cases involving large-scale smuggling, the punishment can extend to 20 years of rigorous imprisonment and a fine that can go up to Rs 2 lakh or more. Additionally, action under the Customs Act may include prosecution for attempting to smuggle prohibited goods, which also attracts severe penalties.

This case serves as a cautionary tale for individuals who might be lured into smuggling operations by drug trafficking rings, often with promises of easy money. The consequences, as demonstrated by this arrest, are grave and carry long-term implications for the accused. Authorities continue to warn travelers to avoid getting involved in any illegal activities and to remain aware of the serious legal ramifications of transporting narcotics.

Officials praised the vigilance and efficiency of the customs staff in intercepting the contraband before it could leave the airport premises. This seizure, valued at Rs 46.44 crore, adds to the growing list of narcotic drug recoveries at Indian airports and reaffirms the necessity of tight airport security and thorough baggage screening procedures.

In the ongoing crackdown against drug trafficking, such arrests highlight both the risks that smugglers take and the diligence required by law enforcement agencies to counter these threats. The proactive work of the customs team at IGI Airport has helped prevent a significant drug consignment from potentially entering illegal distribution networks.

As the investigation progresses, authorities are expected to gather more details and possibly identify more suspects or networks linked to this case. In the meantime, the 23-year-old Indian man remains in custody, and legal proceedings will continue as per the relevant provisions of Indian law.

The swift identification of the drugs and the immediate detention of the suspect represent a coordinated and effective response to a serious threat. The operation once again highlights the vital role of intelligence inputs and rapid action by customs officials in curbing the smuggling of narcotic substances through international airports.

Jamie Dimon Warns Trump’s Tariffs Could Trigger Inflation and Recession in US

JPMorgan Chase & Co’s chief executive officer Jamie Dimon has expressed concern that the recent tariff decisions made by US President Donald Trump may push the country toward inflation and possibly a recession. Dimon, in his annual communication to shareholders, emphasized the risks posed by the tariffs, particularly in the context of the current economic environment.

Dimon highlighted that instead of pressuring countries to side with the US, Washington should work on fostering stronger trade relationships with key nations like India. In his letter, he remarked, “The recent tariffs will likely increase inflation and are causing many to consider a greater probability of a recession.” He went on to note that market valuations still appear relatively elevated. “These significant and somewhat unprecedented forces cause us to remain very cautious,” he added on Monday.

He further clarified that even in the absence of an outright recession, the tariffs are likely to dampen economic momentum. “The economy is facing considerable turbulence (including geopolitics), with the potential positives of tax reform and deregulation and the potential negatives of tariffs and ‘trade wars,’ ongoing sticky inflation, high fiscal deficits, and still rather high asset prices and volatility,” Dimon explained.

Dimon warned that the tariffs are expected to generate immediate consequences, especially regarding rising costs. He observed that inflationary pressures would not be confined to imported items but could affect domestic prices as well. “As for the short-term, we are likely to see inflationary outcomes, not only on imported goods but on domestic prices, as input costs rise and demand increases on domestic product,” he cautioned.

Additionally, Dimon criticized the lack of comprehensive trade agreements between the United States and some of its most reliable allies. He proposed that the US could draw closer to countries like India and Brazil without asking them to explicitly take sides. According to him, outreach based on trade and investment could serve both economic and geopolitical interests. “Deepening high-standard trade with key trading partners is good economics and great geopolitics. We don’t need to ask many nonaligned nations, like India and Brazil, to align with us – but we can bring them closer to us by simply extending a friendly hand with trade and investment,” Dimon said.

Despite these suggestions, recent developments show the US heading in the opposite direction. It has increased tariffs on Indian imports up to 26% and levied 10% tariffs on various goods coming from Brazil, signaling a more aggressive trade stance.

Dimon’s concerns were echoed by billionaire investor Bill Ackman, who serves as the CEO of Pershing Square. He warned that America’s status as a reliable economic partner is at risk. “We are in the process of destroying confidence in our country as a trading partner, as a place to do business, and as a market to invest capital,” said Ackman.

There was also criticism from within President Trump’s own political camp. Republican Senator Ted Cruz, known for his loyalty to the president, voiced a strong warning that such protectionist measures could have severe political consequences if they lead to economic downturns. “If we go into a recession, particularly a bad recession, 2026, in all likelihood politically, would be a bloodbath,” Cruz said during his Verdict podcast.

These critical remarks surfaced on a day when financial markets around the globe were already reacting negatively to Trump’s aggressive trade policies. The global selloff, spurred by his announcement of new and reciprocal tariffs, added to already substantial financial losses running into the trillions. Trump’s administration defended the approach, with the president himself doubling down on the need for these measures. He described the tariffs as a necessary step to fix the American economy. Speaking on Monday, Trump said the tariffs were like a “medicine” that the country needed to heal its financial problems.

However, that same day, the Trump administration took another bold step by announcing a 50% increase in tariffs on Chinese imports, which added further fuel to the ongoing trade dispute with Beijing. China responded swiftly, imposing 34% retaliatory duties on American goods. With these developments, the total US tariff burden on Chinese products surged to 84%, marking a sharp escalation in the economic standoff between the two countries.

These moves have triggered alarm among financial experts and political leaders alike. Critics argue that they could isolate the US on the global stage and undermine its credibility as a consistent and stable economic partner. Many believe that instead of strengthening the domestic economy, the measures could backfire by escalating costs and straining international relationships.

Even as the White House maintains that the tariffs are intended to protect American industries and jobs, many business leaders see them as a step backward. Dimon’s comments reflect broader fears that rather than delivering the promised boost to the economy, the administration’s actions may increase costs for both businesses and consumers. In addition to discouraging international cooperation, such policies may damage long-term investor confidence.

The underlying concern, as articulated by Dimon and others, is not just about immediate economic repercussions but also about the strategic path the US is taking. Instead of leveraging its economic clout to build alliances and promote free trade, the country appears to be retreating into protectionism. The message from leading voices in finance and politics is that the consequences of such a strategy could be far-reaching and damaging.

While President Trump has presented tariffs as a tool to rebalance trade and promote domestic manufacturing, financial analysts argue that they could act as a drag on growth and push the economy toward contraction. With inflation already posing a challenge and asset prices fluctuating, the addition of steep import duties could strain an already volatile environment.

The warning signs are mounting, and the debate is intensifying. Whether these economic policies ultimately succeed in reshaping America’s trade relationships or end up triggering the very recession critics fear remains to be seen. But for now, voices like Jamie Dimon, Bill Ackman, and Ted Cruz are urging caution, calling attention to the potential costs of a strategy that many view as risky and untested.

India to Launch New Naval Base for Nuclear Submarines in Andhra Pradesh by 2026

India is set to commission a strategically vital new naval base on the eastern coast of Andhra Pradesh next year, aimed at countering China’s growing naval presence in the Indian Ocean Region (IOR). This new facility will be used to house nuclear submarines and other warships, adding a critical layer to India’s maritime defense strategy.

The base is being constructed near Rambilli, a small coastal village approximately 50 kilometers south of the Eastern Naval Command’s headquarters in Visakhapatnam. Known internally as Project Varsha, this base includes underground pens and an intricate tunnel network to discreetly accommodate nuclear submarines. These tunnels will allow submarines to deploy quietly into the Bay of Bengal, staying out of sight from surveillance satellites, and proceed rapidly towards strategic areas such as the Malacca Strait and beyond to conduct deterrent patrols.

According to a defense source, “The first phase of the Rambilli base under Project Varsha is almost complete. After commissioning in 2026, it can be expanded and upgraded in phases, much like what is under way at the Karwar base under Project Seabird.”

The construction of this nuclear submarine base has been a complex process, taking over a decade to reach its current state. Developers had to navigate a variety of technological and environmental hurdles, in addition to other logistical challenges, to move forward with the project. Despite these difficulties, the base is nearing readiness and will become a pivotal asset in India’s naval capabilities.

Simultaneously, India continues to upgrade its western coastal defense infrastructure through Project Seabird at the Karwar base in Karnataka. This development complements the strategic expansion in the east, collectively strengthening India’s maritime reach and preparedness on both fronts. Karwar, which already houses over a dozen frontline warships, is undergoing significant enhancements that will soon enable it to berth 32 major warships and submarines, along with 23 yard-craft.

“The inner harbour is ready. Work on the outer harbour, with the requisite breakwaters and jetties, is in progress,” the same source confirmed regarding Karwar’s development.

India is not only building infrastructure but is also adding firepower to its underwater nuclear arsenal. This year, the country will commission its third nuclear-powered submarine equipped with nuclear-tipped ballistic missiles, known in naval terms as an SSBN. The submarine, named INS Aridhaman, is larger than its predecessors, INS Arihant and INS Arighaat, with a displacement of 7,000 tonnes. The increased size allows it to carry more K-4 missiles, which have a strike range of 3,500 kilometers.

This development significantly boosts India’s nuclear triad, which comprises land-based missiles, airborne weapons, and submarine-launched ballistic missiles. These submarines serve as the most survivable leg of the triad, capable of providing second-strike capability even in the event of a surprise nuclear attack.

In addition to INS Aridhaman, a fourth submarine is currently under construction under the classified Advanced Technology Vessel (ATV) project. This project, valued at over ₹90,000 crore, is India’s most secretive and ambitious initiative in nuclear submarine development. The plan eventually includes constructing larger 13,500-tonne SSBNs powered by more advanced 190 MW pressurized light-water reactors, in contrast to the 83 MW reactors used in the existing submarines. These improvements will significantly increase range, endurance, and operational capacity of India’s nuclear submarines.

In October last year, the Prime Minister-led Cabinet Committee on Security gave the green light for constructing two 9,800-tonne nuclear-powered attack submarines, or SSNs, at a cost of ₹40,000 crore. Unlike SSBNs, SSNs are designed for conventional warfare and are equipped with non-nuclear missiles and other tactical weaponry. Eventually, India plans to build a fleet of six SSNs, enhancing its ability to project power and safeguard its maritime interests.

As India strengthens its naval posture in the east, it is simultaneously reinforcing its western defenses. On Saturday, Defense Minister Rajnath Singh inaugurated new operational, repair, and logistical facilities valued at over ₹2,000 crore at the Karwar naval base. These upgrades are part of Project Seabird’s ongoing Phase-IIA and are designed to provide the Navy with enhanced strategic depth and flexibility, especially in relation to potential threats from Pakistan.

The expanded Karwar base will also feature a dual-use naval air station, a full-service naval dockyard, four covered dry berths, and logistics infrastructure to support both ships and aircraft. This expansion will play a crucial role in easing the burden on the heavily congested Mumbai harbour, one of the country’s primary maritime hubs.

The eventual Phase-IIB of Project Seabird, currently in the planning phase, will extend the base’s capacity even further. Once completed, Karwar will be capable of hosting 50 warships and submarines, as well as 40 auxiliary craft. Spread across a 25-kilometer stretch, this facility will stand as one of the largest and most advanced naval installations in the region.

These developments underscore India’s long-term vision of transforming into a blue-water navy capable of operating across vast oceanic distances. The focus on nuclear-powered submarines and expansive bases reflects the country’s strategic priorities in an increasingly contested Indo-Pacific landscape.

India’s naval modernization efforts are taking place against the backdrop of China’s expanding maritime influence. The Chinese Navy has been steadily increasing its presence in the Indian Ocean Region, often conducting patrols, setting up bases, and deploying submarines under the guise of anti-piracy missions. In response, India is making calculated moves to ensure it remains prepared and competitive in the strategic theatre that spans from the Strait of Hormuz to the South China Sea.

By focusing on stealthy submarine deployments, bolstering infrastructure on both coasts, and investing in next-generation nuclear-powered vessels, India is sending a clear message about its commitment to maritime security and regional stability. The commissioning of the Rambilli base in 2026 will mark a significant milestone in this strategic journey. As Project Varsha and Project Seabird advance in parallel, India is positioning itself as a formidable maritime power prepared to meet the evolving security challenges of the 21st century.

Mohanlal and Prithviraj’s L2: Empuraan Becomes Third Highest-Grossing Malayalam Film in India

The much-awaited sequel starring Mohanlal and directed by Prithviraj Sukumaran, L2: Empuraan, has reached a remarkable box office milestone in India. Over its extended eight-day opening weekend, the film collected a domestic net total of ₹88.26 crore, solidifying its status as the third highest-earning Malayalam film in India. This accomplishment allowed the film to overtake recent popular releases, including Fahadh Faasil’s Aavesham, which earned ₹85.15 crore, and Prithviraj’s own The Goat Life, which made ₹85 crore.

As a direct continuation of the 2019 hit Lucifer, L2: Empuraan brings together once again the powerful pairing of actor Mohanlal and actor-director Prithviraj Sukumaran. The collaboration between these two film industry heavyweights has proved to be a successful formula, evident in the film’s impressive opening numbers and strong box office presence in the following days.

The film had an extraordinary opening day, collecting ₹21 crore in total. This surge was largely powered by Kerala, which alone brought in ₹18.6 crore from the Malayalam version. The film experienced the typical dip on the second day, bringing in ₹11.1 crore, but managed to regain momentum over the weekend. Saturday saw collections rise to ₹13.25 crore, while Sunday brought in ₹13.65 crore, showing that audience interest remained strong during the initial stretch.

During the weekdays that followed, the movie’s earnings remained stable, helping the total first-week domestic collection climb past ₹88 crore. Though mid-week figures saw a slight dip, the film remained firmly rooted in its core Malayalam-speaking markets. The dubbed versions in Telugu, Tamil, Hindi, and Kannada contributed to the earnings, but these figures were relatively modest. The majority of the revenue stemmed from the original Malayalam release, indicating the film’s significant pull within its primary audience.

With its current total, L2: Empuraan now ranks just below 2018, starring Tovino Thomas, which earned ₹92.5 crore, and the record-smashing Manjummel Boys, directed by Chidambaram S. Poduva, which has a domestic haul of ₹141.61 crore. These two films still hold the top positions in terms of all-time highest-grossing Malayalam films within India.

To provide context, 2018 is a survival drama that deeply resonated with viewers due to its powerful depiction of the Kerala floods and their emotional aftermath. The film’s connection to a real-life event helped it make a strong impact on audiences. In contrast, Manjummel Boys is an adventure-thriller that tells the story of a group of friends, one of whom falls into the treacherous Guna Caves. The film chronicles their intense and emotional effort to save him, exploring themes of friendship, loyalty, and courage. It struck a chord with viewers through its compelling portrayal of human endurance and unity.

Although L2: Empuraan has not yet overtaken these two titles, it has managed to carve out its own significant place in Malayalam cinema history. Moreover, the film is not just a sequel but a critical piece in a larger cinematic world that the filmmakers are building. It has laid the foundation for an expanded storyline that is expected to continue in a third installment. Fans are already speculating and expressing excitement over how the narrative will develop in the next chapter.

Adding to the anticipation for the third film in the series, it has been revealed that Mohanlal’s son, Pranav Mohanlal, will portray a younger version of Stephen Nedumpally, the character played by Mohanlal. This development has generated a great deal of buzz, as fans are eager to see how the character’s origin and backstory will be explored through the younger actor’s performance.

Despite the competition and the dominance of earlier blockbusters, L2: Empuraan has shown the strength and consistency needed to make a mark at the box office. As the days progress and positive word-of-mouth continues to spread, the film is expected to inch closer to 2018’s record. While it may not yet be able to challenge the massive numbers posted by Manjummel Boys, there is a growing belief that L2: Empuraan still has room to grow.

The buzz around the movie and the strength of its storytelling, performances, and direction are helping to maintain its momentum. The fan base that had been waiting eagerly for the sequel to Lucifer has shown up in large numbers, and their enthusiasm is translating into strong ticket sales, especially in Kerala. The Malayalam version continues to dominate the earnings, reflecting the depth of engagement from the core audience.

In terms of its role in Malayalam cinema, L2: Empuraan is being recognized not just as a commercial hit but as an ambitious step forward in narrative building. The film is playing a crucial role in shaping a cinematic universe that brings together action, drama, political intrigue, and complex character arcs. This is seen as a relatively new direction for the Malayalam film industry, which has traditionally been known for its content-driven and realistic storytelling. With Empuraan, the scope is becoming larger and more interconnected.

At this point, it is difficult to predict whether the film will be able to surpass 2018, but the outlook remains positive. Given the continuing box office support, and the solid groundwork laid for further installments, L2: Empuraan has the potential to end its run with numbers that place it firmly among the top Malayalam films of all time.

The impact of Mohanlal and Prithviraj’s collaboration continues to grow. Their on-screen and behind-the-scenes chemistry has resulted in a project that has captivated audiences and demonstrated the commercial viability of ambitious Malayalam-language films. As more days unfold and as audience interest remains strong, industry watchers will be closely monitoring whether Empuraan can climb even higher in the box office rankings.

The current success of the film proves the appetite for high-concept sequels and complex storytelling within the Malayalam-speaking audience and beyond. While the dubbed versions contributed modestly, it’s the film’s Malayalam roots and the strength of its original narrative that are driving its performance.

With Mohanlal’s return as Stephen Nedumpally, Prithviraj’s direction and presence, and Pranav Mohanlal’s inclusion in the future narrative, the film is setting the stage for even more impactful storytelling. The journey of Empuraan is far from over, and its path forward promises to be as exciting and unpredictable as the story it tells.

“Even as the collections tapered mid-week, the film held strong in its core Malayalam market,” one report noted, underscoring how the foundation of its success lies in its home base. With “more days to go and positive word-of-mouth continuing,” the film’s prospects remain bright. Though “Manjummel Boys’ staggering numbers remain untouched—for now,” L2: Empuraan is undeniably a force to reckon with in the evolving landscape of Malayalam cinema.

Jaishankar Acknowledges India-China Tensions, Stresses Resolution Without Conflict

External Affairs Minister S. Jaishankar on Wednesday acknowledged that India and China will continue to have differences in the foreseeable future, but emphasized that these should not escalate into conflict.

His remarks came a day after an Indian delegation met with Chinese officials in Beijing for discussions on cross-border cooperation during the 33rd meeting of the Working Mechanism for Consultation & Coordination on India-China Border Affairs (WMCC).

“Differences Should Not Become Disputes”

Speaking at an event in New Delhi alongside Kyung-wha Kang, President of the Asia Society, Jaishankar underscored India’s approach to managing ties with China.

“We have basically made two points, which is that differences should not become disputes, and that competition should not become conflict. We do compete on many issues, but that doesn’t mean there should be conflict between us. We are very realistic about it,” he said.

Addressing the 2020 Galwan Valley clash, where 20 Indian soldiers lost their lives, Jaishankar stated that the incident marked a severe disruption in bilateral relations.

“Between India and China, at least in the foreseeable future, there will be issues. But there are ways of addressing those issues. And what happened in 2020 was not the way to address those issues,” he said.

The border standoff had frozen relations between the two countries, affecting trade, technology cooperation, air travel, and people-to-people exchanges. However, in October 2024, both nations reached a breakthrough agreement on patrolling the friction points along the Line of Actual Control (LAC), ending a four-year diplomatic impasse.

“We feel that since October, the relationship has seen some improvement. Step by step, we are trying to undo some of the damage caused by the 2020 incident,” Jaishankar noted.

He reaffirmed that the Galwan Valley clash was a clear violation of written agreements between the two countries.

“It wasn’t just the bloodshed. It was the disregard of written agreements. This isn’t a grey area. The departure from the agreed terms was very sharp and very substantial,” he stated.

India-China Talks Focus on Rebuilding Ties

After the latest WMCC meeting in Beijing, India’s Ministry of External Affairs (MEA) described the discussions as being held in a “positive and constructive atmosphere”. The two sides reviewed the situation along the LAC and exchanged views on resuming cross-border cooperation.

Among the key outcomes:

  • Discussions on trans-border rivers and the resumption of the Kailash-Mansarovar Yatra in 2025
  • Efforts to facilitate more people-to-people exchanges, including direct flight connectivity and increased interaction between media and think tanks
  • Plans for celebrating the 75th anniversary of diplomatic relations between India and China

On Wednesday, Gourangalal Das, Joint Secretary (East Asia) at India’s Ministry of External Affairs, led the Indian delegation in Beijing. He met with Liu Jinsong, Director General of the Department of Asian Affairs at China’s Ministry of Foreign Affairs to discuss steps toward stabilizing ties.

The MEA noted that both sides agreed to gradually resume dialogue mechanisms to address each other’s priorities and work toward a more stable and predictable relationship.

Modi and Xi Seek to Rebuild Trust

Prime Minister Narendra Modi recently expressed optimism about India-China relations, stating that “trust, enthusiasm, and energy” should return to bilateral ties.

In 2024, Modi and Chinese President Xi Jinping met on the sidelines of the BRICS summit in Russia, marking their first formal talks since 2020. Both leaders agreed to boost communication and cooperation, while focusing on preventing differences from escalating into disputes.

While significant challenges remain, India and China are now exploring pathways to rebuild engagement, with border stability, trade cooperation, and diplomatic dialogue emerging as key priorities.

Christians in India Face Record Levels of Violence and Discrimination in 2024: EFI Report

Christians in India endured severe persecution in 2024, with 640 documented cases of violence and discrimination, marking a continued rise from previous years, according to the Evangelical Fellowship of India’s Religious Liberty Commission (EFIRLC).

The figure represents an increase from 601 cases in 2023 and a nearly fourfold surge from 147 cases in 2014. This decade-long trend underscores mounting hostility toward Christians, who comprise 2.3% of India’s population.

“The systematic and organized persecution of Christians has risen to crisis levels in several states,” said Rev. Vijayesh Lal, EFI general secretary. “On average, four to five churches or pastors are attacked every day, with attacks nearly doubling on Sundays when believers gather for worship.”

The EFIRLC report, Faith at Risk: Examining Violence and Discrimination Against Christians in India (2024), identified Uttar Pradesh as the most affected state with 188 incidents, followed by Chhattisgarh (150), Rajasthan (40), Punjab (38), and Haryana (34).

“We are not asking for special treatment but for the religious freedom guarantees under the constitution to be enforced fairly,” said Lal. “All Indians must be able to practice their faith without violence and intimidation. We urge all state governments to uphold the rule of law and bring perpetrators to justice, regardless of their religious or political affiliation.”

Patterns of Persecution

In 2024, four Christians were murdered, while the EFIRLC recorded 255 incidents of threats and harassment, 129 arrests, 76 cases of physical violence, 60 gender-based attacks, 46 worship disruptions, and 41 incidents of vandalism.

January saw the highest number of incidents (71), followed by September (68), March (64), and October (62). Despite general elections in April and May, which might have prompted restraint, persecution continued with 45 cases in each of those months.

Violent Attacks and Forced Displacement

On Feb. 12, in Sukma District, Chhattisgarh, villagers threatened AaytuPodiyami’s family, demanding they renounce Christianity. When they refused, a village council issued an ultimatum. Soon after, they were brutally beaten, leaving Aaytu’s father seriously injured. The family fled, forced into a life of manual labor elsewhere.

On May 4 in Bastar, Chhattisgarh, 22-year-old Kosa Kawasi was killed in front of his wife for refusing to renounce his faith. He had earlier reported death threats to the police, but no action was taken. A mob of about 20 villagers attacked him with wooden sticks, knives, and an axe. His wife, who was also assaulted, managed to escape.

The same day, five other Christian families fled their homes fearing for their lives.

Regional Hotspots of Persecution

Uttar Pradesh: Arbitrary Arrests and Worship Disruptions

Uttar Pradesh recorded the highest number of anti-Christian incidents, with pastors and believers frequently arrested over allegations of forced conversions. Many detentions occurred after prayer meetings and family gatherings, despite a lack of credible evidence.

On March 24 in Jamui village, Maharajganj District, extremists disrupted a Palm Sunday gathering where Pastor Shailesh Kumar was present. The mob issued threats before attacking worshippers. Pastor Kumar suffered severe head injuries and required hospitalization.

On Oct. 3 in Gaddopur village, Gonda District, four attackers stormed a prayer gathering and violently assaulted Man Singh and six other Christians. They were dragged 200 meters away and beaten. Their belongings, including a Bible and phones, were confiscated. When police arrived, they sided with the attackers, detaining the victims until midnight and warning them against holding future prayer meetings.

Chhattisgarh: Social Boycotts and Land Disputes

In Chhattisgarh, extremist groups frequently targeted tribal Christians through violence, social boycotts, and denial of resources, including burial rights, to pressure them into renouncing their faith.

In June, 32-year-old Bindu Sodi was murdered in Dantewada District over a land dispute exacerbated by religious discrimination. After she and her family converted to Christianity, relatives denied them access to ancestral property. She was killed with an axe and stones. Authorities pressured the family to bury her 19 miles away to avoid “sectarian unrest” and failed to recognize religious bias as a motive.

Punjab: Christmas Attacks

Punjab saw 38 attacks on Christians in 2024, including 11 during Christmas.

On Dec. 25 in Firozpur District, a group attacked Pastor Vijay and his congregation while they were preparing for a Christmas event.

On April 18 in Sultanwind village, Amritsar District, Pastor Gurjeet and his brother Gurdeep were assaulted by a neighbor, Avtar Singh Nihang. Nihang used a Kirpan, a ceremonial Sikh dagger, to attack Gurdeep, inflicting severe injuries. Pastor Gurjeet suffered wounds on his fingers and toes. When they sought medical care, a doctor reportedly refused to treat them.

Anti-Conversion Laws: A Tool of Harassment

The EFIRLC report highlights the misuse of anti-conversion laws as a major driver of Christian persecution.

“These laws, legally termed Freedom of Religion laws, are being weaponized to curtail the religious freedom of minority Christians,” said a Christian leader from Uttar Pradesh, speaking anonymously.

In 2024, the Uttar Pradesh government amended the Prohibition of Unlawful Conversion of Religion Act, 2021, increasing penalties and making violations non-bailable. Some offenses now carry sentences of up to life imprisonment.

A critical change allows “any person” – not just victims or their relatives – to file complaints. Hindu nationalist groups have exploited this provision to file numerous cases against Christians, fostering a climate of fear.

“There are over 60 Christians currently in jail under this law,” said the leader.

Cases of False Accusations and Police Complicity

On Dec. 27 in Fatehpur District, a mob assaulted Pastor Shivbaran Paswan, forcibly shaved his head, and paraded him through his village. Instead of protecting him, police charged him under the anti-conversion law.

On Oct. 20 in Meerut, Uttar Pradesh, Hindu extremists disrupted Pastor Biju Mathew’s worship service and beat him. Police initially released him, but on Oct. 26, authorities arrested him under the anti-conversion law.

As of February 2025, Pastor Mathew remains in jail while his wife Rini cares for their two daughters. Within two weeks of his arrest, Hindu nationalist groups claimed they had “re-converted” 30 families from his church to Hinduism.

“These laws often shift the burden of proof onto the accused,” the EFIRLC report states, “making legal defense nearly impossible, even when allegations are baseless.”

Currently, 11 states have anti-conversion laws, with Rajasthan and Arunachal Pradesh moving toward stricter enforcement.

Growing Crisis and Calls for Action

By the end of 2024, 400 Christian leaders wrote to Prime Minister Narendra Modi, condemning the violence against Christians and calling for immediate intervention.

“It saddens us that nearly all political leaders, including those in the Union and state governments, have remained silent,” they wrote in a Dec. 31 letter. “Rising hate speech, especially from elected officials, has emboldened acts of violence against Christians.”

The EFIRLC emphasized that its 640 verified cases likely represent only a fraction of actual incidents, as many victims fear reporting due to police inaction and intimidation.

“The climate of fear prevents many Christians from seeking justice,” Lal said. “Even when cases are filed, legal delays, wrongful imprisonments, and acquittals of perpetrators are common.”

India’s Worsening Religious Freedom Record

India ranked 11th on Open Doors’ 2025 World Watch List of the most difficult countries for Christians, a stark rise from 31st place in 2013.

Religious freedom advocates blame the National Democratic Alliance (NDA) government, led by the Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP), for fostering an atmosphere of hostility toward non-Hindus. Since Prime Minister Modi took office in May 2014, Hindu nationalist groups have increasingly targeted Christians with impunity.

The EFI has urged authorities to:

  • Protect at-risk Christian communities
  • Hold extremist groups accountable
  • Prevent the misuse of anti-conversion laws
  • Ensure fair legal proceedings for religious minorities

“Religious freedom is a cornerstone of India’s constitution,” Lal said. “We must uphold these values to protect every Indian, regardless of faith.”

India at a Crossroads: Will Trump’s Tariff Wars Push Economic Reforms?

India has historically embraced economic reforms during crises, with the 1991 liberalization serving as a prime example. Today, with U.S. President Donald Trump’s tariff wars disrupting global trade, many believe India faces a similar turning point. The question remains: will the world’s fifth-largest economy use this moment to shed its protectionist policies and open up further, or will it retreat into economic isolation?

Trump has repeatedly criticized India as a “tariff king” and a “big abuser” of trade relations. India’s trade-weighted import duties—representing the average tariff across imported goods—are among the highest globally. The U.S. average stands at 2.2%, China’s at 3%, and Japan’s at 1.7%, while India’s is a steep 12%, according to World Trade Organization data.

High tariffs increase costs for businesses relying on global supply chains, reducing their ability to compete in international markets. Additionally, Indian consumers pay more for imported goods than their global counterparts. Despite steady export growth—mainly driven by the services sector—India runs a significant trade deficit. With the country’s share of global exports standing at just 1.5%, the urgency for change is clear.

The impact of Trump’s trade war on India remains uncertain. While it could serve as a catalyst for reform, there’s also a risk that India will entrench its protectionist stance. The Modi administration, often criticized for shielding domestic industries, appears to be reassessing its strategy.

Ahead of Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s meeting with Trump in Washington, India voluntarily reduced tariffs on several American products, including Bourbon whiskey and motorcycles. Commerce Minister Piyush Goyal has made two U.S. visits in response to Trump’s threats of retaliatory tariffs, which could take effect on April 2. Analysts at Citi Research estimate these tariffs could cost India up to $7 billion annually, particularly impacting metals, chemicals, and jewelry, while also affecting pharmaceuticals, automobiles, and food products.

In a shift from previous rhetoric, Goyal recently urged Indian exporters to abandon their “protectionist mindset,” encouraging them to compete globally with confidence. India is also actively negotiating free trade agreements with the U.K., New Zealand, and the European Union.

An unexpected development in U.S.-India economic ties has been the collaboration between Indian telecom giants Reliance Jio and Bharti Airtel with Elon Musk’s SpaceX. Together, they plan to launch Starlink satellite internet services in India. This partnership surprised analysts, given Musk’s past conflicts with both companies, and comes as the U.S. and India work toward a trade agreement.

India’s economic rise between the late 1990s and early 2000s was largely driven by its gradual integration into global markets. Between 2004 and 2009, the economy grew at an average of 8.1%, followed by 7.46% growth from 2009 to 2014. Pharmaceuticals, software, automobiles, textiles, and garment industries benefited from lower tariffs. However, in recent years, India has reversed this trend, adopting inward-looking policies.

Some economists argue that these protectionist policies have hindered the success of Modi’s “Make in India” initiative, which prioritizes capital- and technology-intensive industries over labor-intensive ones such as textiles. Consequently, manufacturing and exports have struggled to gain traction.

High tariffs have also fostered complacency among domestic industries, discouraging efficiency and innovation. Viral Acharya, an economics professor at New York University’s Stern School of Business, argues that this has led to a situation where “cosy incumbents” consolidate their market positions without facing genuine competition. In a Brookings Institution paper, Acharya suggested that reducing tariffs would boost India’s share of global trade and mitigate the negative effects of protectionism.

India’s already-high tariffs make any further increases potentially damaging. “We need to boost exports, and a tit-for-tat tariff war won’t help us,” says Rajeswari Sengupta, an associate professor of economics at Mumbai’s Indira Gandhi Institute of Development Research. “China can afford this strategy due to its massive export base, but we can’t, as we hold only a small share of the global market. A trade conflict could hurt us more than others.”

With shifting global trade dynamics, India has a unique opportunity to redefine its economic trajectory. Trade expert Aseema Sinha of Claremont McKenna College believes India could lead a new era of global commerce by lowering trade barriers within South Asia and strengthening ties with Southeast Asia and the Middle East.

“By reducing tariffs, India could become a regional and cross-regional magnet for trade and economic activity, drawing in varied powers in its orbit,” says Sinha, author of Globalising India.

Reducing trade barriers could also address India’s pressing employment crisis. Agriculture, which contributes only 15% of GDP, still employs 40% of the workforce, highlighting low productivity levels. Construction remains the second-largest employer, largely relying on informal labor.

India’s challenge is not in expanding its service sector, which already accounts for nearly half of total exports, but in absorbing its large, unskilled workforce. “While high-end services are thriving, the majority of the workforce remains uneducated and underemployed, often relegated to construction or informal jobs,” Sengupta explains. “To provide meaningful employment to millions entering the workforce each year, India must ramp up its manufacturing exports. Relying solely on services won’t solve the problem.”

A key concern with reducing tariffs is the potential for foreign dumping—where companies flood the market with cheap goods, threatening domestic industries.

Sengupta suggests that India adopt a “universal reduction” in import tariffs while using targeted non-tariff barriers against China in cases of proven dumping. “To protect against this, India can use non-tariff barriers against China but only against this one country and only in cases of proven dumping. Barring that, it is in India’s interest to do a wholesale slashing of tariffs,” she argues.

Some analysts worry that India is too eager to accommodate U.S. trade demands. Ajay Srivastava, founder of the Global Trade Research Initiative (GTRI), believes India’s tendency to adjust trade policies “based on rhetoric rather than economic pressure” weakens its negotiating position.

Compared to other major economies, India appears especially susceptible to external pressure. “India’s pre-emptive surrender on multiple trade fronts—without the U.S. imposing a single country-specific tariff—makes it appear exceptionally vulnerable to pressure tactics,” Srivastava warns.

Despite concerns over bargaining power, many experts believe Trump’s tariffs could unintentionally drive India toward much-needed reforms. HSBC’s chief India economist, Pranjul Bhandari, sees this as an opportunity. “Potential U.S. tariffs may have become a catalyst for reforms,” she writes.

If Trump’s second term leads to further supply chain disruptions, and global markets seek alternative production hubs, India could benefit. However, achieving this transformation won’t be easy. India has largely missed out on the era of low-end, unskilled factory work that helped China dominate global manufacturing for decades. With automation on the rise, the window for industrial expansion is closing.

Without deeper economic reforms, India risks being left behind. The path it chooses—embracing globalization or doubling down on protectionism—will shape its economic future for decades to come.

White House Criticizes High Tariffs Imposed by India and Other Nations

The White House on Tuesday addressed concerns regarding tariffs imposed by various nations on American goods, specifically mentioning India’s high import duties. White House Press Secretary Karoline Leavitt pointed out that India has levied a 150 percent tariff on American alcohol and a 100 percent tariff on agricultural products. She reiterated that US President Donald Trump is committed to the principle of reciprocity and is advocating for fair and balanced trade practices. Additionally, she criticized Canada, asserting that the country has been unfairly exploiting the United States and American workers for years.

During the press briefing, Leavitt emphasized, “The president is again responding to the fact that Canada has been ripping off the United States of America and hardworking Americans for decades. If you look at the rates of tariffs across the board that Canadians have been imposing on the American people and our workers here, it is egregious.” Her remarks came in response to questions regarding Trump’s planned conversation with Canada’s Prime Minister-designate Mark Carney.

Leavitt went on to highlight the significant tariffs that India and Japan have placed on various American products. She stressed that President Trump’s primary focus remains on safeguarding American businesses and workers’ interests. Offering concrete examples, she stated, “In fact, I have a handy dandy chart here that shows not just Canada but the rate of tariffs across the board. If you look at Canada since you brought it up, American cheese and butter nearly 300 percent tariff. You look at India, 150 percent tariff on American alcohol. Do you think that’s helping Kentucky bourbon be exported into India? I don’t think so. 100 percent tariff on agricultural products from India.”

On Sunday, Trump hinted at the possibility of increasing tariffs against Mexico and Canada. According to Fox News, he expressed concerns that the international community has historically taken undue advantage of the United States.

In response to concerns from business leaders regarding tariff predictability, Trump indicated that future tariff hikes could be on the table. He emphasized the necessity of reversing what he perceives as years of unfair international trade practices. Trump has previously implemented tariffs on Mexico, Canada, and China, citing concerns about border security and fentanyl trafficking into the United States.

On March 7, Trump announced a temporary delay on certain product tariffs for Mexico and Canada, pushing their implementation to April 2. This decision followed discussions with Mexico’s President Claudia Sheinbaum, although he remained critical of Canada’s trade policies.

Recently, Trump also addressed the issue of India’s tariffs, asserting that trading with India is particularly challenging due to its high import duties. He acknowledged that India has agreed to lower some of its tariffs, attributing this development to heightened scrutiny of its trade policies.

US Vice President JD Vance and Second Lady Usha Vance to Visit India This Month

US Vice President JD Vance and Second Lady Usha Vance are set to visit India later this month, marking the Vice President’s second overseas trip since assuming office on January 20, 2025.

This trip will be particularly significant for Usha Vance, as it will be her first visit to India as the Second Lady. India holds special meaning for her since her parents emigrated from the country to the United States, and she was raised in San Diego, California. In addition, JD Vance will be making history as the first US Vice President to visit India within the first 100 days of taking office.

According to a Politico report, three individuals familiar with the planning have confirmed that the Vice President’s visit to India is scheduled.

The upcoming trip takes place against the backdrop of heightened tensions between the United States and India concerning trade tariffs. Vance’s first international visit occurred in February when he traveled to France and Germany. During the Munich Security Conference, his statements drew criticism from several US allies in Europe.

During his stay in France, Vance met with Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi on the sidelines of the AI Summit in Paris. Their interaction was described as cordial, with Modi presenting an eco-friendly wooden alphabet set to Vance’s daughter, Mirabel Rose Vance, as a gift. Additionally, the Prime Minister participated in the celebration of the birthday of the Vice President’s son, Vivek.

Following their meeting, Prime Minister Modi shared on X, “Had a wonderful meeting with US Vice President JD Vance and his family. We had a great conversation on various subjects. Delighted to join them in celebrating the joyous birthday of their son, Vivek!”

Expressing his appreciation for the gesture, Vance replied, “Prime Minister Modi was gracious and kind, and our kids really enjoyed the gifts. I’m grateful to him for the wonderful conversation.”

Tulsi Gabbard Set to Visit India as Part of Indo-Pacific Tour

Tulsi Gabbard, who served as the Director of National Intelligence during Donald Trump’s administration, is preparing to visit India as part of a broader multi-nation tour across the Indo-Pacific.

Providing insights into her trip, Gabbard stated that her visit is intended to bolster ties and encourage transparent communication to further President Trump’s objectives of promoting peace and freedom.

“I am wheels up on a multi-nation trip to the Indo-Pacific, a region I know very well having grown up as a child of the Pacific. I’ll be going to Japan, Thailand, and India, with a brief stop in France enroute back to DC (sic),” Gabbard shared on Twitter.

This marks Gabbard’s first trip to India since she took office as the Director of National Intelligence. Additionally, she is the first female combat veteran to assume the role in Trump’s second administration.

Back in February, Prime Minister Narendra Modi had a meeting with Gabbard in Washington during his U.S. visit. Notably, she was the first U.S. official to meet Modi at Blair House.

Following the meeting, PM Modi tweeted about their discussion on different aspects of India-U.S. relations.

“Met USA’s Director of National Intelligence, Tulsi Gabbard in Washington DC. Congratulated her on her confirmation. Discussed various aspects of the India-USA friendship, of which she’s always been a strong votary,” PM Modi wrote on X.

Gabbard’s Indo-Pacific tour will commence in Honolulu, where she will meet Intelligence Community partners, senior officials of the U.S. Indo-Pacific Command, and U.S. troops undergoing training. However, she has not yet disclosed when she will be arriving in India.

A former representative of Hawaii’s 2nd Congressional District in the U.S. House of Representatives, Gabbard holds the distinction of being the first Hindu elected to the U.S. Congress.

ICJ Report Raises Concerns Over Judicial Independence in India

A recent report by the International Commission of Jurists (ICJ) has expressed serious concerns regarding the state of judicial independence in India, pointing to increasing executive interference, a lack of transparency in judicial appointments, and weak accountability mechanisms.

Titled Judicial Independence in India: Tipping the Scale, the report provides a comprehensive analysis of the constitutional basis, legal framework, and jurisprudence governing the judiciary’s independence. According to the report, in the past decade (2014–2024), India’s judiciary has faced “retrogressive developments in respect of judicial independence.” While the judiciary remains constitutionally independent, the report states that its autonomy is increasingly being compromised by “significant scope for external, including executive influence.”

The ICJ, a global non-profit organization comprising eminent judges and lawyers, is committed to promoting and safeguarding human rights through the rule of law. According to its website, the Geneva-based organization operates across five continents.

One of the report’s main findings highlights the lack of objective and transparent criteria for judicial appointments in India. The Collegium system, which consists of the Chief Justice of India and four senior Supreme Court judges, was intended to preserve judicial independence. However, the report criticizes it for lacking “a clear and transparent procedure of selection and of objective and predetermined criteria based on competence, merit, ability, experience, and integrity.” The report further states that the absence of such safeguards leaves room for appointments made through “improper means and motive.”

Despite being constitutionally insulated from political influence, the judiciary has been subjected to increasing executive interference in judicial appointments, according to the report. It states that the government “exercises an effective veto power on recommendations made by the Collegium, allowing the executive a determinative role in the composition of the higher judiciary.” This dynamic has resulted in a growing standoff between the government and the Supreme Court, with key judicial recommendations facing delays or outright rejection.

Another critical issue identified in the report is the transfer of judges between High Courts, which does not require the consent of the affected judge. Transfers are often justified under broad terms such as “public interest” or “better administration of justice.” However, the ICJ report criticizes this process for its lack of transparency. It states that “transfers proceed on vague and overbroad criteria…often making it impossible to distinguish between transfers being used as disguised sanction, transfers intended to be punitive or retaliatory, and transfers for the better administration of justice.”

The report also addresses the removal or impeachment process for judges, where the legislature plays a key role. According to the ICJ, this process does not conform to international legal standards, which recommend that “the power of removal should be vested with an independent body composed of a majority of judges and not with either the legislature or executive.”

In addition to impeachment, the only other form of judicial accountability in India is the ‘In-House Procedure.’ However, the report criticizes this system, stating that it “is not provided for in statutory law” and “is not based on any articulated rules or norms of judicial conduct that serve as a substantive basis to determine misconduct.” The lack of transparency in this mechanism, the ICJ argues, makes “real accountability near impossible.”

Another major concern outlined in the report is the post-retirement employment of judges. The report states that the absence of regulations governing post-retirement jobs has led to “a shadow of perception of bias on the concerned judge while at the same time allowing for indirect executive influence over the judge while in office.” This issue has long been debated in India, as several retired judges have been appointed to government positions soon after leaving office. This has raised concerns that some judicial decisions may be influenced by the possibility of post-retirement rewards.

The report also examines the listing and allocation of cases within the Supreme Court. While these processes are governed by formal rules, they largely remain at the discretion of the Chief Justice of India. The report highlights that “instances of irregular listing and allocation, presumably at the discretion of the Chief Justice, have given rise to seemingly arbitrary exercise of power… at times in a manner that suits the government.”

In response to these concerns, the ICJ has put forth several recommendations. One of the key proposals is the establishment of a Judicial Council to oversee judicial appointments, ensuring that selections are made based on objective and predetermined criteria while also promoting transparency and diversity. The report further recommends the implementation of a binding code of judicial conduct to enhance accountability, along with the creation of a statutory mechanism for addressing misconduct that operates independently of both the executive and legislature.

The ICJ also calls for clear regulations on post-retirement employment, including the introduction of a mandatory cooling-off period to prevent conflicts of interest. Additionally, it suggests reforms in the judicial transfer process to enhance transparency and prevent its misuse as a disciplinary tool.

Another recommendation involves improving transparency in case allocation, ensuring that listing decisions are made in a fair and impartial manner. The report emphasizes the need for reforms to protect the judiciary’s independence and maintain public confidence in India’s legal system.

The findings of the ICJ report highlight significant challenges to the independence of India’s judiciary. The growing executive influence over judicial appointments, lack of transparent accountability mechanisms, and concerns surrounding post-retirement employment underscore the urgent need for reforms. The proposed recommendations aim to strengthen judicial independence and ensure that India’s judiciary remains free from undue external influence.

Hindi vs. Hindustani: A Linguistic Divide

I am aware that this article may upset many Hindi proponents, but that is of no concern to me. I am not in pursuit of popularity or publicity, despite what some may assume. I have often expressed views that have made me unpopular. I speak what I believe to be the truth, regardless of whether it pleases or offends people.

The reality is that Hindi is not the language of the common man in India, not even in the so-called Hindi-speaking regions. The language spoken by the common people is Hindustani, also referred to as Khadiboli.

To illustrate the distinction between Hindi and Hindustani, consider this example: in Hindustani, one would say “udhar dekhiye” to mean “look there.” However, in Hindi, the equivalent phrase would be “udhar avalokan keejiye.” The average person would never use the phrase “udhar avalokan keejiye.”

Hindi is an artificially constructed language, developed as part of the British colonial policy of divide and rule. The British propagated the false notion that Hindi was the language of Hindus, while Urdu belonged to Muslims.

Before 1947, Urdu served as the common language of educated individuals—Hindus, Muslims, Sikhs, and others—across vast regions of India. However, after the partition in 1947, when Pakistan was established as an Islamic state, Urdu came under attack in India. Religious extremists falsely promoted the idea that Urdu was a foreign language belonging exclusively to Muslims.

As part of this agenda, a concerted effort was made to eliminate Persian and Arabic words from Hindustani, even though they had been widely adopted in everyday speech. These words were then replaced with Sanskrit-derived alternatives. For instance, the word “zila” (district) was substituted with “janpad,” “kaafi” (enough) with “paryapt,” “zyaada” (more) with “adhik,” and “mujrim” (accused) with “abhiyukt.”

Hundreds, if not thousands, of similar examples exist where commonly used Persian words were deliberately weeded out and replaced with Sanskrit terms. This process was nearly catastrophic for Urdu, almost amounting to linguistic genocide.

During my tenure as a judge at the Allahabad High Court, a lawyer who regularly argued in Hindi once submitted a petition titled “Pratibhu Avedan Patra.” I asked him what “Pratibhu” meant, and he replied that it referred to bail. I then pointed out that he should have simply used the term “bail” or “zamaanat,” which everyone understood, rather than “Pratibhu,” a word that was unfamiliar to most people.

In court, deciphering Hindi in government notifications was often challenging, as the language used was highly Sanskritized, or “klisht.”

Similarly, certain Hindi books employ such complex Sanskrit-derived vocabulary that their meaning becomes difficult to grasp.

It is a misconception that incorporating foreign words weakens a language. On the contrary, it strengthens it. English, for example, has become more robust by assimilating words not only from European languages but also from Arabic, Persian, and Hindustani. Consequently, it was misguided to remove Persian and Arabic words that had become an integral part of Hindustani.

To conclude, I believe that modern Hindi poetry does not compare to Urdu poetry in terms of expressiveness and sophistication. Consider this famous Urdu line from Bismil’s revolutionary poem: “Sarfaroshi ki tamanna ab hamaare dil mein hai.” If translated into Hindi, it would read: “Sheesh katwaane ki ichcha ab hamaare hriday mein hai.” Which version do you think revolutionaries would prefer to chant?

Likewise, take the powerful lines by Faiz Ahmed Faiz: “Bol ki lab azad hain tere, bol zubaan ab tak teri hai.” In Hindi, this could be translated as “Uchchaaran karo, munh swatantra hai tumhaara.” However, the Hindi version lacks the strength and depth of the original Urdu. Hindi simply does not possess the same intensity and elegance that Urdu offers.

Trump Announces India’s Commitment to Reducing Tariffs Amid Growing Trade Talks

US President Donald Trump stated on Friday that India has agreed to significantly reduce its tariffs.

Speaking from the Oval Office, Trump remarked, “India charges us massive tariffs, massive—you can’t even sell anything in India. It’s almost… it is restrictive. You know, we do very little business inside. They have agreed, by the way. They want to cut their tariffs way down now because somebody’s finally exposing them for what they have done.”

His comments came just hours after India announced that it was exploring ways to deepen trade relations with the US, including reducing tariff and non-tariff barriers under a bilateral trade agreement.

Randhir Jaiswal, spokesperson for the Ministry of External Affairs, noted that during Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s visit to the US last month, both countries had revealed plans to negotiate a mutually beneficial, multi-sector Bilateral Trade Agreement (BTA).

Commerce Minister Piyush Goyal was in the US for discussions with his counterparts, as both governments continued working on advancing talks related to the multi-sector trade pact, Jaiswal added.

“Our objective through the BTA is to strengthen and deepen India-US two-way trade across the goods and services sector, increase market access, reduce tariff and non-tariff barriers, and deepen supply chain integration between the two countries,” Jaiswal stated.

In his latest remarks, the US President also addressed a joint session of Congress, where he listed India alongside the European Union, China, and Canada as countries that impose high tariffs on American products.

Trump asserted that for decades, other nations had used tariffs against the US, and now it was “our turn” to impose them in return.

On February 13, Prime Minister Modi met with Trump in Washington, DC, where both leaders agreed to finalize a major trade agreement by the end of the year. They also set an ambitious goal of reaching USD 500 billion in annual trade by 2030, aiming to narrow the trade deficit.

“Recognizing that this level of ambition would require new, fair-trade terms, the leaders announced plans to negotiate the first tranche of a mutually beneficial, multi-sector Bilateral Trade Agreement (BTA) by fall of 2025,” stated a joint press release summarizing the Modi-Trump meeting.

In its Union Budget for 2025-26, India disclosed plans to lower tariffs on products such as bourbon whiskey, wines, and the electric vehicle (EV) sector—widely interpreted as an effort to accommodate US concerns.

Meanwhile, Washington has been urging New Delhi to purchase more American oil, gas, and defense equipment to help reduce the trade deficit, which currently favors India by approximately USD 45 billion.

The US remained India’s largest trading partner in 2023, with total bilateral trade in goods and services reaching USD 190 billion.

Connecticut Governor Ned Lamont Returns from India Trade Mission with Broken Arm

Connecticut Governor Ned Lamont returned from a trade mission to India nursing a broken arm.

Speaking at a news conference at the state Capitol on Monday, the Democratic governor appeared with his left arm secured in a black sling. Lamont, who is right-handed, explained that he suffered the injury after slipping on wet marble during his weeklong visit to the country.

“It’s broken,” he informed reporters, emphasizing how inexpensive his medical treatment in India turned out to be.

Detailing his experience, Lamont said, “I’ll tell you that it broke, I get a nurse, I go and get an X-ray, they give me this sling. I come back, I go talk to this business group and I said, ‘You guys are amazing, it only cost $10.’ They said, ‘You got ripped off.’”

Reflecting on the incident, he added, “That’s India.”

Despite the injury, Lamont successfully led a delegation of state officials and business representatives, engaging with around 30 companies during the trip. He returned to Connecticut with a signed memorandum of understanding aimed at strengthening economic ties between the state and Tamil Nadu, India’s southernmost state.

Connecticut has a significant Indian-origin population, with approximately 38,000 residents born in India, accounting for 14% of the state’s foreign-born population. Additionally, India is the leading country of origin for international students in Connecticut, with 7,200 of the 19,990 international students in the state hailing from India.

India to Fully Commission World’s Longest LPG Pipeline by June

India’s state-owned refiners are set to complete the world’s longest liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) pipeline by June, a major milestone expected to significantly reduce fuel transportation costs and mitigate the risk of fatal road accidents.

“This will be a game changer in the LPG supply chain,” stated N. Senthil Kumar, director of pipelines at Indian Oil Corp., in an interview. “It’s like putting LPG on a conveyor belt.”

The $1.3 billion infrastructure project is anticipated to replace hundreds of trucks currently transporting LPG from refineries to bottling facilities across the country, a method that increases the risk of accidents. A recent example was seen last month when a tanker overturned in Coimbatore, causing disruptions in the southern city. Similarly, in December, an accident involving an Indian Oil truck in Jaipur resulted in 20 fatalities, 45 injuries, and damage to three dozen vehicles.

Indian Oil, Bharat Petroleum Corp., and Hindustan Petroleum Corp. have collaborated to establish IHB, a joint venture responsible for constructing the extensive 2,800-kilometer pipeline. This network will stretch from Kandla on India’s west coast to Gorakhpur in the north. According to Kumar, who also serves as the chairman of the joint venture, the first phase is slated for commissioning in March, with full-scale operations expected by mid-year.

The pipeline will have the capacity to transport approximately 8.3 million tons of LPG annually, accounting for around 25% of India’s total demand. This development is set to notably cut transportation expenses in the world’s third-largest consumer of the fuel, as nearly 70% of bottling plants still rely on truck deliveries. In response to growing volumes and safety concerns, the Petroleum and Natural Gas Regulatory Board has been advocating for the expansion of the nation’s pipeline infrastructure.

Domestic consumption of LPG, primarily used for cooking, has surged by 80% over the past decade, reaching 29.6 million tons in the fiscal year that ended in March 2024. This increase has surpassed the 47% growth seen in overall demand for refined oil products. The rise in LPG usage has been largely driven by government subsidies under Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s administration, which aims to encourage low-income households to transition away from polluting biomass fuels for cooking.

Despite its significance, the project has faced multiple setbacks since its announcement in 2019. Delays were caused by pandemic-induced lockdowns as well as supply chain disruptions stemming from Russia’s war in Ukraine. India’s current LPG pipeline network spans nearly 5,000 kilometers, and this latest expansion marks a crucial step in strengthening the country’s energy infrastructure.

Indo-American Press Club Unveils 2025 Board of Directors and Appoints Dr. Indranill Basu Ray as Chairman

(New York, NY: Feb 20, 2025) Indo-American Press Club (IAPC), the largest organization of media personnel of Indian origin in North America announced a dynamic Team of members to the Board of Directors today. Dr. Indranill Basu Ray – Cambridge, MA will lead this decade-old organization as the Chairman of the BOAD of IAPC. Ginsmon Zacharia, the Founding Chairman of IAPC is the Secretary of BOD. Ajay Ghosh, the Founding President of IAPC, who along with Ginsmon is a permanent member of the BOD, will serve as a member of the BOD.

Dr. Indranill Basu Ray – Chairman, Cambridge, MA

Dr. Indranill Basu Ray | MBBS, MD(Med), DNB (Card), DSc, FACP, FACC is a Cardiologist trained in one of the newer subspecialties called Interventional Cardiac Electrophysiology. Dr. Basu-Ray was a faculty guide at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT’s) LinQ program in Boston. He is a cardiac electrophysiologist on staff and the present director of cardiovascular research at the Memphis Veterans Medical Center in Memphis, TN, USA. He is also an Adjunct Professor at The School of Public Health, University of Memphis, Memphis, TN, USA.

Dr. Basu-Ray is the Editor of a popular book on Cardiology with over forty authors contributing to it from all over the world. He is the founder and President of the American Academy for Yoga in Medicine, an organization of physicians, scientists, and researchers who work on scientific validation of yoga as an integrative therapy. He is the Editor-in-Chief of the world’s first reference book written by over 75 physicians and researchers worldwide called “The Principle and Practice of Yoga in Cardiovascular Diseases,” published by Springer Nature. Dr. Basu Ray has delivered invited lectures worldwide on the role of Yoga and meditation in preventing and treating cardiovascular diseases. He was awarded a Doctorate in Science (Honoris Causa) by the world’s largest and oldest Yoga University- SVYASA, in Bengaluru, India. He has appeared on multiple television channels in this country and abroad, discussing Yoga as disease prevention. He writes blogs for numerous Indian and US Newspapers.


⁠Ginsmon Zacharia – Board Secretary – NY

Ginsmon P. Zacharia, founding chairman and a permanent member of the IAPC Board of Directors, is the managing director of the Global Reporter Channel. A noted journalist who has made innovations in the field of visual media, he is also the chairman of Jai Hind News, a Malayalam newspaper with editions in the United States and Canada. He is the editor-in-chief of Aksharam magazine, a leading Malayalam magazine in the United States, and President and CEO of the English language magazine Asian Era. Ginsmon, who was the manager of The South Asian Times, a leading English language newspaper in America, started his journalism career 16 years ago by taking charge of the European edition of the Deepika, a Malayalam daily. As the US director of Jai Hind TV, he hosted the first reality show with candidates from all the states in the US. The reality show, attended by hundreds of Malayalees, was telecast in around 250 episodes, helped many amateur singers showcase their talent to the world, and was hailed as a historic first for the Malayalees in North America.


Kamalesh Mehta – NY

Kamlesh Mehta, founder of Forsyth Media Group, the most popular Indo-American English media group in North America, is a member of a prominent Jain family in Rajasthan and started a diamond business in Bombay in 1985. Mehta immigrated to New York in 1986, to expand his business, where he started trading in gemstones and diamonds. Mehta entered the media business in 2008, and his weekly newspaper, ‘The South Asian Times’ for the Indian community, has won several awards. He is also the publisher of Forsyth Media Group’s ‘The Asian Era’. In January 2010, he was appointed director of business and economic development by the Nassau County administration, where he served for five years. In 2009, he became president of the Rotary Club of Hicksville South, NY. In 2015-16, he had the opportunity to become governor of RI District 7255. He has been honored as a leading Rotary donor and has worked for many religious organizations and social causes. He is the founder of the Rajasthan Association of North America and organized the first Indian Day Parade in Hicksville, which started in 2012. Mehta is also the recipient of many lifetime achievement awards and certificates of recognition from various community organizations.


⁠Dr. Mathew Joys – Las Vegas, NV

Well-known writer and columnist in North America, Dr. Matthew Joys, was one of the early members of the IAPC. He has worked in the finance department of the central government in India and has been the director of the Rotaract Club and the national general secretary of the Employees Federation. He also served as executive vice president and secretary to the board of directors of IAPC. Author of ‘Entey Priyey,’ a collection of love poems based on the Bible and the Ten Commandments, and the anthology ‘American Aadukal,’ he spends his time as the executive editor of Jai Hind, a New York-based newspaper, as well as the associate editor of the Express Herald, a member of the editorial board of Nerkazhcha weekly, and the English portal The UNN. He is also the Global Media Chairperson of the Global Indian Council, Inc.


Ajay Ghosh – CT

Ajay Ghosh, the Chief Editor of The Universal News Network (www.theunn.com), graduated with a Master’s Degree in Journalism from Marquette University, Milwaukee, WI in 1998. Before coming to the United States, Ajay was the Chief Editor of The Voice Delhi and contributed articles to several national publications in India. In the United States, starting his journalistic career as a reporter in 1999 for India Post, he worked as the New York Bureau Chief of Indian Reporter and World News and was the New York Bureau Chief of India Tribune published from Chicago. Ajay served as the Executive Editor of NRI Today and was the Bureau Chief of The Indian Express, North American Editions. He was the founding Editor of The Asian Era. Since 2012, Ajay has been serving as the Media Coordinator of the American Association of Physicians of Indian Origin (AAPI). In 2023, he was appointed as the Consultant for Public Relations Content for ITServe Alliance, the largest association of IT Solutions and services organizations in the United States. Ajay is the founder and President of the Indo-American Press Club.

Having a Master’s Degree in Social Work from Delhi University, Ajay served as an Adjunct Faculty at Fordham Graduate School of Social Work from 2006 to 2016. He was an Adjunct Professor at Bridgeport University, where he taught Psychology. In 2019, he was part of a nearly 200-member expedition to Antarctica, the 7th Continent on Earth. Ajay was honored with the Excellence in Reporting Award by the American Association of Physicians of Indian Origin for several years. In 2018, Ajay was honored with the Excellence in Journalism Award by NAMAM, In 2023, he received the prestigious Excellence in Journalism Award by The Kerala Center in New York.


Meena Chittilapilly – Dallas, TX

Meena Chittilappilly is a well-known socio-cultural media activist from Dallas, Texas. Meena, who has been a presenter and newsreader on Asianet for 15 years and later a presenter on Jai Hind TV, is currently working for Flowers TV. A graduate with a degree in analytical economics and business administration, Meena has worked in the field of education for over 20 years and is currently working as a school director in the project management office at ‘Quantiphi’, an international software company. She was also active as the arts and marketing and branding chairperson of the Malayali Engineers Association of North Texas (MEANT), and the president of the Dallas badminton club. Moreover, she has been running the Swarajathi School of Music and Dance since 2001 and is an active organizer and media personality who has been making her mark in the professional theater industry. During her college years, she was the secretary and union councilor of the All-Saints College arts club, Thiruvananthapuram from 1990-92 and presented many programs as an anchor with Doordarshan, the national television channel of India.


⁠CG Daniel – Houston, TX

CG Daniel is a well-known writer and amateur photographer with a large following, especially on social media. He is an environmentalist and a cynophile. He has participated in television panel discussions about American and Indian politics. He is the founder, president, and CEO of the Deepalaya Foundation Inc., USA, a nonprofit charitable organization. He has served the IAPC at various levels, including as chapter president, national vice president, and general secretary.


Parveen Chopra – Vice Chairman – NY

Parveen Chopra, who has been a journalist in the United States for decades, is the managing editor of the South Asian Times. He also works for the interfaith journal ‘One World Under One God’. Parveen holds a master’s degree in mass communication from Punjab University and has also worked for India Today magazine. Parveen is also the founder of Spiritual Magazine Life Positive and was a former president of IAPC.


Dr. P V Baiju – Edmonton, Canada

A well-known Canadian author and columnist. P.V. Baiju is a noted journalist who has presented the issues of Canadian Malayalees to the world through his columns.


Jacob Kudasanad – Houston

Jacob Kudassanad (Kuruvila), the founding Vice President of the Houston chapter of Indo American Press Club, is a long-standing member of the organization. Through his time in IAPC, he has also been able to serve as the National Secretary in 2018 and National Executive Vice President in 2019.

He began his journalistic activities in his college days, where he got the chance to be the Alleppy district representative for All Kerala Sahitya Sangam. He also served as the editor for his college’s magazine, as well as various other local magazines. During his time as editor, he was able to harness his creativity and publish many short stories and poems in printed media. More recently, he has contributed to news publications for the Malayalam News Media.

Since immigrating to the US in 1985, Jacob has been an active and committed member of various cultural and religious organizations. He joined the World Malayalee Council in 1995 and has held several positions, including President, Chairman, and Secretary, at the American Region and Houston Province levels. Additionally, he served as the General Secretary of the Malayalee Association of Greater Houston in 2000. His dedication has persisted throughout the years, as he serves as the Vice president–admin in the American Region. He was able to serve as the Houston Bureau Coordinator for Reporter TV USA.

Finally, he is the current World Malayalee Council Chairman (America Region) and has been a member of St. Thomas Orthodox Cathedral Houston’s Golden Jubilee Souvenir Committee Chair. He was blessed with the opportunity to serve in multiple capacities. He hopes to continue to be a contributing member of the Indo–American community in the coming years.


Reji Philip – Philadelphia

Reji Phillip, a reporter for the Global Reporter channel, is a well-known journalist. He holds a master’s degree in journalism and manages the creative department in several visual and online media.


Jacob Abraham – NY

Jacob Abraham is the CEO of Hedge Events and the publisher of Hedge News. With a keen eye for detail and a strategic mindset, Jacob has successfully led Hedge Events to become a premier event management company known for its innovative and high-quality events. His leadership has also elevated Hedge News, a prominent publication that offers in-depth analysis and insights into the financial world. Jacob’s expertise and dedication have made him a respected figure in the industry, continually pushing the boundaries of excellence in event management and financial journalism.


Dr. Renee Mehra – Chicago

Dr. Renee Mehra has been working in the media since 1990. Renee is the host of the show ‘Renee Report’, which provides media coverage on politics, health, human interest stories, fashion, film, theater, and current affairs. She has been the president of Reenbow Media, an advertising, broadcasting, and public relations company since 2010. She acted as associate director of external affairs department NYC health, hospitals/Queens from 2014 to 2017. After earning a BA in broadcast journalism from the University of New York, and an MA in political management and public relations from George Washington University, she received her doctorate from Walden University.


Ashly Joseph – Canada

As the editor-in-chief of Jai Hind News, a popular Malayalam newspaper in North America, Ashly Joseph served as a member of the board of directors of the IAPC. He began his journalistic career in 2003 as a reporter for the ‘Malayalee Manas’, a Florida-based newspaper, and was the editor-in-chief of ‘Yatra’, a 2006 magazine aimed at new immigrants. From 2007 to 2009 he was the managing editor of ‘Aksharam’, a leading Malayalam magazine in the United States. Ashley’s numerous articles on social, political, and literary issues have already been published in print and online media. Ashly is an executive member of the Edmonton Catholic Association and is the founder of several associations and clubs. He came to the United States in 1999 and is known among the Malayalees as a great organizer. Ashley, who now works for the Canadian postal department, was the coordinator of the International Volleyball Tournament in Niagara. A graduate of Botany from Nirmala College, Muvattupuzha, Ashley was active in politics and society during his studies before he graduated with a degree in hotel management and moved to the United States.


Joseph John – Calgary, CAD

Joseph John is a Canadian Freelance Guild (CFG) and a Calgary-based freelance reporter who is president of the Alberta Chapter of the Indo-American Press Club. Joseph has also been the president of the Malayalee Cultural Association of Calgary, which has more than 4,000 members. Joseph John, founder, and organizer of ‘Kavya Sandhya’, which promotes literary and cultural activities for children in Kerala, is also a volunteer reporter for the Global Reporter section of the Reporter Malayalam channel. He is the founder and organizer of the ‘NAMMAL’ (North American Media Center for Malayalam Art and Literature) association with media support from news web portals in three Indian languages — ‘Nammal Online’ in Malayalam, ‘Namathu Tamil’ in Tamil, and ‘Namaste World’ in English. In addition, he serves as the national coordinator of ‘Nammalude Pallikoodam’, which conducts free Malayalam online classes with the help of volunteers from various provinces. He is the secretary of the National Association of Corrosion Engineers and for the Association of Materials Protection and Performance, Calgary Chapter of the U.S. & Canada Northern Area.


Korason Varghese – NY

Writer and journalist from New York. His column “Valkannadi” is published in media such as Manorama. He has published two collections of articles. He has done interviews through Reporter TV and Kalavedi TV. He is present in cultural and social spaces. He has worked as a Wise Men International Club public relations officer and as a UN representative. He has received the 2017 Emalayali Popular Writer Award, the 2022 Fokana Literary Award, the Kalavedi Literary Award, and the 2023 IAPC Social Media Influencer Award. Korason is also a cartoonist living in Long Island.

In the introduction to the collection of essays by Korason, Valkannadi, renowned writer Benyamin writes that the views of society can be accurately reflected through the unbiased Valkannadi. The writer, who has been living as a Malayali immigrant in America for a long time, has a passion for language and social commitment that seriously enhances the value of Valkannadi. – Benyamin.

Over the past five years, Reporter TV and Kalavedi TV have been a part of Korason’s backroom staff through several in-depth interviews. A.J. Philip, a veteran journalist who has been the editor of newspapers like The Indian Express and The Tribune, said, “I found Korason to be a very capable and cheerful interviewer. You can tell that there was proper homework behind it. The questions were quite probing but not intimidating. I wish television anchors in India were like Korason,” A.J. Philip wrote in his column.

He worked as a columnist, cartoonist, and editor in the newspapers Kairali and Jai Hind, published in New York. He was the editor of Fokana’s Haritham Smaranika, held in Albany, and served as the executive president and general secretary of the Indo-American Press Club. He managed a column in the leading online media Marunadan Malayali for more than five years.

Worked as a Senior Analyst for the Independent Budget Review for the Nassau County Government of New York. Experience in the formulation of basic political policy in the United States. Worked as a Finance Manager for the New York City Government for a quarter of a century.


Joji Kavanal – NY

Joji Kavanal is the treasurer of the Malankara Archdiocese of North America and one of the founding directors of the Indo-American Press Club. He also served as the director of Jaihind TV USA from 2010 to 2013. He was chief editor of Malankara Deepam annual publication of the Malankara Archdiocese

He practiced law in the Kerala High Court and is also a treasurer of the Kerala High Court Advocates Association. His extensive experience and dedication have significantly contributed to his leadership roles within the diaspora community, bridging cultural and professional ties between India and North America.


Anil Augustine – Atlanta

Anil Augustine is an Atlanta, GA resident, professionally a Public Relations (PR) management consultant in the International Trade, Media, and Human Resource domains. Currently, he serves as the Managing Director of an enterprise advisory firm www.AuguDEST.com, which assists global entrepreneurs, in reaching expertise in bilateral global trade, Media, PR & HR avenues. He is the joint promoter at the marketplace aggregator – Rural Agricultural Development Technology and Research. Anil has served on the Henry County, GA School System’s Advisory Council Board Since 2016 and the Eagle’s Landing Middle School as President of the PTO Board since 2019. As a Public Relations Officio, Anil is involved with Global

Indian Council, a diaspora advocacy institution, and World Malayalee Council, the global fraternity of Kerala diaspora. He serves on the Executive Board of the Federation of Malayalee Associations in Americas (FOMAA) immigration advocacy initiative – L.i.F.e, FOMAA Legal Immigration Federation, Anil served as the National Vice-president of IAPC and enthusiastically contributed to the International Media Convention in 2018 as the IAPC Atlanta Chapter Advisory Board member.


Dr.Eapen Daniel – Philadelphia

Dr. Eapen Daniel, a distinguished academic and community leader, resides in Pennsylvania, near the Philadelphia area. He graduated with a degree in Botany from Mar Thoma College in 1973 and later earned an M.Sc. from S.B. College, Changanacherry, securing a university rank. He began his career as a Botany professor at Mar Thoma College (Kerala University), where he taught until 1982.

After moving to the United States, Dr. Daniel pursued graduate studies at Texas Tech University and worked at the Texas Health Sciences Center until 1986. He then relocated to Pennsylvania, where he studied and worked at the University of Pennsylvania, earning his Doctorate. He continues to contribute to the university in the field of Genomics Integration.

Beyond academia, Dr. Daniel has been an influential figure in civic and religious circles in the Philadelphia Tri-State area for over 30 years. He has served as the President of PAMPA, a leading Malayalee association, and currently leads the Indian Overseas Congress (IOC) PA Chapter. His dedication to the Mar Thoma Church is notable, having served as Chief Editor of The Mar Thoma Messenger for 12 years and as a long-time youth activity coordinator and senior advisor for various church organizations.

Dr. Daniel’s contributions have been recognized with numerous achievement awards from civic and religious organizations, underscoring his lifelong commitment to community service and leadership


IAPCIndo-American Press Club (IAPC) is a fast-growing syndicate of print, visual, online, and electronic media journalists and other media-related professionals of Indian origin working in the United States, Canada, and Europe. IAPC is committed to enhancing the working conditions of our journalists, exchanging ideas, and offering educational and training opportunities to our members, aspiring young journalists, and media professionals around the globe; and also by honoring media people for their excellence, and for bringing positive changes through their dedicated service among the community. Today IAPC envisages its vision through collective efforts and advocacy activities through its 15 Chapters across the US and Canada, in the larger public sphere. Visit www.indoamericanpressclub.com to learn more.

India Braces for Impact as U.S. Threatens Reciprocal Tariffs

U.S. President Donald Trump’s warning of imposing reciprocal tariffs starting in early April has raised concerns across India’s export sectors, spanning from automobiles to agriculture. Analysts at Citi Research project that these tariffs could result in annual losses of approximately $7 billion for India.

Government officials are currently awaiting details on how the tariffs will be calculated before fully assessing their economic impact. However, they are preparing strategies to counter them and working on a trade proposal aimed at reducing tariffs while enhancing bilateral trade with the United States.

Sectors at Risk

According to Citi analysts, India’s most vulnerable industries include chemicals, metal products, and jewellery, followed by automobiles, pharmaceuticals, and food products.

India’s merchandise exports to the U.S. in 2024 were estimated at nearly $74 billion. Among these, pearls, gems, and jewellery accounted for $8.5 billion, pharmaceuticals contributed $8 billion, and petrochemicals were valued at around $4 billion.

Overall, India imposed a weighted average tariff of approximately 11% in 2023, which was about 8.2 percentage points higher than the tariffs the U.S. applied to Indian exports, according to Citi estimates.

U.S. Exports to India

In 2024, U.S. manufacturing exports to India were worth nearly $42 billion and faced significantly higher tariffs. These ranged from 7% on wood products and machinery to 15%-20% on footwear and transport equipment. Food items faced the steepest tariff, reaching nearly 68%.

A White House fact sheet released last week highlighted the tariff discrepancies, stating that the U.S. applied an average Most Favored Nation (MFN) tariff of 5% on agricultural goods, whereas India’s average MFN tariff on such products stood at 39%.

Additionally, the U.S. criticized India for imposing a 100% tariff on American motorcycles, while the U.S. levied only a 2.4% tariff on Indian motorcycles.

Agriculture Sector

India’s agriculture and food exports, which have the highest tariff differentials despite relatively low trade volumes, could face significant setbacks if the U.S. chooses to extend reciprocal tariffs to a wider range of farm products.

Textile, Leather, and Wood Products

The textile, leather, and wood product industries, which are labor-intensive, face relatively lower risks due to smaller tariff gaps and their limited share in U.S.-India trade.

Moreover, many American companies manufacture these products in South Asia, benefiting from India’s free trade agreements. This allows them to sell their products in the Indian market at reduced tariffs.

Worst-Case Scenario

Economists at Standard Chartered Bank estimate that in a worst-case scenario—where the U.S. imposes a uniform 10% tariff hike on all Indian imports—India’s economy could experience a decline of 50 to 60 basis points. This projection assumes an 11%-12% drop in Indian exports to the U.S.

India’s Response

To ease trade tensions, India has already reduced tariffs on several goods. For instance, it lowered tariffs on high-end motorcycles from 50% to 30% and slashed duties on bourbon whiskey from 150% to 100%. Furthermore, India has pledged to reassess other tariffs, increase energy imports, and purchase more defense equipment in an effort to address U.S. trade concerns.

Shehbaz Sharif Calls for Dialogue with India to Resolve Kashmir Issue

Pakistan’s Prime Minister Shehbaz Sharif stated on Wednesday that Islamabad seeks to settle all outstanding issues with India, including Kashmir, through dialogue.

Speaking at a special session of the Pakistan-occupied Kashmir (PoK) legislative assembly in Muzaffarabad on “Kashmir Solidarity Day,” Sharif urged India to honor its commitments to the United Nations and engage in discussions.

Kashmir Solidarity Day is an annual observance in Pakistan meant to express support for the Kashmiri people. “We want all issues, including Kashmir, to be resolved through talks,” Sharif said.

The Pakistani leader further remarked, “India should come out of the thinking of August 5, 2019, and fulfil promises made to the UN and launch a dialogue.” His statement referred to India’s revocation of Article 370, which had granted Jammu and Kashmir special status before the region was reorganized into two Union Territories.

‘Peace is the Way to Progress’

Sharif cited the Lahore Declaration of 1999, an agreement signed by then-Indian Prime Minister Atal Bihari Vajpayee during his visit to Pakistan, as evidence that dialogue was the only viable path forward for the two nations.

India has consistently maintained that it seeks normal neighborly relations with Pakistan but insists that such relations must be built in an environment free of terrorism, hostility, and violence.

New Delhi has also made it clear to Pakistan that Jammu and Kashmir, along with Ladakh, “was, is and shall forever” remain an integral part of India. Relations between the two countries worsened following the revocation of Article 370.

Sharif also criticized India for accumulating weapons, arguing that stockpiling arms would not bring peace or alter the lives of Kashmiris. He urged New Delhi to adopt a wiser approach, stating that peace was essential for progress.

“Pakistan will continue to offer its unwavering moral, diplomatic, and political support to the Kashmiri people till the realization of their right to self-determination,” he said. He further asserted, “The only solution to the Kashmir issue is the right of self-determination under the UNSC resolution.”

Pakistan’s President Asif Ali Zardari and Prime Minister Sharif also called on the international community to pressure India into allowing Kashmiris “to freely determine their future for lasting peace in the region.”

Additionally, PoK’s “prime minister” Anwarul Haq reaffirmed that Pakistan was the ultimate destination for Kashmiris, adding that true peace could not be achieved without resolving the Kashmir issue.

At the event, the chairman of the joint chiefs of staff committee, the service chiefs, and the Pakistan armed forces reiterated their support for the Kashmiri people.

Exit Polls Indicate BJP’s Potential Return to Power in Delhi After 27 Years

Exit polls for the 2025 Delhi Assembly elections indicate that the Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) is on the brink of a major comeback, potentially reclaiming power in the capital after nearly three decades. At the same time, the Aam Aadmi Party (AAP), which has ruled Delhi since 2015, appears to be falling short of a decisive majority. The Delhi Assembly consists of 70 seats, with a majority requiring at least 36. The latest exit poll results hint at a possible shift in the city’s political landscape.

Exit Poll Projections

Several agencies have released exit poll results, each predicting varying seat tallies for the three major political parties contesting the election. Below is a summary of their forecasts:

Exit Poll BJP (Likely Seats) AAP (Likely Seats) Congress (Likely Seats)
Chanakya Strategies 39-44 25-28 2-3
Matrize 35-40 32-37 0-1
P-Marq 39-44 21-31 0-1
People’s Pulse 51-60 10-18 0-1
People’s Insight 40-44 25-28 0-1
Poll Diary 42-50 18-25 0-2
JVC 39-45 22-31 0-2

 

The exit polls collectively suggest that the BJP could secure between 39 and 60 seats, indicating a clear advantage for the party in most projections. The AAP is predicted to win between 18 and 37 seats, a significant decline from its 2020 performance. Meanwhile, the Congress is expected to continue its marginal presence, with most estimates giving it no more than three seats.

BJP’s Potential Comeback and AAP’s Confidence

The projections mark a potential turning point in Delhi’s political landscape, with the BJP seemingly poised for a return to power. However, AAP leaders remain hopeful that the final results will paint a different picture. Sushil Gupta, a senior AAP leader, has reaffirmed the party’s belief in a favorable outcome. “Arvind Kejriwal has worked tirelessly for the people of Delhi, and we will see the results in our favor,” Gupta told ANI. An AAP spokesperson echoed this optimism, insisting that the party would secure a decisive majority.

Despite the BJP’s projected lead, exit polls have not always been entirely accurate in Delhi’s past elections.

Historical Accuracy of Exit Polls in Delhi

Exit polls in previous Delhi Assembly elections have had mixed accuracy. In 2013, they correctly predicted a hung assembly, though they underestimated AAP’s breakthrough performance. By 2015, while the exit polls forecasted an AAP victory, they fell short in capturing the extent of the party’s dominance. Most surveys in 2015 estimated AAP would win around 45 seats, but the party ultimately secured an overwhelming 67-seat victory.

In 2020, exit polls improved in precision, correctly predicting AAP’s landslide win, though some projections still underestimated the margin. That year, the AAP won 62 seats, a number that was largely in line with exit poll estimates.

Given this history, while the 2025 exit polls suggest a strong performance for the BJP, past trends indicate that the final results could still hold surprises.

Congress’s Continued Struggles

The Congress, which once held a dominant position in Delhi’s politics, continues to struggle for relevance in the capital. Exit polls suggest that the party may win between zero and three seats, reinforcing its ongoing decline in the city. Once a formidable force, Congress has been unable to regain ground since its defeat in 2013, when AAP emerged as a major political challenger.

Voter Turnout and Changing Sentiments

Voter participation in Delhi has seen fluctuations in recent elections, possibly reflecting evolving political sentiments. The 2020 Delhi Assembly elections recorded a turnout of 62.82%, marking a decline from the 67.47% turnout in 2015. This change in voter engagement could signal shifting priorities among Delhi’s electorate.

The Road Ahead

As Delhi awaits the final election results, the battle for control of the capital remains intense. If the exit polls hold true, the BJP may finally break AAP’s decade-long hold on power, reshaping the political scenario in the city. However, AAP remains confident in its governance record and believes the final outcome will favor them.

The results, expected in the coming days, will determine whether Delhi’s voters have opted for change or chosen continuity.

Judicial Panel Begins Probe into Maha Kumbh Stampede, Aims for Swift Conclusion

The three-member judicial commission appointed by the Uttar Pradesh government to investigate the causes of the tragic stampede at the Maha Kumbh has a one-month deadline to complete its inquiry but will attempt to speed up the process, said panel head Harsh Kumar on Thursday, January 30, 2025.

Mr. Kumar, a retired judge, told PTI that the commission members would soon visit Prayagraj as part of their investigation.

Panel Takes Charge Immediately

Along with Mr. Kumar, the panel includes former Director General of Police (DGP) V.K. Gupta and retired IAS officer D.K. Singh. The three officials reached their designated office on Thursday and immediately began their work, according to an official statement.

“We have taken charge within hours of the announcement as the probe has to be taken up on priority,” Mr. Kumar said, emphasizing the urgency of the matter.

Efforts to Expedite the Inquiry

Regarding the investigation’s timeline, Mr. Kumar stated, “We have a one-month timeline but all the same, we will try to expedite it.” However, he did not specify when the commission members would visit Prayagraj.

When asked whether each member of the panel would investigate different aspects of the incident, Mr. Kumar responded, “We will discuss this amongst ourselves. Can’t go into detail right now.”

Stampede at the Sangam Area

The tragic incident occurred in the early hours of Wednesday at the Sangam area of the Maha Kumbh, as millions of devotees gathered to take a holy dip on Mauni Amavasya, one of the most sacred days in the Hindu calendar. At least 30 people lost their lives, and around 60 others sustained injuries in the stampede.

Overcrowding and Barricade Breach

According to police reports, the stampede happened when the crowd breached barricades, leading to a crushing situation for those waiting on the other side. Authorities have since intensified crowd management efforts to prevent further incidents.

The judicial panel is expected to analyze these factors closely and submit its findings within the given timeframe.

Leaked UK Home Office Report Identifies Hindu Nationalism and Pro-Khalistan Extremism as Emerging Threats

A leaked report from the UK Home Office has highlighted Hindu nationalism and pro-Khalistan extremism (PKE) as new forms of extremism that need to be addressed in Britain. However, this document does not yet represent official British government policy.

The report, which was leaked to the think tank Policy Exchange, outlines nine emerging extremist threats that UK counter-extremist policy should target. These threats are listed in the following order: Islamist extremism, extreme right-wing extremism, extreme misogyny, pro-Khalistan extremism, Hindu nationalist extremism, environmental extremism, left-wing, anarchist, and single-issue extremism, as well as violence fascination and conspiracy theories.

The report is a product of a “rapid analytical sprint” commissioned by Home Secretary Yvette Cooper to shape the UK government’s stance on extremism in response to riots that took place last summer. The sprint was authored by multiple agencies within the Home Office, including Prevent, the Research, Information and Communications Unit (RICU), and Homeland Security, Analysis and Insight (HSAI).

Andrew Gilligan and Dr. Paul Stott from Policy Exchange, who analyzed the leaked sprint, revealed that the document dedicates two pages to extremism linked to the Indian subcontinent—specifically PKE and Hindu nationalist extremism, also referred to as “Hindutva.”

“Given the violence which occurred in Leicester in September 2022 between Hindus and Muslims, the government is correct to place Hindu nationalist extremism under the spotlight — not least as knowledge of it is generally low,” Gilligan and Stott wrote in their report. They further stated that it was a “mistake” to exclude Hindu nationalism from the 2023 independent review of Prevent.

According to the sprint, “in Leicester, key voices within both Muslim and Hindu communities played a significant role in opportunistically exploiting tensions and inciting hate among local communities.”

Regarding pro-Khalistan extremism, the sprint acknowledges that advocating for an independent Sikh state of Khalistan is not inherently extremist. However, it raises concerns when such advocacy involves supporting violence. The report points to a “growing portfolio of actors of concern within the Khalistan movement” and notes instances of activism that contribute to “the demonisation of Muslim communities, particularly in relation to child sexual exploitation allegations” and conspiracy theories alleging collusion between the British and Indian governments.

The sprint also acknowledges concerns regarding India’s role abroad, specifically referring to accusations that the Indian government has been involved in deadly violence against Sikhs in Canada and the United States. “The sprint de-centres and downplays Islamism, by far the greatest threat to national security,” Gilligan and Stott stated, noting that it receives just one page in the report.

In the UK, Islamist terrorism remains the predominant domestic terrorist threat. It has accounted for 67% of attacks since 2018, represents around three-quarters of the MI5 caseload, and comprises 64% of individuals currently in custody for terrorism-related offences.

A Home Office spokesperson addressed the report, stating: “The counter-extremism sprint sought to comprehensively assess the challenge facing our country and lay the foundations for a new approach to tackling extremism—so we can stop people being drawn towards hateful ideologies. This includes tackling Islamism and extreme right-wing ideologies, which are the most prominent today. The findings from the sprint have not been formally agreed by ministers, and we are considering a wide range of potential next steps arising from that work.”

Human Rights and Religious Freedom in India Faced Decline in 2024, IAMC Report Highlights

Human rights and religious freedom in India saw a significant decline throughout 2024, marked by the implementation of discriminatory policies, an increase in hate crimes, cow-related lynchings, inflammatory speeches during India’s general elections, instances of police brutality, and transnational repression, according to an annual report by the Indian American Muslim Council (IAMC) released today.

The report details systemic violence and discrimination against Indian minorities, including Muslims, Christians, Sikhs, Dalits, and Kashmiris, by documenting some of the most egregious acts committed against these groups over the year. However, the repression extended beyond India’s borders, as the government’s transnational efforts to silence dissent also impacted members of the Indian diaspora in the United States and Canada.

Before and after securing a third consecutive term, Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi, the Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP), and their Hindu nationalist supporters played a role in fostering discrimination and violence against minorities and vulnerable communities. Notably, there were multiple instances in which law enforcement, acting either on the orders of the government or Hindu nationalist groups, engaged in violence against minority populations. Two significant instances of police brutality against Muslim demonstrators occurred in 2024—first in January in Haldwani, Uttarakhand, where six people were killed, and later in November in Sambhal, Uttar Pradesh, where five were shot dead. In both cases, police fired upon Muslim protestors exercising their right to dissent.

Several new discriminatory policies were introduced at both state and national levels. Among these was the Uniform Civil Code implemented in Uttarakhand, which compels religious minorities to abide by common laws on personal matters such as marriage and divorce, undermining their religious autonomy. Another measure, the Waqf (Amendment) Bill, seeks to alter regulations governing Muslim community-owned waqf properties, reducing control over historic mosques, dargahs, and graveyards. Additionally, various directives from law enforcement and local governments required all food vendors to display their names prominently, making Muslim-owned businesses more vulnerable to attacks and boycotts. These measures were enacted amid growing concerns over judicial independence, leaving minorities with diminishing legal protections against explicitly discriminatory policies.

During the 2024 electoral cycle, the BJP frequently engaged in illegal tactics to polarize the electorate and weaken the opposition. BJP candidates and their allies relied on hate speech throughout their campaigns and facilitated the arrests of opposition leaders, in clear violation of Indian election laws, without facing consequences. Reports from the general election and subsequent bypolls indicated widespread voter suppression, particularly targeting Muslims and other minority groups. Voters described incidents of violence at polling stations, intimidation by law enforcement, and manipulation of voter rolls designed to disenfranchise minority communities.

Hindu militant groups continued to perpetrate violence against Muslims throughout the year, with attacks on individuals, neighborhoods, and places of worship intensifying around Hindu festivals. The consecration of the Ram Temple in Ayodhya in January, built on the site where the Babri Mosque was demolished, triggered nationwide violence against Muslims. Following this event, Hindu nationalist groups launched a wave of legal challenges seeking to convert Muslim religious sites into Hindu temples. Additionally, Muslim places of worship were frequently targeted by vandals during Hindu religious processions.

Muslim-owned businesses, homes, and religious sites were also subject to unlawful demolition drives under the pretext of removing “encroachments,” often serving as retaliatory actions.

Press freedom continued to suffer as the government maintained control over mainstream media, fostering an environment of censorship and misinformation. During the lead-up to India’s general elections, mainstream media played a role in promoting anti-Muslim rhetoric. Rather than holding Modi accountable for his controversial speeches, news outlets instead focused on praising him, discrediting political rivals, and stoking divisions between Hindus and minorities. The government also actively suppressed content critical of Hindu nationalism and the administration, blocking social media accounts, removing posts, and restricting access to documentaries and articles. Additionally, prominent right-wing figures orchestrated disinformation campaigns against journalists who criticized the Modi administration.

Hindu extremist groups instigated riots in Muslim-majority areas, particularly during Hindu religious celebrations. Mob lynchings continued, often under the guise of protecting cows, with victims predominantly belonging to Muslim and Dalit communities. The lack of consequences for cow vigilante groups underscored the ongoing collaboration between Hindu extremist organizations and law enforcement.

The Indian government also extended its repression beyond its borders, targeting members of the Indian diaspora, including in the United States. In August 2024, a gunman attacked three Sikh separatist activists in Sacramento, an incident that human rights organizations suspect was another assassination attempt backed by the Indian government. Additionally, the Modi administration continued its efforts to censor social media accounts and websites operated by individuals in the diaspora critical of the government.

“Our report illustrates the scale and severity of anti-minority violence that is being perpetuated daily by Hindu supremacists in India,” stated IAMC Executive Director Rasheed Ahmed. “The takeaway is clear: even with Modi’s marginal loss of power following the 2024 elections, Hindu militant groups remain emboldened, law enforcement remains largely beholden to extremists, and the judiciary remains compromised.”

IAMC President Mohammed Jawad also condemned the ongoing repression, stating, “It’s clear that the Modi regime feels a sense of impunity—not only in the way it so ruthlessly enacts violence against its own citizens, but also seeks to silence and repress our communities in the diaspora.” He further urged the U.S. government to take action, asserting, “It is the United States government’s responsibility to protect its citizens by using the appropriate diplomatic tools—including sanctions—to send a strong message to the Modi regime.”

Trump Says India Will Act Right on Deportation of Illegal Migrants After Call with Modi

US President Donald Trump has expressed confidence that India “will do what’s right” concerning the deportation of undocumented migrants after a phone conversation with Prime Minister Narendra Modi.

The two leaders spoke on Monday, marking their first discussion since Trump took office last week. Their conversation covered immigration, security, and trade, with the White House describing it as a “productive call.”

Following the call, Trump informed reporters that Modi was expected to visit the United States “sometime in February.”

Since assuming the presidency on 20 January, Trump has issued multiple executive orders related to immigration, aiming to intensify measures against undocumented migrants in the US.

As per the Pew Research Center, approximately 725,000 undocumented Indian immigrants were residing in the US as of 2024.

Last week, India’s foreign ministry stated that Delhi was willing to accept Indian nationals who had overstayed “anywhere in the world,” provided their documents were submitted and their nationality was verified.

During their phone call on Monday, the ministry noted that Trump and Modi discussed bilateral relations, particularly in “technology, trade, investment, energy, and defence.”

The leaders also exchanged views on security matters in the Indo-Pacific region, the Middle East, and Europe.

According to a White House statement, Trump underscored the need for India to expand its purchase of US-made security equipment and work towards a “fair” trade relationship.

Modi, in a post on X (formerly Twitter), referred to Trump as a “dear friend” and affirmed their commitment to a “mutually beneficial and trusted partnership.”

The White House further noted that both leaders emphasized their dedication to strengthening their countries’ strategic ties and the Indo-Pacific Quad alliance, which also comprises Japan and Australia.

India is set to host Quad leaders for the first time later this year.

Modi and Trump had shared an amicable relationship during the US president’s first term from 2017 to 2021.

However, India endured a contentious tariff dispute with the Trump administration, impacting businesses in both nations.

Following Trump’s election victory in November, India’s Foreign Minister S. Jaishankar asserted that the country had no apprehensions about working with the US president.

Trump had previously lauded Modi as a “great leader” but also criticized India for imposing high tariffs.

Observers believe it remains to be seen whether their rapport will help address concerns over trade and immigration.

Rising Attacks on Christians in India: UCF Report Paints a Grim Picture

The 2024 United Christian Forum (UCF) report has sounded an alarm, warning of a dire situation for the Christian community in India. If immediate measures are not taken through political will and government intervention, the report warns, the community could face an existential crisis in their homeland well before 2050.

The statistics reflect a troubling trend, with reported attacks against Christians surging from 127 in 2014 to 834 by December 2024. According to UCF officials, the states of Uttar Pradesh and Chhattisgarh have emerged as epicenters of hostility, marked by rampant mob violence, hate campaigns, and social ostracization. Disturbingly, the report suggests that elements within the law enforcement and judicial systems are complicit in this growing wave of violence.

“These numbers only scratch the surface,” said UCF representatives, referring to the 209 cases reported in Uttar Pradesh and 165 in Chhattisgarh in 2024. Many incidents go unreported, as victims fear retaliation in an environment of impunity and political favoritism. Across the country, the true number of such crimes could be three to ten times higher than what is officially recorded.

The UCF report highlights a pervasive atmosphere of fear among Christians. This fear stems from cultural policing that dictates who qualifies as a true Indian or loyal citizen, often targeting those deemed outsiders. Christians are increasingly isolated and victimized under this framework. Innocent pastors, their families, and even children have been imprisoned, with over a hundred individuals still languishing in jail. Bail is frequently denied, and the slow judicial process itself has become a form of punishment.

“This is a crisis unfolding before our eyes,” warns the UCF. The report raises concerns about India’s global reputation as a democracy that upholds the rule of law and guarantees individual rights. “The Christian community, which has long been a peaceful and integral part of India’s diverse society, is now living in fear,” said Dr. Michael Williams, President of UCF. He emphasized that the rising attacks are not just statistics but represent real human suffering, with families and communities being torn apart.

The situation worsened during the Christmas season of 2024, which witnessed a spike in violence. Fourteen separate attacks targeted Christian gatherings during this period, adding to the community’s distress. In response to this escalation, over 400 senior Christian leaders and 30 Church groups submitted an appeal to President Droupadi Murmu and Prime Minister Narendra Modi on December 31, 2024. Their letter urged the nation’s leadership to act decisively to halt the persecution of Christians.

The UCF’s annual report documented 834 incidents of violence in 2024. However, only 392 of these complaints were registered as First Information Reports (FIRs). This discrepancy is attributed to the discretion granted to police officers, who determine whether a complaint merits an FIR for further investigation and trial.

The data paints a grim picture of the toll these incidents have taken on vulnerable groups within the Christian community. Women, Dalits, and Tribals have been disproportionately affected, with 154 women, 342 Dalits, and 354 Tribals recorded as victims of these attacks.

A closer analysis of the violence reveals the following breakdown:

  • 149 physical assaults
  • 209 cases of property damage
  • 798 incidents involving intimidation, threats, and harassment
  • 331 instances where religious assemblies were disrupted

The UCF calls for greater transparency in the enforcement of laws designed to protect religious freedom and minority rights. “Only through transparent and unbiased investigations, followed by fair trials, can accountability be ensured,” the organization stated. The demand underscores the need for integrity in law enforcement and the judicial process to counter the current climate of impunity.

As the situation stands, the Christian community faces a precarious future in India. While outreach efforts by the government, including interactions with Christian leaders in Kerala, New Delhi, and other regions, are noted, the UCF insists that these gestures must translate into concrete actions to protect a community that has contributed peacefully to India’s rich cultural fabric.

The report concludes by urging all stakeholders to recognize the brewing crisis and act decisively to prevent further deterioration. The stakes are high, not just for the Christian community but for the values of pluralism and democracy that India represents on the global stage.

Are growth numbers more important than the people? The Indian economic story begs some hard questions

Communal divides are bad, Economic divides being created can be equally so, with increasing concentration of wealth in the hands of fewer people so that we have a nation split, literally and metaphorically, between the few within gated communities and the majority who cannot step in.

More than half a century after the economist-philosopher E F Schumacher talked of “economics as if people mattered”, India is caught in an economic story that is increasingly about numbers bigger than the people they are meant to serve.

As 2023 drew to a close, Prime Minister Narendra Modi reiterated in Parliament that India will soon become the third largest global economy. Minister of State in the PMO Dr Jitendra Singh repeated the promise on Dec. 30, 2024, with these words: “Hopefully this year (India) will emerge as the 4th largest economy and during PM Modi’s 3rd term, India will be the world’s 3rd largest economy, marching on to become the No.1 economy by 2047.”

Putting numbers in perspective

The claims of a march to global superstardom come ironically not at a good time, even when looked at from a numbers-only perspective.

To begin, in the near term, growth is down and inflation is up.

GDP was 9% in 2022-23 H1, fell to 8.2% in 2023-24 and further slipped to 6% in 2024-25 H1. GVA (Gross Value Added), which is growth on the supply side, was 6.2% in 2024-25 H1, down from the 8% mark in the same period for the previous two years.

Inflation (CPI-Combined) crossed the targeted upper threshold of 6% in October 2024, with food inflation at an alarming 9.69%. Food inflation this close to double digits was at a 14-month high. CPI inflation came down to 5.48% in November 2024, with continued high food inflation at 8.2%.

Largely, inflation has been on a higher trajectory since 2020, above the mandated upper target of 6% for as many as 25 months in the last four years.

It is plain that the Indian economy has had a bumpy ride in the year gone by, with many red and yellow warning lights. The hope being expressed is that the ride will settle and pick up pace, an optimism reflected in the statement of the newly appointed RBI Governor Sanjay Malhotra: “… prospects for the Indian economy are expected to improve after the slowdown in the pace of economic activity in the first half of 2024-25.”

Growth giving out wrong signals

Here comes the clamour for a rate cut as a panacea, but since food inflation is alarmingly high, a rate cut must come by ignoring this fact. Yet, food inflation hits the poor the most, so this approach translates to ignoring the poor while keeping the engine going along the lines of failed trickle-down theories. As the illustrious former RBI Deputy Governor Savak Tarapore once remarked: “(High) food inflation just cannot be wished away as a supply side problem…it gnaws into the vitals of large tracts of the population.”

In November, Commerce and Industry Minister Piyush Goyal said it was “absolutely flawed theory” to consider food inflation when deciding on bank interest rates. The call for excluding food inflation while working the central bank’s inflation targeting framework rather than expressing alarm at galloping food inflation ignores the simple wisdom that the common man suffers first from food inflation, not from core inflation.

Keeping to first principles, lower rates should push credit delivery, drive increased investment, see more projects take off and deliver growth — the sign of a nation on the move. Yet, these first principles don’t translate to practice when the signals going out are contrary to the idea of growth that is fair, balanced and equitable.

Nepotism and weak governance

Regulatory frameworks must work for all sides and all parties. Good governance is a pre-requisite for good growth. But the Indian economic story has been marked by weak governance and strong signals emanating from the top that all business houses are not created equal.

The continued inaction on allegations against the house of the Adanis, the loss of moral authority of the premier regulator the SEBI, with the Chair personally embroiled in connected allegations, the political donations that came through the opacity of electoral bonds, since struck down by the Supreme Court, the selective use of the investigative agencies, and the willingness to use strong-arm tactics to silence critics are all part of a philosophy of command and control. These signals sit at odds with the idea of free market entrepreneurship and investing; they kill creativity, innovation and risk-taking that can fire animal spirits and take the economy to a higher orbit. Before considering an investment today, a prudent businessman must consider how his or her statements and positions and partners will sit with the powers that be, then carefully tip-toe around any potential political minefield before making an investment decision.

Headline grabbing has its limitations

Separating good governance from good economics, almost cutting them into neat exclusive sets and then expecting durable growth is like asking everyone to join in the marathon when the winners are pre-decided. The game will soon be seen as a charade, with longer term implications for investments, reputation and growth numbers.

Not away from the headlines of laudatory mentions on growth is the story of a per capita income that keeps a majority of Indians away from the benefits of the claimed growth success. Coupled with a pervasive joblessness that shows up in events that are eye-popping, like the stampedes when lakhs queue-up for a limited number of vacancies, it speaks of a nation divided, its businesses subdued, its citizens reduced to searching for non-existent jobs. Communal divides are bad, Economic divides being created can be equally so, with increasing concentration of wealth in the hands of fewer people so that we have a nation split, literally and metaphorically, between the few within gated communities and the majority who cannot step in. In that sense, Mumbai’s glittering high rises built by BJP-friendly builders are a symptom of a deeper rot.

Economists will tell you that good growth and price stability are the two pillars of a robust economy. These work on the backbone of financial stability. In this context, note the accolades being claimed over the headline statement that bank non- performing assets (NPAs) have been brought down in the system. It is indeed true that NPAs in the banking system have fallen.

To quote the official statement titled ‘Public Sector Banks: A Resurgent Force’: “The Gross NPA ratio of Public Sector Banks (PSBs) has witnessed a remarkable improvement, declining to 3.12% in September 2024 from a peak of 14.58% in March 2018. This significant reduction reflects the success of targeted interventions aimed at addressing stress within the banking system.” But how has this reduction been achieved?

There is an increased tendency to clean the books with write-offs. For example, reduction in Gross NPAs during 2023-24 for all public sector banks was of the order of Rs.1,73,090 crore (~1.73 lakh cr), of which as much as Rs.1,12,515 crore (~1.13 lakh cr) were plain write-offs. This tendency will need some further probing if financial stability is not to be reduced to a joke. Further, there is an urgent need to study the quantum of new NPAs being added to the system as more of the old ones are written off. In 2023-24, Rs.84,435 crore new NPAs were added to the public sector banking system.

This is a cautionary tale as we step into the New Year. Governance and economic management cannot be reduced to headline grabbing for long.

(The writer is a journalist and faculty member at SPJIMR, Mumbai. Views expressed are personal. By special arrangement with The Billion Press)

Source Credit: https://www.southasiamonitor.org/perspective/are-growth-numbers-more-important-people-indian-economic-story-begs-some-hard-questions

Government Launches Cashless Treatment Scheme for Road Accident Victims

Union Minister Nitin Gadkari has unveiled a “Cashless Treatment” scheme designed to provide financial support for road accident victims. Under this initiative, the government will cover medical expenses of up to ₹1.5 lakh for seven days of treatment, provided the accident is reported to the police within 24 hours.

Speaking about the scheme, Gadkari stated, “We have started a new scheme – Cashless Treatment. Immediately after an accident occurs, within 24 hours, when the information goes to the Police, we will provide expenses for seven-day treatment of the patient who gets admitted or a maximum of up to ₹1.5 Lakhs for treatment. We will also provide ₹2 lakh for the deceased in hit-and-run cases.”

The initiative also includes an ex-gratia payment of ₹2 lakh to families of victims who lose their lives in hit-and-run incidents.

Alarming Road Safety Statistics

The Union Minister emphasized that road safety is the government’s highest priority, citing grim statistics to underscore the urgency of the issue. In 2024 alone, approximately 1.80 lakh people lost their lives in road accidents. A significant portion of these fatalities—30,000—occurred due to individuals not wearing helmets.

“In the meeting, the first priority is for road safety, and in the year 2024, 1.80 lakh deaths have occurred in road safety. 30,000 people have died because of not wearing helmets. The second serious thing is that 66% of accidents have occurred in people between the ages of 18 to 34,” Gadkari elaborated.

Gadkari also shed light on another distressing statistic: 10,000 children died in accidents caused by poor infrastructure at entry and exit points near schools and colleges. “10,000 children have died due to a lack of proper arrangement at the exit-entry point in front of our schools and colleges. Rules have also been made for the autorickshaws and minibuses for schools as there have been significant number of deaths due to this. After identifying all the black spots, everyone decided together that we would try to reduce it,” he stated.

Focus on Collaborative Efforts

These announcements came after a high-level meeting chaired by Gadkari at Bharat Mandapam in Delhi. The meeting brought together transport ministers from various states and union territories to discuss road safety and transportation-related policies.

The event aimed to foster collaboration between the union and state governments, ensuring more effective implementation of measures to improve road safety. The minister stressed the importance of collective efforts in reducing fatalities and enhancing transportation systems across the country.

By prioritizing initiatives such as the “Cashless Treatment” scheme and addressing critical issues like black spots and inadequate infrastructure near schools, the government seeks to make tangible progress in its mission to save lives on India’s roads.

India’s Economic Ascendancy: A Look at its Strengths and Challenges in 2024

India has emerged as the world’s fifth-largest economy, boasting a GDP of $3.89 trillion in FY 2023-24, with an impressive growth rate of 8.2%. Despite challenges such as global economic uncertainties and high inflation, the country has demonstrated resilience, reflected in robust GDP growth, a strong reserve of foreign exchange, and record foreign direct investment (FDI) inflows in 2024.

In terms of purchasing power parity (PPP), India ranks as the third-largest economy globally, with a GDP of $16.02 trillion, trailing only China and the United States, according to recent data from the International Monetary Fund (IMF). Projections by the World Bank indicate that India’s growth trajectory will remain steady, with a forecasted GDP growth of 7% in FY 2024-25 and robust growth expected through FY 2026-27.

India’s journey to becoming the third-largest economy in real GDP by 2030 hinges on its economic resilience and progressive policies. Alongside GDP performance, the nation’s ranking on international indexes paints a broader picture of its economic strengths and areas requiring improvement.

India’s 2024 Rankings on Global Economic Indexes

India’s standing in various global economic indexes showcases its progress and challenges. While its rapid urban development, wealth creation, and GDP growth emphasize its strengths, issues like low labor productivity and employment rates highlight ongoing hurdles.

For instance, India’s remarkable growth is evident in the recognition of four cities as the fastest-growing globally by Savills Research. Bengaluru tops the list, with Delhi, Hyderabad, and Mumbai also featuring in the top five. This urban development underpins India’s rise as a significant global economic force.

A Superpower in the Making

India’s transformation into a global superpower is becoming increasingly apparent. Ray Dalio’s Great Powers Index 2024 highlights the country’s favorable position, with low debt levels and strong projected real growth of 6.3% annually over the next decade. Strategic investments in infrastructure and military spending further strengthen its global standing and national security.

The nation’s infrastructure growth and economic policies position it favorably to lead on the world stage. As Dalio noted, “India’s economic trajectory suggests it will emerge as a key global power within the next decade.”

Rising Wealth and Billionaire Growth

India’s wealth creation has reached unprecedented levels, with billionaire wealth totaling approximately $1 trillion, accounting for 7% of global wealth. This surge has positioned Mumbai as the “Billionaire Capital” of the world, overtaking Beijing.

The Hurun Report 2024 underscores the growth of India’s wealthy population, with 94 new billionaires added this year—the highest globally after the US and China—bringing the total count to 271. India now ranks third worldwide in terms of its billionaire population.

The UBS Global Wealth Report 2024 also highlights India’s upward trajectory, ranking it 11th among nations with the fastest-growing millionaire populations. The report projects a 22% increase in the country’s millionaires over the next five years, solidifying its position as a hub for wealth creation.

Employment and Labor Productivity

India’s employment landscape witnessed significant shifts in 2024, with a record seven crore job applications—a 25% year-on-year increase. However, the employment-to-population ratio stands at 52.8%, with a labor dependency ratio of 1.52, indicating a considerable portion of the population remains outside the workforce.

Labor productivity remains a challenge. The International Labour Organization’s statistics reveal that India ranks 133rd globally in GDP per hour worked, with an average productivity rate of $8. The country also has one of the highest rates of prolonged working hours, with 51% of the workforce logging 49 or more hours weekly.

According to an ILO report, “India’s workforce is industrious, but addressing productivity gaps is crucial to achieving sustainable growth.”

Sustaining Momentum Amid Challenges

While India’s economic rise is undeniable, sustaining its momentum requires addressing critical challenges. Enhancing labor productivity, expanding workforce participation, and improving working conditions are vital for maintaining growth and ensuring better living standards for its population.

India’s multifaceted progress—marked by rapid urban development, wealth creation, and strategic investments—cements its position as a global superpower in the making. However, the journey ahead involves overcoming persistent challenges to unlock its full potential.

By focusing on these areas, India is poised to secure its place as a leader in the global economy, driving not only its growth but also contributing significantly to the world stage.

Over 400 Christian Leaders Appeal to President and Prime Minister Following Christmas Violence

New Delhi, 31 December 2024:

Shocked by the surge in violence against Christians in general and especially during Christmas prayers and celebrations, over 400 senior Christian leaders and 30 church groups have submitted an urgent appeal to President Draupadi Murmu and Prime Minister Narendra Modi. The appeal calls for immediate and decisive action to curb the activities of violent mobs that have targeted Christian gatherings across the country, terrorizing communities and tarnishing the image of Bharat and the Union Government.

During this Christmas season alone, at least 14 incidents targeting Christians were reported, ranging from threats and disruptions to arrests and outright attacks, underscoring an alarming trend of rising intolerance and hostility.

Prominent signatories of the appeal include Bishop Thomas Abraham, Bishop David Onesimu, Bishop Joab Lohara, Rev Dr. Richard Howell, Sr. Mary Scaria, Fr. Cedric Prakash SJ, Dr. John Dayal, Fr. Prakash Louis SJ, Rev. Dr. Zelhou Keyho, Rev Dr EH Kharkongor, Mr. Allen Brooks, Rev. K Losii Mao, Rev. Dr. Akhilesh Edgar, Dr. Michael Willams, Mr. A C Michael and Rev. Vijayesh Lal, along with 400 other influential Christian leaders from the nation. Noted civil rights activist Shabnam Hashmi also signed the letter in solidarity.

The appeal points to troubling statistics from organizations like the Religious Liberty Commission of the Evangelical Fellowship of India (EFIRLC) and the United Christian Forum (UCF). Between January and mid-December 2024, over 720 incidents of violence targeting Christians were reported to the EFIRLC, with 760 cases recorded by UCF by the end of November.

The appeal focuses on systemic concerns, including:

  • ⁠⁠The misuse of anti-conversion laws leading to the arrest and harassment of over 110 clergy members.
  • ⁠⁠Growing threats to religious freedoms through state actions, such as the implementation of the Healing (Prevention and Evil) Act, 2024, in Assam.
  • ⁠⁠Escalating hate speech and harassment of Christian communities, including restrictions on peaceful prayer meetings and the distribution of religious literature.
  • ⁠⁠Exclusionary policies denying Dalit Christians Scheduled Caste status, perpetuating historic injustices.

The Christian leaders also expressed deep concern about the ongoing crisis and violence in Manipur, where over 250 lives have been lost, over 360 churches destroyed, and thousands displaced since May 2023. The appeal urges the Prime Minister to play a visible and active role in fostering peace and reconciliation in the region, emphasizing that the healing of Manipur is crucial for the unity and integrity of India.

The signatories have called on the President and Prime Minister to:

1.⁠⁠Order swift and impartial investigations into incidents targeting religious minorities.

2.⁠⁠Issue clear guidelines to state governments on protecting constitutional rights to religious freedom.

3.⁠⁠Initiate regular dialogue with representatives of all faith communities.

4.⁠⁠Protect the fundamental right to freely profess and practice one’s faith.

The appeal reiterates that inclusivity and harmony are vital not only for the moral fabric of the nation but also for its economic and social prosperity. The statement concludes with an assurance of prayers for the country’s leaders and a commitment to building a united, peaceful, and prosperous India.

Enclosed

  1. Text of Letter to President Murmu and Prime minister Narendra Modi
  2. List of prominent signatories

List of major church groups endorsing the letter

Former Prime Minister Manmohan Singh Passes Away at 92

Former Prime Minister Manmohan Singh passed away today at the age of 92 due to age-related medical complications, according to a statement from the All India Institute of Medical Sciences (AIIMS) in Delhi. Singh, who had served two terms as Prime Minister, was under medical care at AIIMS at the time of his demise.

“With profound grief, we inform the demise of former Prime Minister of India, Dr. Manmohan Singh, aged 92. He was being treated for age-related medical conditions and had a sudden loss of consciousness at home on 26 December 2024,” the statement from AIIMS revealed.

The medical team provided further details about his condition and the efforts made to revive him. “Resuscitative measures were started immediately at home. He was brought to the medical emergency at AIIMS, New Delhi at 8.06 pm. Despite all efforts, he could not be revived and was declared dead at 9.51 pm,” the statement added.

Manmohan Singh, a prominent figure in Indian politics, served as Prime Minister for a decade from 2004 to 2014, leading the Congress-led United Progressive Alliance (UPA) government. Known for his economic expertise and calm demeanor, Singh was instrumental in shaping India’s economic policies and is often remembered for his contributions to the liberalization of the Indian economy during his tenure as Finance Minister in the early 1990s.

In recent months, Singh had been grappling with health issues, which had become more pronounced with time. Despite his declining health, his influence and legacy remained significant in Indian politics and among the public.

He is survived by his wife, Gurcharan Singh, and their three daughters.

The news of his sudden passing drew immediate reactions and condolences from across the political spectrum. Congress MP Priyanka Gandhi Vadra and her mother Sonia Gandhi were among the first to arrive at the hospital upon learning of his hospitalization. Their prompt presence highlighted the strong bond and deep respect the Gandhi family shared with the late leader.

Dr. Manmohan Singh leaves behind a legacy of economic reforms, political stability, and a reputation for integrity and humility that continues to inspire leaders and citizens alike. His contributions to India’s progress will be remembered for years to come.

Manmohan Singh, Former Indian Prime Minister and Economic Reformer, Passes Away at 92

Manmohan Singh, one of India’s most revered leaders and the architect of the country’s economic liberalization, has passed away at the age of 92. Singh, who served as India’s Prime Minister from 2004 to 2014, was instrumental in introducing key economic reforms during his tenure as finance minister in the early 1990s.

Admitted to a hospital in Delhi following a decline in health, Singh’s passing prompted tributes from leaders across the political spectrum. Prime Minister Narendra Modi expressed his condolences, calling Singh “one of India’s most distinguished leaders” and commending his wisdom and dedication to improving lives. Congress leader Rahul Gandhi remembered Singh as a mentor and guide, while Priyanka Gandhi described him as “wise, egalitarian, strong-willed, and courageous.”

Early Life and Education

Born on September 26, 1932, in a remote village in Punjab, Singh overcame significant hardships. His village lacked basic amenities like water and electricity. Singh pursued higher education with remarkable determination, earning a master’s degree from the University of Cambridge and a doctorate from Oxford University. Despite financial struggles during his studies, he excelled academically, laying the foundation for his illustrious career.

A Reformist Leader

Singh’s political prominence rose in 1991 when, as finance minister, he spearheaded transformative economic reforms that revitalized a near-bankrupt India. In his maiden budget speech, he famously quoted Victor Hugo, declaring, “No power on Earth can stop an idea whose time has come.” His reforms, which included tax cuts, rupee devaluation, privatization, and opening up to foreign investment, ushered in an era of rapid industrial growth and economic stability.

Prime Ministerial Tenure

In 2004, Singh became India’s Prime Minister, the first Sikh to hold the position, following Congress leader Sonia Gandhi’s decision to decline the role. His leadership secured India’s re-entry into the global nuclear community through a landmark deal with the United States, though the agreement faced strong political opposition domestically.

Known as a consensus builder, Singh managed a coalition government despite frequent challenges from assertive regional allies. However, his second term was overshadowed by allegations of corruption and policy paralysis, culminating in Congress’s defeat in the 2014 elections.

Foreign Policy and Legacy

As Prime Minister, Singh adopted pragmatic foreign policies, strengthening ties with Afghanistan, reopening trade routes with China, and continuing peace talks with Pakistan. However, his decision to distance India from traditional ally Iran drew criticism.

Singh’s calm demeanor, academic rigor, and integrity earned him respect across party lines. Despite facing allegations of corruption during his tenure, he maintained that his government worked with “utmost commitment and dedication.”

A Quiet Statesman

Singh’s low-profile nature stood out in the political arena. Known for his reserved demeanor, he often avoided confrontation, stating that “silence is better than a thousand answers.” Even after leaving office, Singh remained active in public discourse, offering solutions during the economic challenges of the COVID-19 pandemic.

Singh will be remembered as the leader who steered India out of economic and nuclear isolation. While some critics felt he stayed in politics too long, Singh himself believed that “history will be kinder to me than the contemporary media or opposition.”

Manmohan Singh is survived by his wife, Gursharan Kaur, and their three daughters. His contributions to India’s economic and political landscape will be remembered as a defining chapter in the nation’s history.

PM Modi’s Christmas Message of Harmony Overshadowed by Incidents in Kerala

Prime Minister Narendra Modi, while addressing a Christmas gathering organized by the Catholic Bishops Conference of India (CBCI) in New Delhi, emphasized the importance of harmony and non-violence in society. However, incidents of vandalism and intimidation surrounding Christmas celebrations in Kerala’s Palakkad and Alappuzha districts painted a contrasting picture.

In Palakkad, two incidents involving members of the Vishva Hindu Parishad (VHP) disrupted Christmas festivities. In another incident in Alappuzha, a Rashtriya Swayamsevak Sangh (RSS) worker allegedly intimidated individuals spreading Christmas messages. These acts have drawn condemnation from leaders of the Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP), who described them as isolated events that must not be condoned.

On December 23, unidentified individuals vandalized a Christmas crib at the Government Boys School in Thathamangalam, Palakkad. The Chittoor police registered a case following a complaint by the school authorities, but no arrests have been made. A VHP leader alleged that Social Democratic Party of India (SDPI) members were responsible for the act.

Three days earlier, on December 20, three VHP members disrupted Christmas celebrations at the Government Upper Primary School in Nallepilly, Palakkad. Reports suggest that they barged into the school, questioned teachers about the absence of celebrations for Hindu festivals like Sree Krishna Jayanti, and objected to the use of Santa Claus costumes by teachers.

The Chittoor police arrested three individuals—Anilkumar, Susasanan, and K. Velayudan—on December 21 in connection with the disruption. BJP Palakkad district president KM Haridas distanced the party from the accused, stating, “None of them are connected to the BJP.”

Meanwhile, Raveendran, the secretary of the VHP’s Palakkad Vibhag, acknowledged their affiliation with the VHP but claimed the incident was misreported. “The CPI(M), Congress, and SDPI have twisted the narrative. Our workers only questioned why students were made to stand in the scorching sun for the celebrations and whether similar efforts would be made for Sree Krishna Jayanthi or Nabi Dinam. The circulating news is misleading and inaccurate,” Raveendran explained.

In Alappuzha, a separate incident occurred on December 23 involving an RSS worker, Ratheesh Kumar, who objected to a group delivering Christmas messages in Karthikapalli. While no formal complaint was filed, a video of the confrontation surfaced online.

These incidents stood in stark contrast to the Christmas message of harmony conveyed by the Prime Minister during the CBCI event. Reacting to these events, Yuhanon Meletius, Metropolitan Bishop of the Thrissur diocese of the Malankara Orthodox Syrian Church, expressed his dismay on Facebook. “While bishops are being honoured and the Christmas crib is revered in one place, here the crib is vandalized. There is a saying in Malayalam for such an approach,” he remarked.

BJP state president K Surendran strongly condemned the acts in Palakkad during a media interaction following his meeting with Thamarassery Bishop Remigiose Inchananiyil in Kozhikode. “I strongly condemn this. Such actions should not be encouraged in any way. Strong action must be taken against those responsible,” he stated.

  1. Muraleedharan, BJP leader and former Union minister, echoed similar sentiments, describing the events as isolated. “I am certain the BJP does not support such activities. Our position is clear and is reflected in the Prime Minister’s participation in the CBCI celebrations,” he asserted.

While the Prime Minister’s visit to the CBCI highlighted a gesture of goodwill towards the Christian community, the incidents in Kerala revealed ongoing tensions and raised questions about the sincerity of efforts to foster harmony.

75 Years Down the line, Whither Indian Constitution?

The Indian Parliament spent two days discussing the Indian Constitution. While the opposition leaders argued that our Constitution has a large space for enhancement of the rights of weaker sections of society, for religious minorities among others, they are suffering terribly. Muslims have been reduced to second class citizenship. Ruling dispensation, the BJP leaders within the Parliament and its ideologues outside the parliament, argued that all the ills of society and violation of Constitutional values began with Nehru (Amendment to stop hate speech), via Indira Gandhi (Emergency), via Rajiv Gandhi (Shah Bano Bill) to Rahul Gandhi (tearing the bill) have been the violators of the values of Constitution.

BJP leaders and Hindu nationalist ideologues are stating that the Indian Constitution has been based on Western values, a colonial imprint on our society; it is a break from India’s civilization and culture. They also argue that the constitution and its application is the appeasement of Muslim minorities for vote bank purposes that has been done by the Congress Party.

As we know the constitution was the outcome of the values which emerged during the freedom movement. It also kept in mind the long tradition of our civilization. The understanding of our civilization is very different for those who participated in the freedom movement, those who stand for its ideology and those who kept aloof from the anti colonial movement and bowed to the British rulers. While the freedom movement saw India as a plural nation with rich diversities, those who stood aloof saw the civilization as Hindu civilization. For them pluralism is a diversion and imposition by the educated, modern leaders.

Even RSS combine forgets that what they call as Hindu civilization is undermining the contributions of Jainism, Buddhism, Christianity, Islam and Sikhism to our civilization. Even the interpretation of Lord Ram, their major icon, is so diverse for Kabir, who saw the Lord as Universal spirit, for Gandhi who saw Him as protector of all the people irrespective of their religion in his famous: Ishawar Allah Tero Naam (Allah and Iswar are same). Jawaharlal Nehru saw India, Bharat Mata, in ‘The Discovery of India’, as an “ancient palimpsest on which layer upon layer of thought and reverie had been inscribed, and yet no succeeding layer had completely hidden or erased what had been written previously.” With great pride he recalled the rule of Emperor Ashok, who in many edicts itched on stones talked of equal treatment for Vedic Hinduism, Jainism, Buddhism and Ajivikas.

This is the core difference between RSS combine and its ideologues that see India as exclusively Brahmanical Hindu, and those like Gandhi and Nehru as a country belonging to all the people. Indian Constituent Assembly mainly represented the stream which struggled against the British, the national stream, while RSS was a marginal stream sticking to ‘India as Brahmanical Hindu nation’. This started getting reflected immediately after the draft of the Indian Constitution. While Ambedkar and Nehru were cautious and stated the implementation of its basic structure should be ensured by those ruling the country. PM Atal Bihari Vajpayee in 1998, formed Venkatchaliah Commission to review the constitution. Dr. K.R. Narayanan, the then President of India aptly remarked “it is not that Constitution that has failed us; it is we who have failed the constitution! This is so true particularly after the rule of the Modi Government. It is during this period that though the Constitution has not been changed as such, though many from the RSS camp have expressed their wish to do so, without getting reprimanded from the top leadership. This was most blatantly stated to back up their slogan of 400 Par (More than 400 seats in Parliament), meaning that we want so many seats so that we can change the Constitution.

The blatant rise of Hate speech, lately most clearly stated by sitting Judge of Allahabad High Court, Shekhar Kumar Yadav, when participating in the VHP’s meeting stated “The country will run as per the wishes of its majority.

Justice Yadav made the remarks while delivering an address on the “Constitutional Necessity of Uniform Civil Code”. “Only what benefits the welfare and happiness of the majority will be accepted,” Yadav said.

Worse than his stating so, has been the statement of Yogi Aditynath, the UP CM, who supported Yadav’ utterances. Mercifully the Supreme Court has taken cognizance of Yadav’s communal hate speech. Who will take cognizance of Yogi’s supporting him?

Commenting on the current state of Affairs Justice Aspi Chinoy made a very apt comment, he said, The BJP being the government at the Centre and having an absolute and overwhelming majority in Parliament, sees no need to alter the de jure status of India as a secular country and constitution. Being in control of the state and its diverse instrumentalities it has been able to achieve its goal of undermining India’s secular constitution and introduce a hindutva based ethnocracy, even without amending and altering the de jure secular status,”

This sectarianism of ruling BJP goes back to the time when the draft of Constitution was released. Couple of days’ later the RSS mouthpiece (unofficial) Organiser stated on 30th November 1949. “The worst [thing] about the new Constitution of Bharat is that there is nothing Bharatiya about it… [T]here is no trace of ancient Bharatiya constitutional laws, institutions, nomenclature and phraseology in it”. Meaning that Manusmriti has been ignored by makers of the Indian Constitution!

The father of Hindu Nationalist politics, V D Savarkar was quoted by Rahul Gandhi while participating in debate, “The worst thing about the Constitution of India is that there is nothing Indian about it. Manusmriti is that scripture which is most worshippable after Vedas for our Hindu nation and from which our ancient times have become the basis for our culture, customs, thought and practice.” Stating Manusmriti is the law today.

The crux of the matter comes to the surface when we compare the chief of the drafting committee of Indian Constitution Ambedkar and one of the RSS Sarsanghchalk, K. Sudarshan. Ambedkar burnt the Manusmiriti and drafted the Indian Constitution. RSS Chief went on the label Indian Constitution as being based on Western Values and need to bring Indian Constitution based on Indian Holy book!

Bill for Simultaneous Elections Delayed as Key Discussions Take Center Stage

The Union government has opted not to include the constitutional amendment Bill to hold simultaneous elections for the Lok Sabha and State Assemblies in the revised list of business for Monday, signaling a likely delay in its introduction. The Constitution (129th Amendment) Bill and the Union Territories Laws (Amendment) Bill, initially scheduled for discussion in the Lok Sabha on Monday, have been removed from the revised agenda.

According to sources, the government plans to bring the Bills after the Rajya Sabha concludes discussions on the Constitution and once the supplementary demands for grants are approved in the Lok Sabha. Should the government wish to reintroduce the Bills on Monday, Speaker Om Birla’s approval will be required to issue a supplementary list of business.

Members of Parliament had already received copies of both Bills, following their clearance by the Union Cabinet last week.

Law Minister Arjun Ram Meghwal explained the necessity for simultaneous elections in the statement on objects and reasons attached to the Bill. Meghwal noted that simultaneous elections to the House of the People and State Assemblies were held in 1951-52, 1957, 1962, and 1967. However, the cycle was disrupted in 1968 and 1969 when some Legislative Assemblies were dissolved prematurely.

“Elections have become increasingly expensive and time-consuming, making simultaneous elections imperative,” Meghwal remarked. He also highlighted the Law Commission’s recommendation in its 170th report, which suggested that conducting separate elections for State Assemblies should be an exception rather than the norm. Additionally, he pointed to the endorsement of the proposal by a high-level committee chaired by former President Ram Nath Kovind.

In the revised agenda for the Rajya Sabha, discussions and voting on the Supplementary Demands for Grants for the first batch of 2024-2025 are prioritized. Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman is set to present two Appropriation Bills alongside the Supplementary Grants.

Another item on Monday’s schedule is the Readjustment of Representation of Scheduled Tribes in Assembly Constituencies of Goa Bill, 2024. The proposed legislation, to be introduced by Law Minister Meghwal, seeks to reserve seats for Scheduled Tribes in the Goa Assembly in alignment with Article 332 of the Constitution. This adjustment aims to ensure effective democratic representation for members of Scheduled Tribes in the state legislature.

Amid these legislative discussions, the Rajya Sabha Chairman Jagdeep Dhankhar has extended an invitation to Leader of the Opposition Mallikarjun Kharge for another round of talks to resolve the ongoing stalemate in the Upper House. The impasse stems from a no-confidence motion moved against Dhankhar by the Opposition, accusing him of partiality in presiding over proceedings.

Last week, the Rajya Sabha struggled to conduct regular business as Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) members protested alleged links between Congress and U.S. billionaire George Soros. However, on Monday, a debate titled “Glorious Journey of 75 Years of the Constitution of India” is listed in the Upper House, with Union Home Minister Amit Shah expected to address the discussion.

In a related development, the Biju Janata Dal (BJD) in Odisha has announced its decision not to support the no-confidence motion against Dhankhar, proposed by the INDIA bloc. Niranjan Bisi, a Rajya Sabha member from the BJD, clarified that the party had not been consulted by the INDIA alliance before the motion was introduced.

“Our leader Mr. Naveen Patnaik was not approached for discussions on this matter. Consequently, we have decided to abstain from participating in the no-confidence motion,” Bisi stated.

Patnaik had recently reiterated that the party would take a stance based on the evolving situation. The BJD, which currently holds seven seats in the Rajya Sabha, has thus opted for neutrality in the matter.

Political analysts had speculated that the BJD might align with the INDIA bloc due to its previous losses to the BJP in both general and Assembly elections. Adding to this anticipation, two former BJD Rajya Sabha members had recently resigned from the party and joined the BJP. However, the BJD’s current decision reflects its independent stance, keeping in line with its long-standing policy of assessing situations before taking positions on national issues.

Is India’s Economic Growth Losing Its Momentum?

India’s economy, once hailed as the fastest-growing among major economies, appears to be showing signs of strain. The latest GDP figures for the July-September quarter revealed a growth rate of just 5.4%, marking a seven-quarter low and falling well below the Reserve Bank of India’s (RBI) forecast of 7%. While this rate is strong when compared to developed economies, it signals a slowdown for a country accustomed to higher growth rates.

Economists have pointed to several contributing factors. Consumer demand has diminished, private investment has been stagnant for years, and government spending, a key driver in recent times, has been scaled back. Additionally, India’s goods exports remain lackluster, maintaining a mere 2% share of global exports in 2023.

The performance of fast-moving consumer goods (FMCG) companies has been sluggish, and salary expenditures at publicly traded companies—a proxy for urban wages—declined in the previous quarter. The RBI, which initially projected robust growth, has revised its forecast for the financial year 2024-25 down to 6.6%.

Economist Rajeshwari Sengupta highlighted the gravity of the situation, stating, “All hell seems to have broken loose after the latest GDP numbers. But this has been building up for a while. There’s a clear slowdown and a serious demand problem.”

Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman, however, remains optimistic, attributing the decline to reduced government spending in a politically charged election quarter. She expressed confidence that third-quarter growth would compensate for the slowdown. Despite challenges such as stagnant wages, slowing global demand, and climate-related disruptions in agriculture, she argued that India would continue to be the fastest-growing major economy.

Some experts believe the RBI’s focus on curbing inflation may have inadvertently hindered growth. The central bank’s decision to maintain high interest rates, aimed at keeping inflation in check, has raised borrowing costs for businesses and consumers. This, in turn, has potentially dampened investment and consumption, two critical drivers of economic growth.

A federal government minister and former RBI monetary policy member noted that high rates could stifle growth further. October’s inflation rate rose to 6.2%, exceeding the RBI’s 4% ceiling and hitting a 14-month high. Food prices, which make up half the consumer price basket, played a significant role, with vegetable prices surging by over 40%. Furthermore, rising food prices have begun to influence core inflation, pushing up costs for other essential items.

Not all economists agree that lowering rates alone will revive growth. Himanshu, a development economist from Jawaharlal Nehru University, argued, “Lowering rates won’t spur growth unless consumption demand is strong. Investors borrow and invest only when demand exists, and that’s not the case now.”

Despite these concerns, RBI Governor Shaktikanta Das expressed confidence in the resilience of India’s economy, stating that the “balance between inflation and growth is well poised.”

Although retail credit and unsecured loans are at record highs, indicating that people are borrowing to maintain consumption, urban demand shows signs of weakness. On the other hand, rural demand has fared better due to favorable monsoon conditions and rising food prices.

Ms. Sengupta explained the dichotomy in India’s economy, describing it as operating on a “two-speed trajectory.” She said the “old economy,” comprising the informal sector, small industries, agriculture, and traditional corporate sectors, continues to struggle due to the absence of long-overdue reforms. Conversely, the “new economy,” driven by a post-pandemic boom in services exports, experienced significant growth in 2022-23.

India has emerged as a global leader in outsourcing high-end offshore services. Global capability centers (GCCs), which specialize in research, engineering design, and consulting, now account for over half of the world’s GCCs. According to Deloitte, these centers generated $46 billion in revenue and employed up to two million skilled workers, fueling urban consumption and driving demand for luxury goods, real estate, and SUVs.

However, as the GCC boom stabilizes, its impact on urban spending is waning. “For 2-2.5 years post-pandemic, this drove a surge in urban spending. With GCCs largely established and consumption patterns shifting, the urban spending lift is fading,” said Ms. Sengupta.

This leaves the old economy without a clear growth catalyst while the new economy shows signs of slowing. Private investment remains critical to revitalizing growth, but weak consumption discourages businesses from making investments. As Ms. Sengupta pointed out, “It’s a vicious cycle. Without investment to create jobs and boost incomes, consumption demand cannot recover.”

There are other challenges. India’s average tariffs have risen from 5% in 2013-14 to 17% currently, higher than other Asian economies trading with the US. These high tariffs make goods more expensive and reduce their competitiveness in global markets.

Economist Arvind Subramanian noted another paradox in India’s economic strategy. While calls to lower interest rates grow louder, the RBI has been selling dollars to support the rupee, which tightens liquidity in the market. By doing so, the central bank inadvertently makes Indian exports less competitive, as a stronger rupee raises the price of goods in global markets.

“Why is the central bank shoring up the rupee? The policy is bad for the economy and exports. Possibly they are doing it because of optics. They don’t want to show India’s currency is weak,” Subramanian remarked.

Critics argue that the narrative of India as the fastest-growing major economy may obscure the need for critical reforms. “We are still a poor country. Our per capita GDP is less than $3,000, while the US is at $86,000. If you say we are growing faster than them, it makes no sense at all,” said Ms. Sengupta.

To truly transform the economy, India needs a significantly higher and sustained growth rate to create jobs and raise incomes.

Boosting growth will not be an easy task. Himanshu suggested that the government should consider increasing wages through public employment programs to stimulate consumption. Others, including Ms. Sengupta, called for reducing tariffs and attracting export investments that have been shifting from China to countries like Vietnam.

The government remains optimistic, citing strong banks, robust forex reserves, and declining extreme poverty. Chief Economic Adviser V Anantha Nageswaran urged caution in interpreting the latest GDP figures, saying, “We should not throw the baby out with the bathwater, as the underlying growth story remains intact.”

Nevertheless, the pace of economic growth remains a concern. Ms. Sengupta summed up the sentiment, saying, “There’s no nation as ambitious for so long without taking adequate steps to fulfill that ambition. Meanwhile, the headlines talk of India’s age and decade – I’m waiting for that to materialize.”

S&P Projects Steady Growth for Indian Economy by 2025

S&P Global Ratings has forecasted that the Indian economy will showcase robust and resilient growth by 2025, supported by various key factors. These include strong urban consumption patterns, steady progress in the service sector, and ongoing investments in infrastructure.

The agency has held firm on its growth projection for the current fiscal year, predicting an expansion of 6.8%. Looking ahead, it anticipates a marginal rise in growth to 6.9% for the fiscal year 2025-26. Economist Vishrut Rana pointed out that as inflationary pressures ease, “monetary policy might ease moderately.”

Recently, the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) maintained its interest rate at 6.5% in a bid to control inflation. Simultaneously, it reduced the cash reserve ratio, a move aimed at infusing liquidity into the financial system.

Although India recorded a remarkable growth rate of 8.2% in the previous fiscal year, the country continues to face challenges. These include lingering weaknesses from the post-pandemic recovery and intense competition in the global market.

Let me know if further refinements or adjustments are needed.

India’s Economic Boom Offers Unmatched Opportunities for Diaspora Investors

India’s remarkable economic growth presents extraordinary opportunities for investors, especially those within the Indian diaspora, according to Dr. K. V. Subramanian, the executive director for India at the International Monetary Fund (IMF). Speaking at the launch of his book, India@100: Envisioning Tomorrow’s Economic Powerhouse, Subramanian emphasized the transformative potential of India’s investment landscape and urged diaspora investors to leverage the country’s dynamic economic trajectory.

“The opportunities available for the Indian diaspora and American investors are extraordinary,” Subramanian said during the event hosted by the US-India Strategic and Partnership Forum (USISPF) on December 5. “Investors have the chance not just to double but to triple their money. Over a 20 to 25-year horizon, the returns in India are unparalleled compared to any other economy.”

Subramanian underscored that the diaspora’s engagement with India should extend beyond remittances to include active participation in the banking and financial systems. He highlighted the benefits of saving and investing directly in India, noting that such efforts could yield significantly higher returns than those offered by U.S. banks.

“Saving money in Indian bank accounts provides a much higher rate of return than in US banks,” he pointed out. “With the Indian economy growing at 12 percent in nominal dollar terms, salaries are expected to rise by 17-18 percent annually, doubling every five years. This kind of growth is transformative.”

The discussion also delved into the projections outlined in Subramanian’s book, which envisions India achieving a $55 trillion economy by 2047, aligning with the centenary of the country’s independence. He attributed this ambitious goal to sustained economic reforms and a robust policy framework implemented since 2014.

In response to questions, Subramanian expressed confidence in India’s ability to meet these ambitious benchmarks, describing the nation’s growth as both unique and sustainable. “India’s growth story is unique and sustainable, built on its demographic dividend, technological advancements, and reform-oriented policies,” he said.

For Subramanian, the diaspora’s role in India’s success extends beyond financial contributions, encompassing active participation in burgeoning sectors such as technology, manufacturing, and finance. He encouraged members of the diaspora to seize the vast opportunities available in these areas.

“Salaries in India could rise 100 times over a 30-year career compared to only seven to eight times in the US,” he explained, underscoring the country’s tremendous potential. However, he also acknowledged that improving quality-of-life indicators would be crucial for attracting expatriates to return or invest more substantially in the country.

As the event drew to a close, Subramanian reiterated his optimism about India’s future. “The next 25 years belong to India, and the diaspora has a critical role to play in this journey,” he concluded, highlighting the transformative possibilities for both the nation and its global diaspora.

With India’s economy poised for unprecedented growth, the call to action is clear: diaspora investors have a unique opportunity to contribute to and benefit from the country’s rise as an economic powerhouse.

Mohan Bhagwat’s Call for More Hindu Children Sparks Debate on India’s Religious Demography

A recent statement by Mohan Bhagwat, the head of the Rashtriya Swayamsevak Sangh (RSS), urging Hindus to have more children, has reignited discussions around India’s religious demography. His remarks have highlighted significant population trends and their potential implications for the country’s social and political landscape.

India’s religious demography has been changing over the years, with the most recent census conducted in 2011 revealing noteworthy shifts. According to the data, the Muslim population’s share in India increased from 13.43 percent in 2001 to 14.23 percent in 2011, marking a rise of 0.8 percentage points. This marks the third consecutive decade where the Muslim population’s share has grown by 0.8 percentage points or more, signaling a long-term demographic trend. Since India’s independence and partition, the proportion of Muslims in the population has consistently risen every decade.

JK Bajaj, associated with the Centre for Policy Studies (CPS), has examined this trend in depth. He notes that a clearer way to understand the increase in the Muslim population’s share is by analyzing the normalized gap in the decadal growth rates between Muslims and Indian Religionists (IRs). IRs encompass Hindus, Sikhs, Jains, and those categorized as “Other Religions and Persuasions” (ORPs) in the census.

Bajaj points out that the gap between Muslim and IR growth rates, normalized to the absolute growth rate of IRs, widened to 49 percent during 1981–1991. Although this gap slightly narrowed during 1991–2001, it expanded again in the following decade. Bajaj critiques commentators who highlight the decline in the Muslim growth rate from 29.69 percent to 24.65 percent as evidence of a halt in religious demographic imbalance. “The normalized gap between the growth rates of Muslims and IRs has only widened,” he explains.

Over the past three decades, Muslims in India have grown at a rate nearly 50 percent higher than that of other communities, a disparity that Bajaj deems unsustainable in any society.

India Poised to Have the Largest Muslim Population

The CPS study further illustrates the rapid growth of the Muslim population in India. From 3.77 crore in 1951 to 17.22 crore in 2011, the Muslim population increased by a factor of 4.6, while the population of Indian Religionists grew only 3.2 times during the same period. In 2011, India had the second-largest Muslim population globally, trailing only Indonesia, which had 19.1 crore Muslims in a population of 24 crore. By comparison, Pakistan had 16.7 crore Muslims in a total population of 17.4 crore in 2010.

Given current trends, many demographers predict that within two or three decades, India will overtake Indonesia to become home to the world’s largest Muslim population.

Implications of Demographic Shifts

Globally, significant changes in religious demographics, particularly an increase in the Muslim population, have often coincided with social upheaval and conflict. In several countries, rising Muslim populations have led to demands for implementing Sharia law, often in defiance of national constitutions. Europe has witnessed religious riots and public confrontations involving Muslim radicals, while many African and Middle Eastern nations have experienced civil wars fueled by Islamic militias.

Lebanon offers a cautionary example. In the 1970s, Lebanon had a Christian majority and was a prosperous nation. However, as Muslims became the majority, the country descended into a 15-year-long civil war, resulting in widespread destruction. The conflict has since reignited, leaving Lebanon in a state of turmoil.

Once a Christian-majority democracy in the Middle East, Lebanon was often compared to Switzerland for its scenic beauty, with its capital, Beirut, rivaling Paris in allure. Today, the country is mired in instability and serves as a stronghold for terrorist organizations like Hezbollah.

The changing religious demography is also evident in Europe. A study by Pierre Rostan and Alexandra Rostan in 2019 projected that 13 European countries could see Muslims become the majority within two centuries. These include Cyprus, Sweden, France, Greece, Belgium, Bulgaria, Italy, Luxembourg, the United Kingdom, Slovenia, Switzerland, Ireland, and Lithuania.

However, the rapid influx of Muslim immigrants and their higher fertility rates could accelerate this timeline. “The greater the proportion of Muslims in a country, the faster the change will be in the society,” the study notes. Examples of such changes include the construction of mosques, prayer calls broadcast through loudspeakers, public worship, the availability of halal products in supermarkets, and work schedules adapted to Ramadan.

The RSS and Religious Demography

The RSS has long engaged in discussions about religious demography. Initially, these discussions focused on the conversion of Hindus to Islam and Christianity. However, in 2005, the Chennai-based Centre for Policy Studies published a report titled Religious Demography of India, which brought new attention to the issue. The report highlighted the rapid growth of the Muslim population and its potential implications for India’s future.

According to the CPS, the current demographic trends, combined with the declining Hindu populations in Pakistan and Bangladesh, could result in Indian Religionists becoming a minority in the Indian subcontinent within five to six decades. This prospect has deeply concerned the RSS.

Bhagwat’s recent call for Hindus to have more children reflects these concerns. As demographic trends continue to evolve, the debate over religious demography in India is likely to intensify, raising questions about the country’s social harmony and long-term stability.

Protecting Ancestral Properties: A Growing Concern for NRIs in India

Non-Resident Indians (NRIs) are increasingly facing challenges in safeguarding their ancestral properties in India from illegal possession. The issue has escalated, with numerous cases reaching courts as NRIs strive to reclaim properties that have been unlawfully occupied. These disputes frequently involve encroachments by relatives or strangers, creating significant distress, particularly in metropolitan areas where property values are exceptionally high.

Despite the existence of legal provisions to address such issues, many NRIs find themselves in vulnerable situations, largely due to the influence and intimidation tactics employed by land grabbers. Senior government officials report a noticeable increase in complaints, with affected NRIs often appealing to the Prime Minister’s Office, the Home Ministry, and Indian embassies in their respective countries of residence.

The ordeal of reclaiming illegally occupied properties is both psychologically and legally taxing. Many NRIs express fear and frustration when confronting these issues. A London-based NRI, choosing to remain anonymous, described the challenges they faced: “We feel a significant threat when dealing with land grabbers or even raising the issue with the police. These individuals often have strong muscle power and are willing to use intimidation to occupy properties that are not only financially valuable but also hold deep emotional significance for us.”

A recent case in the Delhi High Court exemplifies the legal struggles faced by NRIs. Justice Subramonium Prasad presided over a dispute involving an ancestral bungalow that had been unlawfully taken over by relatives. The NRI property owner presented the deed of partition and family tree documents to establish their ownership. Allegations were made that the relatives had fraudulently seized the property when the NRI declined to sell their share.

The court recognized that the NRI had filed the suit within the six-month statutory limitation period outlined in Section 6 of the Specific Relief Act, 1963. This section stipulates that possession must be restored to the rightful owner if dispossession occurs unlawfully, irrespective of ownership claims. Justice Prasad emphasized the need for timely legal action and issued summons to the accused parties, indicating that the matter would be tried summarily.

Legal experts stress the importance of swift action in such cases to maximize the chances of success. Abhishek Rastogi, founder of Rastogi Chambers and counsel for the NRI in this instance, explained the remedies available to property owners: “There are several remedies available to the legitimate owners of the property. The first step is to file a police complaint promptly, as this can lead to immediate action. Additionally, Section 6 of the Specific Relief Act allows the courts to intervene within six months of the dispossession and restore possession to the rightful owner. The Indian judicial system is robust, and the law is well-framed to safeguard the rights of property owners.”

While the judiciary has demonstrated its commitment to addressing such cases, the increasing number of disputes underscores the need for stricter enforcement of property laws and more efficient legal processes.

For NRIs, filing timely police complaints and seeking judicial intervention are critical steps in protecting their properties. However, the emotional and financial toll of these disputes highlights the urgent need for proactive measures by law enforcement and judicial authorities to deter illegal encroachments. Strengthening legal frameworks and ensuring their effective enforcement will be essential in safeguarding the rights of NRIs and preserving the emotional and financial value of their ancestral properties.

Kerala Government Faces Allegations of Scam Over Kochi Smart City Project Closure

The Kerala government, led by Chief Minister Pinarayi Vijayan, has come under fire following its decision to wind up the Kochi Smart City project. The move has sparked accusations of corruption from the opposition, particularly the Congress party, which claims the closure is part of a larger scam.

Congress veteran Ramesh Chennithala voiced his concerns on Thursday, stating, “This winding up is a big scam. What is now heard is that the Kerala government will have to pay compensation to Smart City Dubai.” Chennithala’s allegations have added fuel to the controversy surrounding the ambitious project, which has faced hurdles since its inception.

On Wednesday, the Kerala cabinet decided to terminate the Kochi Smart City project and formed a committee to finalize the separation agreement with Smart City Dubai, its collaborative partner. The decision was defended by State Industries Minister P. Rajeeve, who assured that it would not hinder Kerala’s development goals.

Rajeeve explained, “The Infopark campus is now filled up, and there are hundreds of IT companies now waiting for space. Hence, once the separation agreement is done, we will come out with a fresh programme to bring IT firms into the project.”

Despite this justification, Chennithala remained critical, accusing the government of rewarding failure. “This is a big scam. Have you ever heard about compensation being given to a company which failed to do its job, despite being in office for the past nearly nine years?” he asked.

He further criticized the inclusion of Baju George, a former Smart City Dubai official, in the committee tasked with negotiating the compensation. “Vijayan, who is also the IT minister, has to give an explanation. What’s even more strange is that Baju George, who was part of Smart City Dubai when the agreement was inked then, is also now on the committee to work out the compensation. This is a major scam, and very soon, we will come out with more details,” Chennithala said.

The closure marks the end of what was once considered a flagship IT initiative for Kerala. The Kochi Smart City project, a joint venture between Smart City Dubai and the Kerala government, was envisioned to transform the state’s IT landscape. The project aimed to create 8.8 million square feet of built-up space on 246 acres in Kochi, with 70 percent dedicated to IT and IT-enabled services, and employment opportunities for 90,000 professionals.

However, the project’s journey was fraught with challenges from the outset. Initially conceptualized in 2004 during the tenure of the Oommen Chandy-led Congress government, the proposal faced strong opposition from the Communist Party of India (Marxist). The then Leader of Opposition, V.S. Achuthanandan, vehemently opposed the project.

In 2006, just before the Assembly elections, the Kerala High Court granted approval to proceed with the project. Despite this legal backing, Chandy opted not to move forward, wary of potential political fallout. When the CPI(M) came to power later that year, Achuthanandan signed the agreement with Smart City Dubai, signaling a renewed push for the project.

However, the global recession in 2008 dealt a severe blow to the initiative, leading to delays and a lack of progress. When Chandy returned as Chief Minister in 2011, efforts were revived, culminating in the inauguration of one building in the project’s first phase in 2016.

Despite these developments, the project stagnated under the Vijayan administration, which took charge in 2016. Critics argue that the lack of progress during Vijayan’s tenure reflects poorly on his leadership, particularly as he also serves as the state’s IT minister.

While the government maintains that the decision to wind up the project is in the state’s best interest, the controversy shows no signs of abating. The opposition’s allegations, combined with the project’s checkered history, have cast a shadow over what was once heralded as a transformative endeavor for Kerala’s IT sector.

With the focus now shifting to the newly planned initiatives to replace the Kochi Smart City project, the government faces the dual challenge of addressing the allegations and ensuring that its future plans are executed effectively. As the separation agreement with Smart City Dubai takes shape, the coming weeks will likely bring further scrutiny and debates over the project’s legacy and its impact on Kerala’s development trajectory.

BJP Accuses U.S. State Department and Deep State of Efforts to Destabilize India

Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) has raised allegations against the U.S. State Department and certain “deep state” elements within the U.S. government, accusing them of attempting to destabilize India in collaboration with a group of investigative journalists and opposition leader Rahul Gandhi. This accusation is particularly surprising given the strong bilateral relationship that has been forged between New Delhi and Washington over the last two decades, with both nations vowing to deepen their ties despite some existing differences and issues.

The BJP’s accusations are linked to the Congress party led by Rahul Gandhi, which has used articles published by the Organized Crime and Corruption Reporting Project (OCCRP) to target Prime Minister Modi and his government’s alleged ties to the Adani Group. The articles, according to the BJP, “singularly focused” on the Adani Group and its alleged closeness to the government. These articles were used by the Congress party to undermine the reputation of Modi and the BJP. On December 5, the BJP condemned Gandhi’s use of OCCRP’s reports to further his political agenda.

The reports from OCCRP have claimed that Gautam Adani, the chairman of the Adani Group, and seven other individuals were indicted in the U.S. last month for their involvement in a US$265 billion bribery scheme targeting Indian officials. However, the Adani Group has dismissed these allegations as “baseless.” In addition to these claims, OCCRP’s reports have also accused state-sponsored hackers in India of utilizing the Israeli-made Pegasus spyware to target government critics. The Indian government has strongly denied both of these accusations.

The BJP has previously accused Rahul Gandhi, OCCRP, and the billionaire financier-philanthropist George Soros of orchestrating attacks on Modi. In its latest round of accusations, the BJP cited a report by a French media outlet, which claimed that OCCRP receives funding from the U.S. Agency for International Development (USAID) and other figures associated with the “deep state,” such as Soros. According to the BJP, these connections point to a deliberate attempt by the “Deep State” to destabilize India by targeting Prime Minister Modi.

“The Deep State had a clear objective to destabilize India by targeting Prime Minister Modi,” the BJP stated in a series of posts on the social media platform X. The party emphasized its belief that the U.S. State Department has been the driving force behind this effort. The BJP further claimed that OCCRP was merely serving as a tool for this “deep state agenda.” The party used its official media channels to reiterate this position, with Sambit Patra, a national spokesperson for the BJP, echoing these accusations during a press briefing on Thursday.

Patra stated, “A French investigative media group…has revealed that… 50 percent of OCCRP’s funding comes directly from the U.S. State Department,” further asserting that OCCRP was serving as a vehicle for the “deep state agenda” aimed at undermining the Indian government. Despite these serious allegations, neither the U.S. State Department, USAID, Soros, nor the Congress party responded to requests for comment on the BJP’s accusations. Likewise, the Indian Ministry of External Affairs did not offer any comment regarding the ruling party’s claims against the State Department.

In response to these accusations, OCCRP issued a statement affirming its independence as a media outlet. The organization emphasized that while the U.S. government provides some funding to its operations, it does not influence its editorial decisions or reporting processes. “The U.S. government, while providing some funding to OCCRP, has no say in our editorial processes and no control over our reporting,” the statement read, rejecting the idea that the outlet is aligned with any political party or external agenda.

The BJP’s recent allegations come amid increasing scrutiny surrounding the U.S. indictment of Gautam Adani, who has long been seen as a close ally of Prime Minister Modi. Opposition leaders have suggested that Modi has consistently shielded Adani from legal consequences. In response, the Indian parliament was disrupted last week as opposition lawmakers demanded a debate on the matter. Despite the mounting pressure, both Modi’s BJP and Adani have vehemently denied all accusations of wrongdoing.

The controversy surrounding the Adani Group’s alleged corruption schemes and Modi’s connection to the billionaire business tycoon continues to dominate political discourse in India. The opposition has capitalized on the U.S. indictment to accuse Modi of protecting Adani, claiming that the prime minister has used his political power to shield the businessman from legal repercussions. These allegations have intensified in the wake of OCCRP’s reports, which have painted a picture of widespread corruption and state-sponsored surveillance in India.

At the heart of this dispute is the issue of Modi’s relationship with the Adani Group, which has been a source of ongoing controversy for the BJP. The ruling party has strongly defended Modi and his government, dismissing all claims of corruption or favoritism towards Adani. Despite these defenses, the allegations have sparked widespread debate within India and abroad about the true nature of the ties between Modi, his government, and the Adani Group.

The BJP’s attempt to shift the narrative away from the corruption allegations against Adani and Modi by targeting external actors like the U.S. State Department and Soros is seen by many as an attempt to deflect attention from the growing scandal. Critics argue that instead of addressing the core issues surrounding Adani’s alleged misconduct, the ruling party is choosing to focus on conspiracy theories involving foreign actors. This strategy, however, has not silenced the opposition or the public, who continue to demand transparency and accountability from the Modi government.

As the political tensions surrounding the Adani controversy continue to escalate, it remains to be seen how this conflict will evolve and whether the BJP’s accusations against the U.S. and other foreign entities will gain traction among the Indian public. For now, the focus remains on the growing pressure faced by Modi and the BJP, as they grapple with the fallout from the U.S. indictment and the ongoing allegations of corruption within the Indian government.

The controversy is unlikely to subside anytime soon, as both the BJP and the opposition continue to use the Adani issue as a key point of contention. In the coming weeks, the government will likely face continued scrutiny from both domestic and international sources, with calls for an investigation into the allegations against Adani and his ties to Modi. However, the BJP is expected to continue defending its position, reiterating that these attacks are part of a larger agenda to undermine the government’s legitimacy and to destabilize India.

Launch of Pravasi Bharatiya Express Train – 9 January 2025, New Delhi

The Pravasi Bharatiya Express is a special state-of-the-art Tourist Train exclusively designed for the Persons of Indian Origin (PIOs only) that will travel to multiple destinations of prominent touristic interest and religious importance all over India for a period of 3 weeks starting on January 09, 2025 starting from the Safdarjung Railway Station in New Delhi. The date of January 09, 2025 has been chosen to commemorate the return of Mahatma Gandhi from South Africa to India on this date in the year 1915.

The Pravasi Bharatiya Express will travel to Ayodhya, Patna, Gaya, Varanasi, Mahabalipuram, Rameshwaram, Madurai, Kochi, Goa, Ekta Nagar (Kevadia), Ajmer, Pushkar and Agra. The train would have a maximum capacity for 156 passengers. The special conducted tour is being organised under the Pravasi Teerth Darshan Yojana (PTDY) scheme of the Ministry of External Affairs in collaboration with the M/s Indian Railways Catering and Tourism Corporation (IRCTC). The purpose of the aforesaid tour is to connect the Indian Diaspora (PIOs only in the age group of 45-65 years) to their roots.

We seek nominations from all interested participants, with preference being accorded to PIOs for whom it is financially difficult to visit India on their own. Nominees will need to bear only 10% of their return airfares to avail of this scheme, that is to be launched by Ministry of External Affairs on January 09, 2025.

Kindly send your nominations at pic.chicago@mea.gov.in latest by December 6, 2024 along with copy of Passport and OCI card.

Pulse Prices and Deeper Hunger Crisis

Last week, as the festival season kicked off, the Union Government inaugurated a new initiative. No, it has nothing to do with taxes, nor is any Diwali bonanza awaiting us. Instead, the government has resumed the retail sale of pulses. Several mobile vans have been deployed to sell the “Bharat” brand of various dals, including chana (split chickpea lentils), moong (split green gram), moong sabut (whole green gram), and masur (red lentils).

The prices are kept slightly lower than usual. For instance, moong dal, normally priced at 116 rupees per kilogram, is available at 107 rupees per kg. Similarly, chana dal is priced at Rs 70 per kg, down from the usual price of Rs 95 per kg. Interestingly, chana dal was priced at Rs 60 per kg just a few months ago.

The initiative was started around the same time last year and was discontinued in June 2024. Additionally, the Ministry of Food and Consumer Affairs is maintaining price interventions for onions and tomatoes at Rs 35 and Rs 65 per kg, respectively.

“Direct interventions through the retail sale of basic food items such as rice, atta, dals, and onions have helped maintain a stable price regime,” says Food and Consumer Affairs Minister Prahlad Joshi. The idea is to ensure the availability of essential items at affordable prices. This intervention, however well-intentioned it might seem, only scratches the surface of a far deeper crisis, one that India has been grappling with for decades—Hunger.

Unsurprisingly, India has been placed 105th out of 127 nations in the 2024 Global Hunger Index (GHI) with a score of 27.3, categorising it as a country with “serious” hunger levels. At a time when NITI Aayog’s report on multi-dimensional poverty and the SDG Index report claim that India has lifted 248 million people out of poverty in recent years, the GHI 2024 is a grim reminder that hunger remains a daunting challenge for this country of 1.4 billion people.

The Global Hunger Index score is derived from four key indicators: child stunting (the proportion of children under five with heights too low for their age, signalling long-term undernutrition), undernourishment (the percentage of the population not consuming adequate calories), child wasting (the proportion of children under five whose weight is too low for their height, indicating acute malnutrition), and child mortality (the share of children who die before reaching age five).

According to the report, 13.7% of India’s population is undernourished, 35.5% of children are stunted, 18.7% suffer from wasting, and 2.9% die before turning five. Notably, India continues to have the highest global rate of child wasting. Critics claiming the report is exaggerated should note that the National Family Health Survey (NFHS-5) data (2019–21) also presented similar figures. Moreover, the SDG Index Report shows comparable outcomes against these indicators. In fact, the prevalence of anaemia among pregnant mothers has increased since the last SDG Index report. In other words, India faces an uphill battle in achieving the targets set under Goal 2 (Zero Hunger) of the SDGs.

The GHI report mentions that the government has announced several schemes to transform the country’s food and nutrition landscape. However, much more remains to be done. The report underscores the intergenerational pattern of undernutrition, highlighting the direct correlation between poor maternal nutrition and poor child health outcomes. Mothers with insufficient weight gain during pregnancy often give birth to low-weight babies, leading to high rates of stunting among infants.

India’s status in the GHI Index has not improved considerably since 2015. The GHI report clearly states that the relationship between per capita GDP growth and lower hunger levels is “not always direct or guaranteed.” In other words, GDP growth alone does not ensure improved food and nutritional security for the entire population nor guarantees more resources or higher incomes for everyone.

According to the findings of Thomas Piketty and associates, income inequality in India, measured by the share of the top 1% of the population in national income, was 22.6% in 2022—the highest since 1922, when the income tax office began providing such estimates. The inequality generated by neoliberalism exceeds even that of the British Raj. This should be a wake-up call for the powers-that-be, who dream of achieving a Viksit Bharat by 2030. It’s time to reflect: Whose development are we actually aiming for—the top 1% or the bottom 30%?

Had current policies been focused on lifting the bottom 30% out of poverty, the situation would have been starkly different. Dependence on schemes like MNREGS would have declined over the years. However, official figures tell a different story. In 2019–20, the demand for 100 days of work was 265.3 crore person-days, which surged to 389.9 crore and 363.2 crore person-days during the next two pandemic-affected years. Even in 2023–24, the demand remained high at 305.2 crore person-days—a 15% increase from 2019–20—indicating high unemployment, reduced incomes, and greater deprivation in rural areas.

Furthermore, climate change presents additional challenges. According to a 2018 G20 sustainability group report, the increasing frequency and intensity of environmental hazards have already reduced human productivity. Between 2000 and 2015, 23 million working-life years were lost globally each year due to hazardous workplace environments.

Among G20 members, China, Brazil, and India were the most affected, with 8.7, 3.2, and 1.5 working-life years lost per person annually from 2008–15. Projected temperature increases by 2030 will exacerbate heat stress, potentially reducing the total number of work hours in G20 countries and India specifically by 1.9% and 5.2%, respectively. Heat stress is expected to affect agricultural workers and those in emerging economies more severely.

The current SDG Index report reveals a lack of preparedness to tackle climate change. In fact, many states have regressed from front-runner to aspirational status in achieving the targets for Goal 13: Climate Action.

The GHI report suggests a multi-pronged approach to address hunger, including improved access to social safety nets, addressing factors related to well-being and nutrition, and dedicated approaches to assessing and meeting nutritional needs. It also emphasises investing in maternal and child health, anticipating risks from climate change, and ramping up efforts to make agriculture climate-resilient by promoting drought-resistant crops, water conservation, and environmentally sustainable farming practices.

With just six years left to achieve the Zero Hunger target set by the SDGs, India’s window for transformative action is closing. The GHI and NFHS findings show that while India has made some progress, significant barriers remain to tackling food insecurity at scale. The government’s recent initiatives, such as controlling pulse prices, may be necessary but are insufficient on their own. Short-term measures may benefit some but cannot significantly reduce the country’s hunger levels.

It is time for the government to intensify its efforts, focusing on systemic reforms to ensure that no one is left behind in the fight against hunger. Achieving Zero Hunger will require not just policy changes but a national movement uniting government, civil society, and the private sector to work toward a common goal—ensuring that every Indian has access to sufficient, nutritious food every day. If India does not act decisively now, the dream of a hunger-free India by 2030 will remain just that—a distant dream.

Supreme Court Upholds Emergency-Era Inclusion of ‘Socialist’ and ‘Secular’ in Preamble

Ending a longstanding debate spanning five decades, the Supreme Court on Monday upheld the 42nd constitutional amendment of 1976 that inserted the terms ‘socialist’ and ‘secular’ into the Preamble of the Indian Constitution. The amendment, enacted during the Emergency by the Indira Gandhi government, had also added the word ‘integrity’ to the Preamble. A bench comprising Chief Justice of India (CJI) Sanjiv Khanna and Justice Sanjay Kumar rejected a challenge to the amendment, affirming that these additions neither obstruct private entrepreneurship nor constrain the government from abolishing detrimental religious practices.

Addressing the significance of secularism, the bench clarified that it requires the government to remain neutral towards all religions while also allowing it to eradicate discriminatory religious practices. The court observed, “Secularism mandates the government not to favour any religion, but it does not prevent the elimination of religious attitudes and practices impeding development and the right to equality.”

The court also emphasized that despite constitutional guarantees of freedom of religion and non-discrimination based on faith, the Directive Principles of State Policy empower the government to work towards a Uniform Civil Code (UCC). This issue has been a contentious topic in Indian politics, particularly since the Shah Bano case judgment of 1985.

On the issue of socialism, the bench clarified that in the Indian context, it does not dictate a rigid economic framework. It asserted, “Neither the Constitution nor the Preamble mandates a specific economic policy or structure, whether left or right. Rather, ‘socialist’ denotes the State’s commitment to be a welfare State and its commitment to ensuring equality of opportunity.” The court highlighted that socialism in India seeks to achieve economic and social upliftment without impeding private entrepreneurship or the fundamental right to conduct business guaranteed under Article 19(1)(g).

CJI Khanna, speaking for the bench, elaborated on India’s unique approach to socialism, which accommodates both public welfare and private enterprise. He noted, “India has consistently embraced a mixed economy model, where the private sector has flourished, expanded, and grown over the years, contributing significantly to the upliftment of marginalized and underprivileged sections in different ways. In the Indian framework, socialism embodies the principle of economic and social justice, wherein the State ensures that no citizen is disadvantaged due to economic or social circumstances.”

The challenge to the amendment was brought in 2020 through a Public Interest Litigation (PIL), nearly 44 years after the insertion of these terms into the Preamble. The petitioner argued that the framers of the Constitution had deliberately excluded these words from the Preamble after extensive deliberations. Additionally, it was contended that the term ‘socialist’ limited the government’s economic policy choices and that the amendment was passed on November 2, 1976, despite the Lok Sabha’s term having ended on March 18, 1976.

The Supreme Court dismissed these arguments, stating, “We do not find any legitimate cause or justification for challenging the constitutional amendment after nearly 44 years.” The court further emphasized that the power to amend the Constitution, including its Preamble, resides solely with Parliament.

On the inclusion of the word ‘secular’ in the Preamble, the bench highlighted India’s distinctive interpretation of secularism, where the State neither endorses nor penalizes any religion. It remarked, “Over time, India has developed its own interpretation of secularism, wherein the State neither supports any religion nor penalizes the profession and practice of any faith.”

The court referenced several constitutional provisions that prohibit the government from discriminating against citizens based on their religion. These provisions also guarantee individuals the freedom to practice and propagate a religion of their choice while enabling minority communities to establish and manage their educational institutions. Despite these protections, the bench reiterated that Article 44 of the Directive Principles permits the State to pursue a UCC for all citizens.

By upholding the 42nd amendment, the Supreme Court has reaffirmed the constitutional validity of these terms in the Preamble. The judgment underscores the flexibility of India’s constitutional framework, allowing it to adapt to evolving societal needs while preserving fundamental rights and principles.

India’s Economic Growth Slows Sharply, Manufacturing and Consumption Decline

India’s economic growth decelerated significantly in the third quarter, falling short of expectations due to weaker performance in manufacturing and consumer spending. The slowdown may increase pressure on the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) to consider interest rate cuts.

Data released on Friday showed that the gross domestic product (GDP) of the world’s fifth-largest economy expanded by 5.4% year-on-year in the July-September period. This marked the slowest growth in seven quarters, lagging behind a Reuters poll forecast of 6.5% and lower than the 6.7% growth recorded in the previous quarter.

The gross value added (GVA), a steadier measure of economic activity, also exhibited slower growth at 5.6%, down from 6.8% in the preceding quarter.

Chief Economic Adviser V. Anantha Nageswaran described the growth numbers as disappointing, attributing the downturn to global challenges. “The bulk of the slowdown has been predominantly due to the manufacturing sector. Some of it is also due to the presence of excess capacity elsewhere and imports dumping in India,” Nageswaran stated. He particularly pointed to a surge in imports of cheap steel from countries like China, Japan, and South Korea.

The manufacturing sector bore the brunt of the downturn, with its year-on-year growth plunging to 2.2% from 7% in the previous quarter. Suman Chowdhury, chief economist at Acuite Ratings, noted, “The economy has hit a bump on its post-pandemic recovery path, with a much slower manufacturing sector and mining sector dragging down growth prospects.”

Urban inflation, hovering around 6%, has eroded demand for consumer goods ranging from soaps and shampoos to automobiles. Private consumer spending, a critical growth driver, rose by 6.0% compared to the same period last year but was weaker than the 7.4% growth recorded in the prior quarter.

Government spending increased by 4.4% year-on-year during the July-September quarter, contrasting with a 0.2% contraction in the previous quarter. Meanwhile, agricultural output showed resilience, expanding by 3.5%, up from 2% growth in the prior quarter, buoyed by a favorable monsoon season.

Despite these challenges, Nageswaran emphasized the economy’s resilience and highlighted rural demand as a supporting factor for growth.

Corporate earnings during the quarter offered early signs of the slowdown. Over half of the 44 firms in the blue-chip Nifty 50 index failed to meet or just met analysts’ expectations, according to data from LSEG. Key companies such as Maruti Suzuki, Nestle India, and Hindustan Unilever reported sluggish urban consumption in the September quarter.

Data from Citi revealed that inflation-adjusted wage growth for listed Indian firms—a proxy for urban earnings—remained below 2% throughout 2024, significantly lower than the 10-year average of 4.4%. This slower earnings growth has also led to record foreign outflows, with nearly $12 billion being withdrawn from Indian equity markets in October.

The latest GDP figures have heightened market expectations for a potential rate cut by the Reserve Bank of India. Bond yields and overnight index swap rates, both indicators of interest rate trends, fell following the GDP report.

Some economists believe the RBI might move as early as December. “Post today’s GDP print, there is a high probability of an RBI rate cut in December,” remarked Gaura Sen Gupta, an economist at IDFC First Bank.

Calls for lower interest rates have also come from India’s finance and trade ministers, who argue that reduced borrowing costs could boost industrial investment and capacity-building. However, Nageswaran refrained from offering direct policy recommendations. “All of us see the data, the central bank is also seeing the data. They know what to do, and I will not be commenting on this question,” he stated.

The RBI’s Monetary Policy Committee (MPC) had kept the benchmark repo rate unchanged at 6.50% during its last meeting, citing persistently high inflation while shifting its policy stance to “neutral.” The central bank, which last cut rates in May 2020, is set to announce its next policy decision on December 6.

India’s economic performance underscores the challenges of sustaining recovery momentum amid global and domestic headwinds. The confluence of sluggish manufacturing growth, weaker consumer spending, and rising inflation poses significant hurdles for policymakers as they navigate a delicate balance between spurring growth and maintaining price stability.

Vote Discrepancies in Maharashtra Elections 2024 Raise Transparency Concerns

An analysis of voter data from the recently concluded Maharashtra assembly elections of 2024 has revealed a mismatch between the number of votes polled and those counted in 95 out of the state’s 288 constituencies. These discrepancies have reignited concerns over electoral transparency and data accuracy in India’s democratic process.

According to data from the Election Commission of India (ECI), the final voter turnout for the election was recorded at 66.05%, translating to 64,088,195 votes cast—split among 33,437,057 male voters, 30,649,318 female voters, and 1,820 others. When postal votes amounting to 538,225 are included, the total number of votes polled stands at 64,626,420. However, the ECI’s official tally of votes counted on the day of results was 64,592,508—a shortfall of 33,912 votes.

The inconsistencies manifest in two ways: in 19 constituencies, the number of votes counted exceeded the total of votes polled and postal ballots, while in 76 constituencies, the counted votes fell short. For example, in the Loha constituency, 154 more votes were counted than the total number polled. Conversely, in the Nipad constituency, there was a shortfall of 2,587 votes in the counted total.

These mismatches echo concerns raised during the May 2024 Lok Sabha elections, when discrepancies were observed between voter turnout data and Form 17C, which records the number of votes polled at individual polling stations. At the time, the Association for Democratic Reforms (ADR) filed a petition with the Supreme Court seeking the release of polling station-level voter turnout data within 48 hours of each phase of voting. The ADR argued that delays and inconsistencies could erode trust in the electoral process. However, the Supreme Court declined the plea, citing logistical challenges and concerns raised by the ECI about potential misuse of such data.

The ECI defended its stance, arguing that Form 17C data, while available to candidates’ agents, is not intended for public dissemination. The Court agreed, stating that there was no statutory obligation to make this data public and that doing so could lead to unnecessary administrative burdens.

Amid the ongoing election controversy, Shiv Sena (UBT) MP Priyanka Chaturvedi has raised questions about the discrepancies, calling on the ECI to provide a clear explanation. In response, The Wire has reached out to the ECI for clarification, promising updates once a response is received.

The data discrepancies in the Maharashtra elections have once again spotlighted the need for transparency in electoral processes. While the ECI attributes these mismatches to the reconciliation process, critics argue that the persistent issues suggest a need for more robust data collection and verification mechanisms. The lack of publicly available polling station-level data, as highlighted in the ADR’s previous petition, makes it difficult for independent entities to verify vote counts and address public concerns.

The inconsistencies do not appear to be linked to any specific political party or the outcomes of the elections. For example, in the Maval constituency, a discrepancy of 2,012 votes was noted. The total votes polled on November 20 were 280,319, and the postal votes added up to 774, making a total of 281,093. However, the ECI reported the total votes counted as 279,081, leaving a shortfall of 2,012 votes.

In contrast, the Loha constituency presented a surplus. Here, the votes polled on the same date amounted to 226,837, with 2,900 postal votes, bringing the total to 229,737. Yet, the final tally reported by the ECI was 229,891, showing an excess of 154 votes.

These irregularities could result from various factors, such as human errors in data entry, technical glitches in handling Electronic Voting Machines (EVMs) and Voter Verifiable Paper Audit Trail (VVPAT) slips, or clerical mistakes during reconciliation. Regardless of the cause, such issues highlight the importance of transparency and rigorous auditing procedures in maintaining public trust in electoral systems.

To address public skepticism, the ECI could consider releasing more granular data wherever possible and conducting thorough investigations into reported discrepancies. Proactive communication and increased transparency are vital to bolstering confidence in India’s democratic framework.

The ECI has previously acknowledged the challenges in ensuring perfect accuracy in vote counting. For instance, it stated that discrepancies could arise if mock poll data is not cleared from an EVM’s control unit before polling begins or if results fail to display correctly due to technical malfunctions. Moreover, mismatches between Form 17C data and EVM records could lead to confusion, compounded by human error in clerical or typing tasks.

In its official clarification regarding these issues, the Maharashtra Chief Electoral Office emphasized that the total votes polled, including postal ballots, amounted to 64,626,420, while the total votes counted were 64,592,508. The office further explained that discrepancies in certain constituencies occurred due to established protocols. For example, in cases where EVM data was compromised or mismatched, VVPAT slips from affected polling stations were not counted if the winning margin was higher than the total votes polled in those stations.

The Chief Electoral Office also addressed reports alleging significant vote differences in two constituencies—Ashti and Osmanabad. It clarified that in Ashti, a total of 5,013 postal votes were polled, of which 475 were rejected, leaving 4,538 valid postal votes. Similarly, in Osmanabad, 4,330 postal votes were cast, with 175 rejected, resulting in 4,155 valid votes.

Despite these explanations, the persistence of discrepancies highlights the need for reforms in India’s electoral system. Increased data transparency, rigorous auditing, and improved communication channels are necessary to prevent such issues in future elections. As public trust forms the bedrock of democracy, addressing these concerns is not just desirable but essential.

“Modi’s India: Hindu Nationalism and the Rise of Ethnic Democracy” by Christophe Jaffrelot explores several key themes

[Jaffrelot, C. (2021). Modi’s India: Hindu Nationalism and the Rise of Ethnic Democracy. Princeton University Press.]

Historical Context of Hindu Nationalism: The book traces the roots of Hindu nationalism back to socio-religious reform movements in the 19th and early 20th centuries, highlighting the formation of organizations like the Rashtriya Swayamsevak Sangh (RSS) and the Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP).

Rise of Narendra Modi: Jaffrelot examines how Narendra Modi’s populist style and leadership have transformed the BJP and Hindu nationalism, leading to its dominance in Indian politics.

Ethnic Democracy: The book introduces the concept of “ethnic democracy,” where the majority community (Hindus) is equated with the nation, while minorities (Muslims and Christians) are marginalized and treated as second-class citizens.

Populism and Polarization: Jaffrelot discusses how Modi’s government has used populist rhetoric to polarize the electorate along religious lines, promoting Hindu culture and increasing legal protections for cows while targeting minorities.

Impact on Minorities: The book details the deteriorating situation for religious minorities under Modi’s rule, including increased harassment by vigilante groups and systematic propaganda campaigns against Muslims and Christians.

Erosion of Secularism: Jaffrelot highlights the erosion of India’s secular principles, with the BJP government promoting Hindu nationalism and undermining the rights of religious and ethnic minorities.

These themes provide a comprehensive analysis of how Hindu nationalism has evolved and its impact on Indian democracy under Modi’s leadership.

BJP’s Triumph in Maharashtra and Challenges in Jharkhand Highlight Contrasting Electoral Fortunes

Prime Minister Narendra Modi, Union Home Minister Amit Shah, and Uttar Pradesh Chief Minister Yogi Adityanath emerged as the star campaigners for the BJP-led alliance in Maharashtra. Complementing their efforts, Maharashtra Chief Minister Eknath Shinde’s “Mukhyamantri Majhi Ladki Bahin Yojana,” launched in June, played a significant role in securing a landslide victory for the ruling coalition. This three-party alliance, also known as the Mahayuti, drew immense support from women voters who turned out in large numbers, shaping the outcome decisively.

This triumph in Maharashtra follows closely after the BJP’s success in the Haryana Assembly elections, acting as a major morale booster for the party’s cadre. The BJP’s performance in the Lok Sabha elections earlier had left the party somewhat dispirited due to its failure to secure an outright majority. However, this sweeping win has revived enthusiasm and reaffirmed Amit Shah’s reputation as a “modern-day Chanakya and master strategist.”

The BJP is poised to secure over 125 seats in Maharashtra, making it the largest party within the Mahayuti alliance. Meanwhile, the Eknath Shinde-led Shiv Sena is expected to win more than 50 seats, with the Ajit Pawar faction of the Nationalist Congress Party (NCP) also performing remarkably well. In stark contrast, the Maha Vikas Aghadi (MVA), comprising the Congress, Uddhav Thackeray-led Shiv Sena, and Sharad Pawar-led NCP, has suffered a significant defeat. This poor performance raises doubts about whether any of its constituents can even stake a claim for the Leader of the Opposition position in the state Assembly.

Eknath Shinde’s supporters have already begun portraying him as the inheritor of Bal Thackeray’s legacy, claiming the election results reflect this shift. However, for NCP veteran Sharad Pawar, the elections have been a decisive blow. His nephew, Ajit Pawar, has emerged as the stronger leader within the NCP, potentially signaling the end of Sharad Pawar’s political dominance.

Despite the Mahayuti’s victory, uncertainty looms over who will assume the chief minister’s position in Maharashtra. While Eknath Shinde currently holds the office, speculation is rife about whether BJP leader Devendra Fadnavis, who was instrumental in the party’s resounding success, will reclaim the role. The choice of chief minister is now the “million-dollar question” in the state’s political landscape.

In contrast to the BJP’s success in Maharashtra, the party faced significant setbacks in Jharkhand. The BJP attempted to intensify its campaign around the issue of Bangladeshi infiltration but underperformed in the elections. Additionally, divisive and inflammatory speeches targeting minority communities, particularly by Assam Chief Minister Himanta Biswa Sarma, seem to have backfired, costing the party valuable support.

In Jharkhand, the Adivasi population once again expressed strong confidence in the leadership of Chief Minister Hemant Soren. Soren accused the central government of attempting to jail him on fabricated charges, a narrative that resonated with voters. His government’s welfare initiatives, such as the Maiya Samman Yojana and the Sarvajan Pension Yojana, contributed significantly to his electoral success.

One of the central issues in the Jharkhand elections was Soren’s arrest in January over an alleged land scam. This controversy became a focal point of the INDIA bloc’s campaign, enabling them to connect with voters effectively. The election results underscore the impact of these accusations and the resulting solidarity among his supporters.

Maharashtra’s decisive victory has rejuvenated the BJP, while the challenges in Jharkhand reflect areas requiring strategic reassessment. The contrasting outcomes highlight the complexities of Indian electoral politics and the nuanced approach required to appeal to diverse voter bases.

Bharat: Lessons for a New Era (The Spirit of Bharat: Dharma, Diversity, and Decay)

Introduction:
“What Dethroned Bharat: Lessons for a New Era” celebrates the profound legacy of Bharat, a civilization built on Dharma, inclusivity, and cultural richness. Spanning from Gandhar (modern Afghanistan) to Southeast Asia, Bharat thrived as a beacon of prosperity and innovation, excelling in agriculture, trade, and craftsmanship. Its ethos of plurality and ethical governance fostered unparalleled unity in diversity. However, the civilization’s dynamic journey was shaped by challenges that tested its resilience, such as adapting to external influences and evolving technologies. Dr. Shashank Heda reflects on Bharat’s enduring potential, emphasizing the importance of collaboration, innovation, and self-awareness in embracing a brighter future. This inspiring narrative calls for reigniting the spirit of Bharat by fostering unity and evolving with changing times, paving the way for a new era of cultural and economic leadership.
What Dethroned Bharat: Lessons for a New Era. It is one of the stories full of pathos. It churns feelings deeply and evokes a raucous sense of how best to vanquish the lost status. However, after emotions recede and wisdom dawns, reflections reveal fulminant observations. The entire Indian subcontinent extended from the eastern frontiers of the Persian and the Bactrian Empire. Today’s Afghanistan (including its ethnicities) was part of Gandhar. From Gandhar until the archipelagoes of Indonesia in Southeast Asia, from Tibet to Sri Lanka (Tamraparni, an island Nation, too, was part of the cultural, religious, and ethnic legacy and heritage), was one monolithic civilization resting on certain shared principles. I shared my perspectives in three parts –
A. The Origin and Characterization of Bharat
B. Bharat: A Civilization’s Rise, Prosperity, and Vulnerability (The Prosperity and Affluence)
C. The Deprecation and the Decadence
A. The Origin and Characterization of Bharat:
Let us delve into Dharma, which is synonymous and runs the same age as Bharat. I wish to equate Dharma with Bharat. If you revisit the principles of Dharma, it is unimaginable to realize that a civilization as robust, resilient, and diverse as Bharat could have existed in those times. It makes me realize that Western civilization is still confabulating and at odds with dating this mammoth civilization’s real timeline or origin. Still, it leans on relics that have far deprecated by the nuances of time. I will cite two examples before moving on to what is Bharat. Carbon dating, the measuring aid Western archaeologists use, is misleading because of its acute dependence on tree-ring dating. I wonder why they have not used reliable methods such as Potassium-Argon Dating, Uranium-Series Dating, Thermoluminescence (TL) Dating, Fission Track Dating, or Electron Spin Resonance (ESR). I won’t say they want to propagate a bias, but it makes sense to use benchmarks with contemporary civilizations existing during that time frame. In my view, Thermoluminescence or Electron Spin may offer better reliability as they both rest on the electrons trapped.
What is Bharat (India)?
While there are various versions, disagreement may exist on accepting one version. (Frankly speaking, India didn’t exist when the British arrived and conquered, but India emerged as a grandiose outcome of their conquest. Bharatiyatva is a meta-abstract of values, culture, and rituals firmly strewn and robustly resting on the bedrock weaved by the ethos and values of its epics and millennium-old texts. Boundaries of the various nations within the subcontinent constantly changed over decades. However, the tenets on which the edifice of these nations was built remained constant as a character.
Bharat’s Soul: The Dharma That Built a Civilization
My observations after retrospection, contemplation, and analysis of Bharat’s Heritage are as follows –
Evolution and Assimilation: It is weaved, for a time immemorable, by the principles of Sanatan Dharma, the core of which is intricately tied to evolution and assimilation.
Diversity, Inclusion, and Interchange: It is pertinent to note that exclusion or extremism is automatically relegated.
Plurality: Multiculturalism, multiethnicity, and multireligion were the norm. Despite their ideological debates and differences, Ajivika, Charvaka, Shramanism, Buddhism, Jainism, and Hinduism (equated with Vedic religion) concurrently existed. Heterogeneity, synonymous with identity and pluralism, is a default standard for Bharat. Exclusion or exterminism was a feature that was imported to the land with the immigration of Islam.
Kshatra Dharma (क्षात्रधर्म): While the kings and Emperors fought and conquered each other, they explicitly followed the tacit Dharma of war. Winners never plundered the land; the riches disrobed the betrothed, the vulnerable, and the weak. Generally, it was against the principles of plundering conquered land.
The Code of Conduct: While Hamirabi’sHamirabi’s code was primordial to several of the Abrahamic religions, Manusmriti, Manu’sManu’s code, provided the foundation for the evolving civilization while humanity was traversing through the ashrama (life stage) of life and living. However, the Asetics and the Sages kept evolving to a primordium of traits that formed the fabrics such as Rita ( that governs natural laws, seasons, and human conduct), Moksha (salvation), Satya (truth), Ahimsa (non-violence), Nishkama karma (working without expectation), Satyagraha, Kshama (Khammat Khamna aka Jainism), Dana, Brahmacharya, Shaucha (the purity of mind, body, and spirit), and where ethos and righteous was considered Dharma.
B. The Prosperity and Affluence:
Civilization flourished upon the edifice of Dharma. Agriculture and, later, manufacturing ecosystems prospered. Going by the evidence, enslavement was not a feature of the Dharma. A few pockets might have existed. However, the institutionalization of slavery was not the character of the civilization, or else the Emperors and Kings never used enslaved people to build pyramids. They did not enslave. Instead, numerous anecdotes mention how the rulers were invested in the well-being of their society.
The primordial economy, initiated by agriculture, flourished and paved the way for manufacturing and later Trade. The economy flourished, and so did affluence. Traders from the far-off Middle East (Egypt) and Southern Europe established trade routes to the land of Gold. Human resources provided opportunities to expand beyond agricultural subsistence and create another economy that supported the cultural fabric.
An example is the weaving industry and the birth of the garment industry. These are not synonymous; the garment industry rests on the foundation of the weaving industry. Economic abundance emerged with a lavish lifestyle. Ideas flowed along with Diamonds, Gems, stones, Textiles, Garments, Cotton, Silk, Spices, and Indigo, which were primarily exported and exchanged for Gold and other precious metals. The land was surplus with foreign money (in the form of Gold and metals). Traders used the Mansoon currents to navigate their ships from Southern India to reach the Nile and later to the Red Sea. Between 2000 BC and almost 800 AD, Myos Hormos, Berenice, Alexandria, and Canal of the Pharaohs linked the Nile River to the Red Sea; Persian Gulf ports (Basra, Hormuz); Khyber Pass in the North. The Golden Peacock glittered with Gold.
The Biggest Plunderers:
Several of the riches of that era are still visible in some of the world’s most prominent museums. London, UK, has the most stolen Art and Artifacts from Bharat. Some of the best artifacts will be seen adorning the British Museum (London, UK), Victoria and Albert Museum (London, UK), Royal Armouries Museum (Leeds, UK), Bodleian Library (Oxford, UK), British Library (London, UK), Tower of London (UK). The next is the US, France, Germany, Canada, and the Netherlands (To get a comprehensive list of items, please get in touch with the author).
C. The Deprecation and the Decadence
As kingdoms fragmented, there was no alignment on the core concept of the nations. Kingdoms (then called nations) conflicted for identity and existence. Whether this conflict of agreement on a nation led to the creation of multiple kingdoms or the fragmentation resulted in conflict on the core concept of nation and nationality is subject to interpretation. However, these warring kingdoms denuded human resources, resulting in the loss of labor required to create the economy and the sub-ecosystems of other ancillary businesses.
Internecine wars and conflicts were a significant reason for these conquests. Kingdoms and Empires in India fought so vehemently against each other that they could throttle each other’s necks.
More importantly, history is ripe with corruptibles, who often open the gates of forts. Now, let us not stay latched on to the fact that every defeat was because the corruptible opened the Gates, but the corruptible dominated in various ways to defeat the kingdom.
The Britishers, the Dutch, and the Spaniards exploited these warring rivalries. The Europeans swarmed India; the native kings were familiar with the traders from the West, Middle East, and Central Asia. It started with the Portuguese (Goa, Diu, and Daman, 1498), the Dutch (Pulicat (1610), Surat, Chinsurah, and Nagapattinam, 1605), the Britishers (1612, with almost 78 years to expand from Surat, Chennai, Mumbai, and Kolkatta. The French, too, attempted to establish primarily along the East Coast, near Chennai and Kolkatta. The Danes followed the last, creating their local headquarters in Eastern Shores.
If you review the history of Europe, especially Western Europe, consisting of the UK, France, Germany, Spain, etc., you will see that they, too, fought several battles, but they knew where to draw the lines. If I review history more meticulously, they always united against external enemies.
The history of the Hindu subcontinent is replete with scores of examples of leaders with valor and vision but the ultimate character of slicing each other’s throats, stifling and defeating each other rather than building coalitions and collaborations. However, the kings were not aware of the modern military technologies, such as Guns, that these traders carried. While some were lured into using these technologies against their enemies, it was a surprise to see these Western traders involved directly or indirectly in their internecine war. The Europeans exploited the differences and established their garrisons by siding with select kings, usually the weaklings in the conflict. The weaklings made good prey of themselves, initially leveraging the European’s arms and later succumbing to their conditions.
What followed was the total annihilation of the Indian peninsula, colonization, and exploitation of the population. It was not limited to economic loss; it was a deep deprivation of the inner ethos, values, and culture and a replacement of Western standards. Not everything can be blamed on the Westerners; they exploited the internal differences to the hilt. It was not limited to the Kings and Emperors; it went beyond the differences between class and castes. The lessons learned are at multiple levels – the root cause can be pinpointed as our lack of yearning for innovation, adoption of change (reflected in the stagnation of technology), internecine wars, and stifling of social mobility can be some of the causes. What are the primordial issues?
From Subjugation to Strength: Reviving Bharat’s Spirit
In conclusion, I still see these pervasive in our civilization. What dethroned India is still latently active within us and unless we make that change, we are still vulnerable. I will share and often cite examples of Japanese research collaborators with whom I worked at the UT Southwestern Medical Center. While the Indian investigators were numerous, the Japanese were a handful. Like in any workplace, the competition was stiff, and the PI made it worse. We all struggled to work on the latest hypothesis and often fought amongst ourselves. However, the Japanese had their meetings to resolve their differences. If you look at any Indian organization, in India or abroad, you will find that character pervasive. Have we got rid of that? We will continue to be vulnerable and subjugated unless we change and adopt the change as a new character.
Conclusion:
In conclusion, Bharat’s remarkable journey, rooted in Dharma, diversity, and inclusivity, offers timeless lessons for the present. Its legacy of cultural brilliance, economic affluence, and ethical governance underscores the need for unity and collaboration in overcoming challenges. While historical divisions and stagnation tested its resilience, the path forward lies in fostering innovation, embracing change, and rekindling the spirit of collective progress. By drawing on its rich heritage, Bharat can reclaim its position as a global leader and beacon of inspiration.

Bharat Ko Janiye – Win Your Ticket To Explore Incredible India

https://bkjquiz.com

The Bharat Ko Janiye (Know India) Quiz is a flagship initiative by the Ministry of External Affairs, Government of India, designed to engage the Indian diaspora and foreign nationals, particularly the youth, in deepening their understanding of India. The quiz aims to foster a connection with India’s rich heritage, culture, and advancements.

Objective and Scope

The primary goal of the Bharat Ko Janiye Quiz is to motivate individuals of Indian origin and the global community to explore and appreciate India’s diverse facets. The quiz is open to two categories of participants:

1.Non-Resident Indians (NRIs)

2.Persons of Indian Origin (PIOs) and Foreign Nationals

Participants should be between 14 and 50 years of age as of December 11, 2024.

Quiz Structure and Participation

The quiz is conducted online, allowing participants to engage from anywhere in the world. Key features include:

Registration: Interested individuals must register on the official portal bkjquiz.com. Registration is mandatory and free of charge.

Quiz Format: The quiz comprises 30 multiple-choice questions, encompassing text, image, audio, and video formats. Participants have a total of 17 minutes to complete the quiz, with each question allotted 30 to 40 seconds, depending on the format.

Attempts: Participants can attempt the quiz multiple times, with a maximum of five attempts per day. The highest score achieved will be considered for evaluation.

Timeline

The 5th edition of the Bharat Ko Janiye Quiz is scheduled from November 11 to December 10, 2024. A dummy quiz will be available from November 4, 2024, to help participants familiarize themselves with the format and interface.

Rewards and Recognition

Top performers in each category will be awarded:

BKJ Yatra: The top 15 winners from each category (totaling 30) will be invited to a two-week tour of India, starting with participation in the Pravasi Bharatiya Diwas (PBD) celebrations.

Certificates: All participants will receive a digital Certificate of Participation. Those scoring 25 or more will be awarded a Certificate of Excellence.

Bharat Ko Janiye - Win Your Ticket To Explore Incredible India

Trump’s Peacemaker Appeal Resonates in Kamala Harris’s Ancestral Chennai

On the eve of the U.S. presidential election, Bala Raja, an 84-year-old retired professional in Chennai, India, expressed unequivocal support for Donald Trump. Wearing a cap emblazoned with “NYC,” Raja confidently declared, “He’s the right man.”

Raja was not alone in his sentiment. Male voters globally, including in Besant Nagar, the Chennai suburb where U.S. Vice President Kamala Harris’s mother, Shyamala Gopalan, grew up, echoed their approval of Trump. Their rationale for supporting him centered on his potential as a peacemaker.

After a visit to the Varasiddhi Vinayaka Temple, overlooking the scenic seaside where Harris once walked with her grandfather, Raja elaborated on his views. “He will control everybody,” he said, asserting that Trump could effectively manage global powers like China and Russia. Reflecting on the Russia-Ukraine conflict, he stated, “[Trump] would have stopped the war.” Another supporter, R. Srikanth, agreed. Drawing comparisons to Trump’s first term, Srikanth remarked that Vladimir Putin refrained from invading Ukraine during that time. “He’ll talk to Putin,” he added, emphasizing the hope for global peace under Trump’s leadership. “The world wants some sort of peace so everybody can grow.”

However, neither Raja nor Srikanth provided specifics on how Trump might achieve such peace, whether in Ukraine or Gaza. This lack of clarity mirrored Trump’s campaign rhetoric, which relied heavily on the slogan “peace through strength.” The concept resonated with many Indians, including 29-year-old engineer Goutam Nimmagadda. Watching the sunset along the Chennai coast on November 5, Nimmagadda said, “He wants to stop wars and all of that,” referencing the conflicts in Ukraine and Gaza. He speculated that this perception might explain the belief in Trump’s suitability for fostering global stability.

In India, favorable views of Trump are not new. A Pew Research Center poll conducted in June revealed that 42% of Indians expressed confidence in him—one of the highest global ratings. Among Indian men, 51% voiced confidence in Trump, compared to 32% of women. Globally, only men in Ghana, Nigeria, and Bangladesh displayed greater confidence in Trump. Contributing to this admiration may be the abundance of Trump-branded real estate in India, second only to the U.S., as reported by Indian media.

Sumitra Badrinathan, a political scientist at American University, attributes the emerging perception of Trump as a peacemaker to a broader narrative. “There’s a lot of people across the world who do believe this narrative that Trump is going to end the wars. It’s not unique to India,” she observed. This belief, fueled by campaign rhetoric and social media messaging, has gained traction internationally. Filtered through platforms like WhatsApp, it shaped opinions even in distant places like Chennai.

Milan Vaishnav, who directs the South Asia Program at the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, links these perceptions to the U.S.-India dynamic during Trump’s first term. The relationship between Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi and Trump flourished during that period, marked by high-profile events like the “Howdy Modi” rally in Houston and the “Namaste Trump” gathering in India. Vaishnav noted, “The U.S. relationship with India really wasn’t something that was caught up in turmoil. In fact, you could argue that it went from strength to strength.”

This close association between the two leaders likely shaped Indian perceptions of Trump. Analysts suggest that a second Trump administration might see India capitalizing on robust trade ties with the U.S. while avoiding punitive tariffs. Additionally, India could face reduced scrutiny over its human rights record and its continued purchase of Russian oil amid Western embargoes.

Vaishnav highlighted the alignment between Modi and Trump as a potential factor in Trump’s favorable reception among Indian men. “They see similarities between Modi and Trump,” he said, adding that Modi’s efforts to position himself as a peacemaker may resonate with Trump’s narrative. Vaishnav referenced Modi’s meetings with both Putin and Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskyy earlier this year, where Modi sought to mediate and foster dialogue. “It’s this idea that we live in this chaotic world,” Vaishnav explained. “There’s a lot of instability, there’s a lot of global volatility. And we need these sort of larger than life strongman figures to essentially stabilize that system.”

Badrinathan, however, offered an alternative explanation for Trump’s peacemaker image: a lack of competing narratives. “I think we have to consider the simple explanation,” she said. “They did not hear any other message. This is the only one they heard.”

As Trump prepares for another term in the White House, his promise of “peace through strength” has clearly struck a chord with supporters in India, reflecting broader global sentiments. For some, his leadership embodies a vision of stability and strength amidst a volatile world, even if the specifics of his approach remain undefined.

India Warns Against Mere “Tinkering” with UN Security Council Reform

India has raised alarms about the possibility of “smokescreen” efforts in reforming the UN Security Council (UNSC), warning that any attempt to merely tweak the existing framework could indefinitely delay critical reforms. This includes addressing the underrepresentation of regions such as Asia, Africa, and Latin America, and expanding permanent membership. These concerns were voiced by India’s Permanent Representative to the United Nations, Ambassador P. Harish, during the annual plenary of the UN General Assembly on the ‘Question of equitable representation and increase in the membership of the Security Council’ on Monday.

Harish highlighted the lack of progress on UNSC reform, despite decades of international consensus on the need for change. He emphasized that, “it is disheartening that we have had no results to show in this regard since 1965, when the Council was last expanded in the non-permanent category alone.” That year, the UNSC’s membership was increased from six to ten elected members. India has been calling for further reforms ever since, focusing particularly on the expansion of permanent members.

The process of Intergovernmental Negotiations (IGN) has been one of the main vehicles for these discussions. However, Harish expressed disappointment with the lack of substantial progress in the 16 years since the IGN began. “The IGN remains largely confined to exchanging statements, speaking at, rather than with each other. No negotiating text. No time frame. And no defined end goal,” he said. This lack of direction, according to India, undermines efforts to achieve tangible outcomes, such as developing a new model for UNSC reform that would pave the way for text-based negotiations.

India has called for meaningful action in the IGN, but Harish urged caution regarding two key aspects of the reform process. The first concern is that the search for a minimum threshold of input from member states should not result in an indefinite delay in the development of a new model. “The development of a consolidated model based on ‘convergences’ should not lead to a race to the bottom to trace the lowest common denominator,” he explained. Harish warned that such a process could be exploited as a “smokescreen” to make only superficial changes to the UNSC framework, falsely presenting them as substantial reforms.

This, according to Harish, could delay necessary reforms like the expansion of permanent membership and addressing the under-representation of regions such as Asia, Africa, and Latin America. These issues could be pushed “to a very distant future,” he cautioned.

India has also expressed concerns about an argument pushed by certain countries that support maintaining the “status quo” in the UNSC. These nations have insisted that “even before beginning text-based negotiations, we must all agree on everything!” Harish criticized this stance, calling it an extreme case of “putting the ‘cart before the horse.'” He reiterated that this approach would prevent real progress toward reforms.

As a representative of the Global South, India believes that the legitimacy and effectiveness of the UN—and the Security Council in particular—are dependent on fair representation. Harish noted that “representation stands as the unassailable prerequisite for both ‘legitimacy’ and ‘effectiveness’ of not just the Council, but the UN as a whole.” He drew attention to the adaptability of younger multilateral frameworks, citing the example of the G20. Under India’s presidency in 2023, the African Union was welcomed as a full member. Harish used this as proof that “with political will, change is indeed possible.”

India remains hopeful that the UN member states will engage constructively to achieve concrete progress on Security Council reforms. Harish emphasized that such reforms must “respect the sentiments of the majority through the time-tested manner of negotiations.” He concluded that updating the UN is essential for preserving its legitimacy and credibility. “That should indeed be our resolution for the UN’s 80th anniversary,” he said.

India has long advocated for reform of the Security Council, especially the expansion of both permanent and non-permanent membership categories. The current 15-nation structure, founded in 1945, is viewed by India as inadequate for the demands of the 21st century, and it does not reflect contemporary geopolitical realities. India has repeatedly asserted that it deserves a permanent seat at the table, a position it last held as a non-permanent member from 2021 to 2022.

The ongoing challenges within the Security Council are also evident in its inability to address current global peace and security issues. Council members remain deeply divided over major conflicts, such as the war in Ukraine and the Israel-Hamas conflict. As UN Secretary-General António Guterres pointed out, the United Nations began with 51 member states nearly 80 years ago and has since grown to 193, reflecting the changing dynamics of global governance.

In his address to the UN’s Summit of the Future in September, Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi emphasized the need for reforms in global institutions to ensure global peace and development. “Reform is the key to relevance,” he stated, underscoring that the world must adapt to new realities in order to maintain peace and progress.

In a historic moment at the summit, world leaders adopted the Pact of the Future by consensus. The Pact calls for “reform of the Security Council, recognizing the urgent need to make it more representative, inclusive, transparent, efficient, effective, democratic and accountable.” UN officials have hailed the language used in the Pact regarding Security Council reforms as “groundbreaking.”

The Pact outlines a commitment to redressing the historical injustice faced by Africa, which has long been underrepresented in the UNSC. It also prioritizes the representation of other underrepresented regions, such as Asia-Pacific, and Latin America and the Caribbean. The reform agenda includes expanding the Council to make it more representative of the current UN membership and reflective of contemporary global realities.

The Pact also calls for intensified efforts to reach an agreement on the categories of membership, taking into account the ongoing discussions in the Intergovernmental Negotiations process. This reflects a growing consensus among the international community that the time for meaningful reform of the UNSC has arrived. However, the path forward remains uncertain, with competing interests and political considerations continuing to shape the debate.

Donald Trump Wins Presidency, Ushering in New Era for US-India Relations

Former U.S. President Donald Trump made a stunning return to the White House on Tuesday, winning over Democratic candidate Kamala Harris. In his victory speech at West Palm Beach, Florida, Trump expressed optimism about the future. “This will be the golden age of America. America has given us an unprecedented mandate,” he stated, underscoring his vision for the nation under his renewed leadership.

As Trump prepares to take office again, India closely observes how his policy decisions might impact areas such as trade, finance, and the H-1B visa program. Here’s how Trump’s policies could shape key sectors in India:

Trade Relations

Under Trump’s leadership, the administration is anticipated to advocate for U.S.-centric trade policies, possibly urging India to ease trade restrictions or face higher tariffs. Such moves could impact key Indian industries, including information technology, pharmaceuticals, and textiles, all of which export significantly to the U.S. Trump’s focus on balanced trade might prompt India to revisit its trade strategy while potentially opening up new business opportunities.

A Nomura research report assessed the economic and geopolitical consequences of Trump’s second term, particularly for American financial sectors and Asian nations, with a specific focus on India. The analysis suggests that although Trump might adopt a strict stance on trade and currency, India could still benefit. The report highlights two primary trade issues between India and the U.S. during Trump’s term. Firstly, India’s existing trade surplus with the U.S. could be examined more critically, potentially subjecting Indian goods to new tariffs. Secondly, trading partners perceived as manipulating currency might face penalties. However, the report notes that the “China Plus One” approach, which encourages shifting supply chains from China to other countries like India, could help India offset some of these potential trade disruptions.

Impact on the Indian Stock Market

Trump’s potential impact on emerging markets, equity prices, and currency values raises questions among financial experts due to his anti-globalization policies. Sameer Narang, ICICI Bank’s head of economic research, weighed in: “If Trump is elected as President, it could imply higher rates, gold prices, and global USD regime than our base-case forecasts, while crude prices could be lower. A Harris victory could mean that the markets could trade closer to our base-case projections with rates likely to ease and global USD to trade flat.”

Trump’s approach to trade could strengthen U.S. economic growth, enabling Wall Street to outperform other global markets. This could potentially lead to rising yields, especially on long-term investments, as investors anticipate more government bond issuance. Analysts from ICICI Bank suggest that a second Trump term could also bolster the global position of the U.S. dollar, reduce Brent crude prices, and lower global base metal prices, reflecting shifts in Chinese growth. At the same time, gold prices might increase due to a rise in demand for safe-haven assets.

H-1B Visa Policy Adjustments

During his previous term, Trump’s administration imposed stricter rules on the H-1B visa program, making eligibility requirements more rigorous and enhancing application reviews. Moving forward, Trump may consider increasing the wage thresholds for H-1B visa holders, aiming to safeguard American jobs. This could mean fewer available visas and a restructuring of the cap system to prioritize applicants with specialized skills or advanced degrees.

The possible changes to the H-1B visa program may directly impact Indian workers, as a significant number of H-1B holders originate from India. Should the new administration proceed with these adjustments, it could reshape the dynamics of U.S.-India workforce exchange, affecting Indian IT and tech companies that rely on sending skilled workers to the U.S.

In summary, Trump’s return to the Oval Office brings potential shifts across several sectors that could influence the trajectory of U.S.-India relations. From trade policies to stock market dynamics and immigration reforms, India’s future interactions with the U.S. will likely depend on how Trump navigates his administration’s economic and international priorities.

Nara Lokesh, Minister in the Government of Andhra Pradesh Lays out His Vision for a New Resurgent India During his Address at ITServe’s Synergy 2024 in Las Vegas

A rising star in Indian Politics, Honorable Nara Lokesh, Minister of Information Technology, Electronics and Communications , and the Human Resources Development Departments in the Government of Andhra Pradesh and the General Secretary of the Telugu Desam Party, was the Chief Guest at Synergy 2024, the flagship annual conference organized by ITServe Alliance, the largest association of IT Services organizations.

Delivering the keynote address on October 29, 2024 at Synergy by ITServe, the voice of all prestigious IT companies functioning with similar interests across the United States, Honorable Nara Lokesh, Minister of Information Technology, Electronics and Communications and the Human Resources Development departments in the Government of Andhra Pradesh and the General Secretary of the Telugu Desam Party lauded ITServe as it has evolved as a resourceful and respected platform to collaborate and initiate measures in the direction of protecting common interests and ensuring collective success.

A true visionary with forward-thinking, Nara Lokesh, a rising star in Indian politics told the over 2,500 CEOs of small and medium-sized companies in the United States, who had come to be part of the historic Synergy 2024 that he believes the data revolution is here, and Andhra Pradesh is well-poised in terms of harnessing that revolution.

Earlier in his welcome address, Jagadeesh Mosali, President of ITServe Alliance said, “ITServe Alliance originated in response to the unfair practices of The United States Citizenship and Immigration Services imposed on small and medium businesses, which are the economic engines of the country. We were the first in the nation to come up with an idea of an organization representing Information Technology professional Services of like-mind- ed business entrepreneurs. Through our PAC, ITServe has come a long way, especially visa-vis espousing our visibility and cause in the US Congress, introducing our very own HIRE ACT, talking to important key MOCs and Senators regarding our Bill, taking them into confidence and discussing a path to consolidate it with the EAGLE ACT.”

During his address to the ITServe delegates, Lokesh said, globally, close to $300 billion is being invested in data centers, and his government’s agenda is that we should bring over 100 billion of that to India, and bring the majority of that to the state of Andhra Pradesh. Vishakhapatnam, he said, stands out with AI education, and particularly with focus on an AI University. “They were really excited about figuring out the interactions of AI in governance, AI in politics, AI in healthcare, AI in entertainment. And like how the erstwhile Indian School of Business Model was, it was completely branching as to how you would love to do the same magic in the AI University and really create next-generation thought leaders and engineers, not only for Andhra Pradesh, but for the world.”

Lokesh said he has learned the importance of the need in building a strong team. “I think that’s very important because when I joined Heritage, we had a crisis. Things were not good. We were losing a lot of money because of our retail expansion. The diary was not bringing in that much profit. So, I had to decide early on, the direction or the trajectory of the business. Then I had to figure out whether the team members believed in that vision or not, and based on that, I had to make decisions. I think politics is all about that. Also. I think you need people who believe in your vision but also have the boldness to correct you when you are making mistakes. So in that sense, in terms of building your team, building the leadership in both organizations is something that I find very similar.”

After he graduated from Stanford University, Lokesh returned to India and took on the role of the Director at Heritage. He ran both private enterprises and then entered into politics.

Describing the differences between running a private enterprise and being elected government official, Lokesh had this to say: “They’re quite stark and quite different. In the private sector, when you are the boss, you decide the direction, and you understand the journey. The results speak for themselves. If one month you miss something, you know where to correct it. I think in politics, you only get elections once every five years at the state level, so it gets very difficult to figure out the right trajectory. It’s very important to remain grounded, meet people, hear from them, and understand whether what you are doing is right and whether what programs you are taking are meeting their aspirations or not. So for me, that was very, very important. I think both journeys are mutually exclusive.”

Recalling his experiences in politics and the road he has traveled, Lokesh reminded the audience of his journey in politics. “I’ve always broken the mold. Look, membership in the Telugu Desam party was never a smooth affair. And in 2014, I chose that as my focus area. Similarly, in 2019 when I had to contest the election, there was always a debate on which seat I should contest. You know, generally, per political legacy and people, second-generation, and third-generation politicians choose a safe seat. I chose Mangalagiri. Here is a seat that we have not won since 1985.” Despite being defeated in the Mangalagiri Assembly seat in 2019, Lokesh continued his work in the constituency and gained the public’s trust.

Regarding his loss in the Assembly elections in 2019 and recontest in 2024, Lokesh said, “A lot of people told me, why not contest from a safe seat. And I told them, I know, to take an easy route or exit that’s accepting defeat, and I am not going to. So I contested in the Mangalagiri Assembly seat again in 2024 and I am really proud to say that I won with the highest margin that Andhra Pradesh has ever seen, which is over 91,000 margin.

With his triumph, the TDP won the key Mangalagiri seat for the first time after nearly four decades. Lokesh is being credited for the TDP’s resurgence in Andhra Pradesh. “To be honest, this victory was certain, but I think this kind of mandate took everyone off guard. This mandate has increased our responsibility. It’s a great responsibility on our shoulders. We take it with all humility. The people of Andhra Pradesh have many aspirations, and as a government, we need to be focused on delivering on those aspirations. So, I think we are going to meet midway in terms of delivering on that.”

While discussing the Ministry formation in Andhra Pradesh, Lokesh offered to take on the Human Resource Development Ministry, which is one of the toughest ministries, with a lot of trade unions. “And I love the challenge, and it’s a great opportunity for me to shape the next-generation leaders, thinkers, engineers, scientists, doctors. So I always believe as leaders, you should take a road less traveled and transform it in your own way. And that is what I have learned in my political journey.”

Learning from past mistakes, Lokesh said, the current Ministry headed by the TDP is looking at business processes, and re-engineering the government, and I am looking at, how can we deliver seamless governance in the hands of people, in the hands of citizens. How do you make politicians and officers relevant in day-to-day governance, in any day-to-day citizens’ lives. So that’s where I believe technology will play an important role. But it is also important to transform our processes and re-engineer the processes, and this is what you will see happening in Andhra Pradesh in the upcoming months.”

Son of Andhra Pradesh chief minister N Chandrababu Naidu, the young and rising star of Indian politics, while referring to the lessons learned from his da, he said, “What I learned from my leader is to be very patient and passionate. If you look at his entire political journey, he has had great highs and great lows. He takes his highs just as he takes his lows. And for me, that has been a great lesson, and that’s what I’ve learned from him.”

Lokesh said, that a new state like Andhra Pradesh is presented with a unique opportunity, which is to decentralize development and not to center development around one city or one ecosystem. Way back in 2014, Mr. Chandrababu Naidu had a clear vision of which district should do what, and that’s why KIYA came to Anantapur, TCL, Foxconn came to Chittor and Bello, and where Amravati is like our state capital. From day one, Lokesh said, he strongly believed that Vishakhapatnam should be the state capital because it has the right ingredients. “Now let’s talk about what are those right ingredients. It has amazing connectivity. It has great engineering colleges and amazing talents. And I jokingly keep saying that if Bangalore were to marry Goa and have a child that would be Vishakhapatnam, it’s such a beautiful city, with a gorgeous ecosystem, and I truly believe that for it not only to survive, but to flourish Vishakhapatnam has all the right ingredients of a state capital.”

Recalling his childhood and his relationship with the legendary N T Ram Rao, Lokesh said, “NTR is larger than life, and from my childhood, that’s all I remember about him. He was a tall personality there, but he had a very emotional connection with all his grandchildren, and he personally named all of us. So, you know, I got my name because of him, and all my cousins have their names because of him. He had a lot of personal attachment with all of us, but honestly, we were just too many of us for him to spend time with and nurture aspirations and ambitions. But he was very humble. And every birthday, you know, we used to go meet with him, spend time with him. I remember this so well. That is the way he would show his love and affection for all of us. He has left behind a great legacy for us to lead from the front and to take it forward.”

Young Lokesh shared with the audience his works and interactions with the rural Andhra. “I had a great chance to interact with farmers across segments. So, I met with Palm oil farmers, Paddy farmers, Mango farmers, Date Farmers, Banana farmers, and Mirchi farmers. You know what was fascinating for me is that they’re working hard, they are investing money ahead of time, and they are not sure in the end, whether are they going to make money or not, and they are doing this every crop cycle. So the way I looked at it, I said, you know, there are two parts of this equation. One, we need to reduce the cost of production. Two, how do we grow commodities and variants of our commodities that we can take to the globe.”

Lokesh said that the Andhra state can play a very important role in guiding farmers. “There is a lot of work that we can do as a government in terms of guiding farmers, giving not just subsidies alone, but inputs, and even strengthening it with research stations and ensuring that the optimal output and productivity comes from the respective farm. So for me, that’s of great interest and passion.”

He went on to add, “It is very fascinating that these are interventions you will see at a policy level that will come up. And I truly believe that the Royal Sima region particularly has a great opportunity to leapfrog in agriculture. It has amazingly fertile soil and just giving water to drip and giving extension to the appropriate horticulture crop, I think can truly transform agriculture in that sense. And the last bit I’d like to add is technology plays an important role, more so from the government’s ability to map which commodities are being grown and in what quantities and how should government be prepared, in terms of sale price hikes or slumps.”

Lokesh has been credited with ushering in new technologies in all his work, with focus on transformation of the rural Andhra Pradesh. In May 2018, he won the Business World magazine “Digital Leader of the Year” at the Businessworld Digital India summit in New Delhi, recognizing the best utilization of technology in governance. The same year, the Kalam Centre for Livable Planet Earth and Sustainable Development recognized Lokesh’s efforts in the successful integration of technology in rural governance and awarded the innovation award to Andhra Pradesh in the Panchayat Raj and Rural Development category.

Sharing his thoughts on how Technology can play an important role in rural communities, Lokesh said, “Technology has changed all our lives. India has been lucky. We jumped the PC era and went straight to smartphones. There are more smartphones in India than there are toilets. That’s a known fact. I think that presents a unique opportunity in terms of governance. I think a government’s ability to forecast that, prepare for that, and guide and advise farmers for that, I think will be very important. And that’s something that we are working on this time.”

Lokesh shared a greater vision for Inda to be the leader in world economic growth. According to him, India needs to work on two fundamental things. Number one, India requires a lot of policy intervention at the national level to attract greater investments to our nation. See, today, honestly, it’s not just about competing amongst ourselves as states, but we are also competing with other countries. You know, I am competing with Vietnam to attract electronics investments. I am competing with Ecuador on Aqua exports. I am competing with other countries on Agri commodities. So it is very, very important that we create a very conducive environment for medium, large corporates, global corporates, to look at India. Second, it’s no longer about the ease of doing business. It is about the speed of doing business. So all the business process re-engineering that we are doing in our state is to focus on the speed of doing business.

“We will compete with other states, and we will create a very conducive environment in Andhra Pradesh in terms of attracting investments and grounding those industries,” Lokesh said.

Among the challenges his state faces, Lokesh pointed to how you translate the vision of the Chief Minister down to the grassroots life functioning. So, the Chief Minister has a clear vision to attract investment. At every meeting, he talks about how many jobs we create. “But the problem that I see, even at the grassroots level, at the field level, is there is still the need for greater momentum. The tendency is to tell how not to do things, and that’s the challenge that we struggle with. So we are in the process of bringing about that change, institutional change among the officers, among the political system in Andhra Pradesh to thrive and be very focused on getting investments and creating local jobs.”

On his ambitions to play a national role as leader of India, any role beyond Andhra Pradesh in the coming months and years, Lokesh was very candid. “Politics is one great field where you can positively or negatively influence people’s lives. Being a third-generation politician, I see this as a great opportunity to transform things. There are amazing aspirations at the grassroots level that it is important that we meet those aspirations and deliver and after that, it is for people to decide where I should be. So, you know, we are here. We are here to serve the people. We are here to create amazing policies and investments, create jobs, create ecosystems, and then it is for people to decide whether I should be a Delhi politician or a state politician.”

His advice to everyone, who wants to enter into politics has been, “first, you need to settle down financially. That is very, very important. Be financially stable, and come into politics to serve people. That should be a true calling, nothing but that, when that is clear, come to politics. And the only way that can be clear is when you have financial security when you don’t need to depend on politics for any income.”

Lokesh pointed out how his party has been attracting lots of new first-generation leaders to be part of the government. “I call ourselves as a university. We have this ability to create leaders who want to lead. We create leaders. We give people the opportunity to lead from the front. And if you look at it this time in the 160 seats that we contested, close to 70 of them are actually first-timers. If you look at it as an alliance, 17 out of the 25 ministers are first time ministers. So I think that’s what makes TDP unique.”

Lokesh said, “I think you should take life as it comes. Never carry stress home. There is no need to carry stress. So I believe that the stress of work should be left outside your door. When you go home. You should spend time with your family, no second thoughts about it. What I’ve realized is, when you are stressed and you make decisions, you end up making a lot of mistakes. When I feel a little bit of stress, I should want to breathe, and that de-stresses me, makes me, calm, and that enables me to make good decisions. If you want to achieve greater things in life, and if you want to leapfrog, then you will have to make certain sacrifices. And it’s not just you, it’s also your family. If there are no sacrifices, you really cannot achieve what you want in life.”

Lokesh said that one of the agendas with which his government working is, “how do we double the per capita income of Telugu people here in the US and all across the world. And one thing we want to work with IT services, and how do we skill up all our IT professionals in the US and across the world.” Lokesh commented on the renewed interest among non-resident Telugus and “this greater commitment, that let’s do it now, I see that in everyone. We really want to work hard and really do good for our state and as a Minister and part of a delegation, we are really excited to take all of you back and showcase what you can do best and what are areas that together we can work on in developing the state of Andhra Pradesh.”

According to Lokesh, AI is an area of great interest for us as a state of Andhra Pradesh and is open for doing business. “We are ready. We will match it with the speed of doing business. I am leading a delegation in which we have a very young officer who is the CEO of the economic development board. As you said, all of you have an interest not only in it. It could be tourism, it could be education, it could be healthcare. And as a state, we are ready. We are ready to make this an amazing journey, and together, I believe that all of us can transform the state of Andhra Pradesh.”

For more details, please visit: www.itserve.org

US State Department Denies Reports of Expelling Indian Diplomats Amid Rising India-Canada Tensions

The U.S. State Department has dismissed rumors suggesting that Washington might be expelling Indian diplomats amid recent diplomatic strains involving India and Canada. During a Tuesday press briefing, State Department Spokesperson Matthew Miller clarified that he was unaware of any such measures, affirming that the U.S. had not taken any steps to expel Indian diplomats.

“I am not familiar with this report that we expelled Indian diplomats…I’m not aware of any expulsion,” Miller stated.

These comments come after India’s recent action to recall six of its diplomats from Canada, who had been labeled as “persons of interest” in an investigation by Canadian authorities. This investigation was initiated after the killing of Hardeep Singh Nijjar, a Khalistani activist who was reportedly linked to secessionist activities in India. This incident has spurred diplomatic tensions between the two nations, and there have been concerns that the diplomatic fallout could have broader implications on international relations, including ties with the United States.

The U.S. State Department also addressed questions regarding Vikash Yadav, a former Indian government employee implicated in an alleged assassination attempt on Khalistani activist Gurpatwant Singh Pannun. The assassination plot, which was reportedly foiled, has drawn international attention and raised questions about Yadav’s potential extradition from the U.S. back to India. Miller refrained from providing specific details on this issue but pointed out that any extradition matter falls within the purview of the U.S. Department of Justice.

“I would refer you to the Justice Department on that when it comes to extradition. That’s a legal matter that we differ from DOJ. But I will tell you that we have been in dialogue with the government of India,” Miller explained.

According to Miller, a delegation from India had recently visited the United States to provide an update on their investigation into Yadav’s alleged role in the plot against Pannun. The U.S., in turn, provided details regarding its own investigation, underscoring its commitment to ensuring accountability.

“They sent a delegation here two weeks ago to directly brief US government officials on the status of their investigation, and we briefed them on the status of our investigation. We made it clear that at that meeting, there will be real accountability,” Miller emphasized.

On October 18, the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) took further action by placing Yadav on a wanted list, releasing a poster that identified him as being involved in the failed assassination attempt. The FBI’s move indicates the seriousness of the allegations against Yadav and highlights ongoing security concerns related to transnational plots.

Meanwhile, the Indian Ministry of External Affairs has confirmed that Yadav, who was named in the indictment issued by the U.S. Justice Department in connection with the assassination attempt, is no longer employed by the Indian government. This statement implies a degree of separation between the Indian government and the actions of its former employee, though the matter has continued to generate considerable attention internationally.

As the diplomatic implications of these cases unfold, the U.S. remains clear that its stance towards India is not affected by such developments, and no measures have been taken to expel any Indian diplomats.

India’s Hidden Wealth: Black Money, Corruption, and Multidimensional Poverty

The 2024 Global Multidimensional Poverty Index (MPI) reveals stark realities about poverty, with 1.1 billion people across 112 countries experiencing acute deprivation. India tops the list globally, with 234 million people living in poverty, as reported by the United Nations Development Programme and Oxford’s Poverty and Human Development Initiative. The MPI measures poverty through ten indicators covering health, education, and living standards, mapping deprivation profiles for households across the globe.

Another concerning report, the 2024 Global Hunger Index, ranks India 105th out of 127 countries, labeling the nation’s hunger level as “serious” with a score of 27.3. This raises significant questions about the root causes of poverty and hunger in India, necessitating a shift in perspective to address these pressing issues.

A long-standing issue in Indian governance is black money—illegally acquired income that remains untaxed. Politicians, with a few exceptions, frequently discuss black money yet fail to address its root causes. “As long as there is a criminal-political-bureaucratic-rich nexus in the country, none can solve the problem of Black Money,” underscores the report. This systemic corruption sustains the cycle of wealth inequality and stifles economic progress.

Indian funds in Swiss banks reached a 14-year high in 2021, with 3.83 billion Swiss francs (about 305 billion rupees) deposited by Indian individuals and companies. These deposits have continued to grow, with Russia’s deposits trailing far behind. It’s a “bitter reality” that highlights the volume of Indian black money held securely in Swiss accounts. This situation prompts a stark assertion: “India is a very rich country with economically deprived people.” This contrast raises critical questions: if India is wealthy, where is the wealth concentrated? Why are currency notes worth crores uncovered during election seasons? Recently, unaccounted cash was seized in Maharashtra, further spotlighting the ongoing problem of black money.

A Kotak Wealth Management study estimates that India has approximately 65,000 super-rich households, with a combined wealth of around 45 trillion rupees (US$1 trillion), anticipated to rise to 235 trillion rupees (US$5.3 trillion) in the coming years. Wealthy industrialists, corrupt politicians, and dishonest bureaucrats have stashed away significant funds in foreign accounts. An alarming trend of Indian tourists in Switzerland also points to this illicit flow; in 2023, Indians recorded over 600,000 overnight stays in Swiss hotels, a number expected to reach 900,000 in five years. “Demand from India is growing exponentially,” notes Switzerland Tourism CEO Martin Nydegger. An official monitoring these transactions suspects this surge correlates with the movement of black money.

The persistence of black money abroad erodes the Indian economy, depriving it of wealth essential for growth. Some experts argue that the existence of tax havens facilitates this capital outflow from developing nations to richer nations, framing it as a conspiracy. By supporting tax havens, they assert, developed nations exacerbate capital flight from economically vulnerable countries, weakening their domestic economies.

Wealth disparity is not confined to corporate sectors in India. Religious institutions, too, boast substantial assets. Temples adorned with gold and diamonds, luxurious mosques, marble-built Sikh and Jain temples, and multi-crore ashrams are becoming more common. This competition among religious groups mirrors corporate infrastructure, indicating another dimension of wealth disparity. “Unequal distribution of wealth and unaccounted money are the real causes for poverty and the presence of the economically backward and marginalized people in India,” the article suggests, with blame placed on self-serving corporate interests, unprincipled politicians, corrupt bureaucrats, and influential religious leaders.

In India, the links between politicians, bureaucrats, and corporations facilitate an extensive network of illegal wealth preservation. Regardless of political affiliation, the media regularly reports on multi-crore rupee transactions involving public officials. The rapid financial growth of certain members of the Legislative Assembly or Parliament often raises questions: “How does a simple MLA or MP or a government official earn crores of rupees within a short period?” This accumulation of wealth among public officials highlights systemic corruption, especially when well-connected individuals enjoy privileges even while imprisoned. Money power sustains their influence, which leaves the common citizens sidelined.

The Indian government has enacted several laws to counter black money and corruption, yet these laws rarely deliver tangible results. Notable laws include The Fugitive Economic Offenders Act (2018), The Central Goods and Services Tax Act (2017), The Benami Transactions (Prohibition) Amendment Act (2016), The Black Money (Undisclosed Foreign Income and Assets) and Imposition of Tax Act (2015), and the Prevention of Money Laundering Act (2002). These laws aim to curb illicit wealth; however, their impact remains largely confined to paper. The irony lies in the existence of these laws amidst ongoing illegal transactions and unaccounted wealth held domestically and abroad.

Renowned Indian poet Rabindranath Tagore’s words reflect the collective hope for change: “This is my prayer to thee, my Lord… give me the strength never to disown the poor… and help me to build a country where the mind is without fear and the head is held high and where the people are not broken up into fragments of narrow domestic walls of disparities and discriminations.” Beyond this sentiment, the article emphasizes the responsibility of every citizen to pursue personal transformation and actively participate in enforcing existing laws to combat black money and corruption.

Indian PM Modi Warns Against ‘Digital Arrest’ Scams: Protect Yourself with These Steps

Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi recently addressed the alarming rise of a sophisticated online scam referred to as “digital arrest,” cautioning citizens to stay vigilant. The scam has already cost unsuspecting victims millions of rupees, as fraudsters pose as police or tax officials and use elaborate tactics to convince their targets of false legal charges, often presented over video calls. This scam typically starts with the scammers introducing themselves as law enforcement officials, and they claim to have incriminating evidence against their victims, compelling them to cooperate by staying at home under a so-called “digital arrest.”

Modi clarified that there is no such concept as “digital arrest” in Indian law, stressing that no legitimate law enforcement or government agency would request sensitive personal information via phone or video calls. “The fraudsters impersonate police, Central Bureau of Investigation, narcotics, and at times central bank officials,” Modi explained, shedding light on the wide range of authority figures these scammers pretend to be.

These scammers go to great lengths to appear authentic. They typically operate from setups designed to mimic police stations, tax offices, or investigative agencies. This includes a backdrop that resembles official offices and uniforms that add an aura of legitimacy to their deception. In some cases, they even produce convincing but entirely fake ID cards. Through these means, the scammers successfully gain the trust of their victims by appearing as genuine officers or officials.

In typical scam scenarios, the victim is accused of serious offenses, often involving claims about illegal goods or illicit activity. Scammers might allege that the victim’s phone number has been linked to illegal activities, or that a package in their name contains illegal drugs. As part of their tactics, they may also employ deepfake technology to create fake videos or show fabricated arrest warrants, which appear convincing enough to unsettle victims into compliance.

Instances of this scam are becoming increasingly common. One recent case in August involved police in Bengaluru apprehending multiple individuals after a victim lost more than 20 million rupees (approximately $237,000 or £183,000) to this fraud. The victim was manipulated over a WhatsApp call where scammers claimed that a parcel addressed to him contained the banned substance MDMA. They demanded payment, threatening him with legal consequences if he failed to comply.

The fraudulent activities have reached notable figures as well. Maala Parvathi, a prominent actor in Malayalam-language cinema, recounted her experience of nearly falling victim to the scam. She disclosed to the media that scammers approached her with what appeared to be legitimate ID cards, identifying themselves as officers from the Mumbai Police. In a series of startling accusations, they alleged that she was involved in smuggling drugs to Taiwan and proceeded to place her under a “digital arrest” for further questioning. However, Parvathi was quick to recognize the ruse before any money exchanged hands.

Prime Minister Modi’s nationwide warning included a set of three essential steps to safeguard oneself against such scams. “First, stay calm and do not panic. Record or take a screen recording if possible,” Modi advised, highlighting the importance of maintaining composure when faced with threats from these fraudsters. “Second, remember that no government agency will threaten you online,” he emphasized, clarifying that genuine law enforcement procedures are not carried out through digital intimidation.

Lastly, Modi urged victims to report such incidents promptly. “Take action by calling the national cyber helpline and also inform police about the crime,” he said, underscoring the need for individuals to seek help from official channels. By following these steps, citizens can reduce their risk of falling prey to this scam, which continues to target individuals across various social and financial strata.

India’s Global Influence and Role in Shaping Multilateral Reform: Nirmala Sitharaman’s Address

India’s technological leadership and growing influence in global corporate systems are impossible to overlook, as highlighted by Union Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman. Speaking at the panel discussion “Bretton Woods Institutions at 80: Priorities for the Next Decade” during the World Bank and International Monetary Fund (IMF) Annual Meetings in 2024 in Washington, DC, she emphasized India’s pivotal role in shaping global corporate systems, particularly through technology. “You cannot ignore us when it comes to technology and servicing through technology,” she said, underscoring India’s role in diverse industries, from oil refining to multilateral banking systems. Her remarks were part of a broader discussion on the role of emerging markets in global reform efforts.

Sitharaman stressed the need for international institutions to adapt to the changing world and play a proactive role in global development. She urged the Bretton Woods institutions to be more forward-thinking, encouraging them to innovate and collaborate on long-term goals, rather than simply reacting to crises. As she pointed out, India has been a steadfast supporter of multilateral institutions, but she voiced concerns that these institutions are failing to meet expectations. “Expectations pinned on multilateral institutions are fissured away because no solutions are coming out of them,” she explained.

India’s backing of multilateralism has remained strong, but Sitharaman expressed the need for reform within these institutions to address global challenges effectively. “They should be the first to share information and suggest solutions, not impose them,” she remarked. This appeal to reform was not only a call to action but also a reflection of India’s desire to see these institutions take a more active role in addressing global challenges and shaping the future.

India’s Growing Global Dominance

Sitharaman also spoke about India’s expanding influence on the global stage, emphasizing the significance of its rapidly growing economy and large population. “One in every six persons in the world is Indian,” she stated, highlighting that no country, including the United States or China, can afford to overlook India’s impact. This assertion goes beyond economic statistics; it reflects the importance of India’s contributions to global development and governance. She emphasized that India’s influence is not about imposing dominance but about enhancing its global role through peaceful and strategic multilateralism.

With the largest democracy and population in the world, India’s voice is increasingly important in global conversations. Sitharaman pointed out that India is not looking to dominate but to be a constructive and influential player in the global arena. “It’s not about imposing dominance but enhancing influence,” she said, pointing to India’s role in shaping multilateral strategies that emphasize cooperation and peaceful progress.

Commitment to Climate Resilience and Disaster Management

India’s domestic policies and initiatives were also central to Sitharaman’s speech. She highlighted India’s focus on building resilience in the face of climate change and disaster management. A key example she provided was India’s response to Cyclone Amphan in 2020, during which 2.4 million people were evacuated in a coordinated effort that demonstrated both infrastructure readiness and institutional capacity. “India has ensured resilient economic growth not only by investing in hard infrastructure but also by building institutional capacity,” she noted, showcasing the country’s long-term commitment to resilience.

India’s leadership in the Global South has been a defining feature of its international diplomacy. Under India’s presidency of the G20, a Disaster Risk Reduction Working Group was established to enhance global resilience against climate-induced risks. Sitharaman emphasized that India is not just taking these initiatives on behalf of itself but is actively sharing best practices and knowledge with other countries to foster global resilience. By doing so, India is playing a key role in leading international efforts to strengthen disaster management frameworks and financial systems to better respond to crises.

India’s Role in Multilateral Institutions

Sitharaman’s address came at a time when multilateral institutions, such as the IMF and World Bank, are facing criticism for not effectively addressing the evolving challenges of the 21st century. In her speech, she acknowledged the historical role that India has played in supporting these institutions, but she also expressed dissatisfaction with their current performance. She emphasized that these institutions must do more to meet global needs. “They should be the first to share information and suggest solutions, not impose them,” she reiterated, pointing out that multilateral institutions need to be reformed to remain relevant and effective in the coming decades.

Sitharaman’s comments echoed broader concerns about the need for reform in global governance structures. She argued that the Bretton Woods institutions should focus on long-term solutions that promote global stability and growth rather than reacting to immediate crises. By being proactive and encouraging innovation and collaboration, these institutions can help shape a more resilient and prosperous world.

The panel discussion included several prominent global figures, including Lawrence H. Summers, Emeritus President of Harvard University, Spain’s Minister of Economy Carlos Cuerpo, and Egypt’s Minister of Economic Development Rania A. Al Mashat. The dialogue focused on the future of multilateralism and the evolving role of institutions like the IMF and World Bank in addressing global challenges.

India’s Contributions Through Digital Infrastructure

In her closing remarks, Sitharaman highlighted India’s contributions to the world, particularly through digital public infrastructure. She noted that India has publicly funded and shared its digital systems with other countries, marking a significant step in international cooperation. “Through the digital public infrastructure that we have publicly funded and shared with different countries, we are making our mark,” she said, demonstrating India’s commitment to using its technological advancements for global good.

India’s role in leading global efforts, particularly in areas like digital infrastructure, climate resilience, and multilateral reform, is increasingly significant. Sitharaman’s speech reflected India’s growing confidence on the world stage and its willingness to take on greater responsibilities in global governance. As the country continues to expand its influence, the world can no longer afford to ignore India’s contributions to shaping a more cooperative and resilient global order.

Nirmala Sitharaman’s remarks underscored India’s leadership in global technology, its unwavering support for multilateral institutions, and its commitment to fostering resilience and innovation. Her call for reform within international organizations, combined with India’s growing influence, highlights the country’s role as a key player in shaping the future of global governance. As India continues to rise, it is clear that the world must take notice of its contributions and leadership.

Priyanka Gandhi Vadra Files Nomination for Wayanad Bypoll Amid Grand Roadshow and Support

On Wednesday, October 23, 2024, Congress general secretary Priyanka Gandhi Vadra officially entered the political arena by filing her nomination for the Wayanad Lok Sabha bypoll. Accompanied by prominent leaders including her mother, Sonia Gandhi, her brother, Leader of the Opposition in Lok Sabha Rahul Gandhi, Congress president Mallikarjun Kharge, her husband Robert Vadra, and other national and state Congress leaders, Priyanka made her move in what could be a significant political event for the Congress party.

Before filing her nomination papers, Priyanka led a massive roadshow through Kalpetta in Wayanad. The roadshow began around 11:45 a.m. and gathered considerable public attention as it proceeded through the town. It was a key part of her electoral campaign for the bypoll. Alongside her were her brother Rahul, her husband Robert Vadra, one of their children, as well as senior leaders from the All India Congress Committee (AICC) and United Democratic Front (UDF).

The enthusiasm among supporters was palpable as thousands gathered to witness the spectacle, with party workers and UDF leaders joining in the march. This show of strength aimed to garner support for Priyanka’s candidacy in Wayanad, a constituency that had become vacant after her brother, Rahul Gandhi, decided to step down after also winning from Rae Bareli. The bypoll has thus opened the door for Priyanka’s entry into active electoral politics.

Addressing the crowd after the roadshow, Priyanka shared memories of her early involvement in politics. She recalled how she began campaigning in 1989, at the young age of 17, to support her father, the late Rajiv Gandhi. She expressed her gratitude and sense of privilege in being chosen to represent the people of Wayanad. “It is an honour for me to represent the people of Wayanad. I have been touched by the courage and resilience displayed by the people, especially during the devastating landslides that hit the district,” she said in her speech, striking a chord with her audience.

Following Priyanka’s speech, her brother Rahul Gandhi also took to the stage to speak to the public. Rahul, who had represented the Wayanad constituency in the 2019 elections and retained his seat until 2024, expressed his belief in Priyanka’s ability to serve the people of Wayanad well. “Once my sister wins, the people of Wayanad will have two MPs,” he said, referring to the continued support he would provide to the region, even though he is no longer the official representative.

“I will be the unofficial MP of the people of Wayanad,” Rahul Gandhi added, emphasizing his connection to the constituency and his commitment to its people. He appealed to the crowd to take care of his sister and vote for her in the bypoll, making it clear that the family and the Congress party were fully behind her candidacy.

Congress president Mallikarjun Kharge also offered his support to Priyanka during the event. Kharge praised Priyanka’s dedication to the people of Wayanad, noting that she was not there just to file her nomination, but to stand up as a “relentless champion” for the people of the district. “Bless her, and she will deliver the results,” Kharge urged the crowd, reinforcing the message of confidence in Priyanka’s potential as a representative.

After the public address and roadshow, Priyanka proceeded to the Wayanad Collectorate to submit her official nomination papers to District Collector D.R. Meghashree. This marked the formal beginning of her electoral contest in the constituency, which is expected to be a closely watched race.

The roadshow in Kalpetta was a significant political event in its own right, as it showcased the strength of the Congress party in Wayanad and the support Priyanka Gandhi Vadra has within the party. Thousands of supporters lined the streets, and it was clear that the Congress had pulled out all the stops to make this event a success. Leaders from the UDF and Congress were seen alongside her, boosting the morale of the party’s workers and supporters.

Priyanka’s arrival in Wayanad took place the night before, on Tuesday, October 22. She and her mother, Sonia Gandhi, reached Sulthan Bathery in Wayanad around 9 p.m., in preparation for the nomination filing. They were joined by Congress chief Mallikarjun Kharge and chief ministers from a few Congress-ruled states, who were all in Wayanad to support Priyanka in her roadshow and nomination process.

The Wayanad bypoll is seen as a crucial moment for the Congress party, particularly with Priyanka Gandhi Vadra being the latest member of the influential Gandhi family to make her electoral debut. She joins a long line of Gandhis who have contested elections, and this bypoll is viewed as a significant step in her political career.

However, the bypoll will not be an uncontested race. Priyanka will face stiff competition from candidates of other major political parties. The main contenders are Sathyan Mokeri from the Left Democratic Front (LDF) and Navya Haridas from the Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP). Both candidates are expected to present a challenge to Priyanka, making this an intense battle for the seat.

Rahul Gandhi, who has been a strong advocate for Priyanka’s candidacy, took to social media to express his confidence in his sister. On Tuesday, he posted on X, stating, “The people of Wayanad hold a special place in my heart, and I can’t imagine a better representative for them than my sister, @priyankagandhi. I’m confident she will be a passionate champion of Wayanad’s needs and a powerful voice in Parliament.” His message further highlighted the significance of Priyanka’s candidacy, not just for the Gandhi family but for the Congress party as a whole.

As the Wayanad bypoll campaign moves forward, all eyes will be on Priyanka Gandhi Vadra and her ability to mobilize support in the constituency. With the backing of top Congress leaders and her family, her entry into electoral politics could mark the beginning of a new chapter for both her and the Congress party in Kerala.

J&K Cabinet Passes Resolution to Restore Statehood, Omar Abdullah Set to Meet PM

The Jammu and Kashmir (J&K) Cabinet has passed a resolution urging the Union Government to restore statehood to the region. The resolution, backed by the entire Cabinet, has received the necessary clearance from Lieutenant Governor (L-G) Manoj Sinha. With this approval, Chief Minister Omar Abdullah is expected to visit New Delhi soon to meet with Prime Minister Narendra Modi and other Union Ministers to press the issue.

On Saturday, L-G Sinha also administered the oath of office to National Conference leader Mubarak Gul as the pro-tem Speaker of the J&K Legislative Assembly. The oath ceremony took place at Raj Bhawan, with several prominent figures in attendance, including Chief Minister Omar Abdullah, Deputy Chief Minister Surinder Choudhary, Cabinet ministers, Chief Secretary Atal Dulloo, and the Chief Minister’s Advisor, Nasir Aslam Wani.

Mubarak Gul, who won the recent Assembly elections from the Eidgah constituency in Srinagar, will have the important responsibility of administering the oath to the newly-elected Members of the Legislative Assembly (MLAs) on October 21. This marks a significant step in the ongoing political process in Jammu and Kashmir after the recent elections.

The resolution to restore statehood to Jammu and Kashmir was the top agenda item in the J&K Cabinet meeting chaired by Omar Abdullah on Thursday. The Cabinet unanimously passed the resolution, signaling a strong push for the restoration of statehood “in its original form.” After the Cabinet’s approval, the resolution was sent to L-G Sinha for his endorsement, as required under the transaction of business rules. According to these rules, all proposals for discussion by the Cabinet must be sent to the L-G at least two days before the meeting.

In a government statement issued on Saturday, the restoration of statehood was described as the beginning of a “healing process” for the people of Jammu and Kashmir. “The restoration of statehood will be a beginning of a healing process, reclaiming the constitutional rights and protecting identity of people of Jammu and Kashmir,” the statement said.

The J&K Cabinet also empowered Chief Minister Omar Abdullah to take up the matter of statehood restoration with the Prime Minister and the Union Government. This move aligns with the new government’s policy focus on protecting the unique identity and constitutional rights of the people of Jammu and Kashmir. “Protection of J&K’s unique identity and constitutional rights of people remains the cornerstone of the newly elected government’s policy,” the government added in its statement.

Despite the significant step taken by the government in pushing for statehood, the Omar Abdullah administration has faced criticism from opposition parties for focusing on statehood rather than advocating for the revocation of Article 370, which was revoked by the Indian government in 2019. Some opposition members have questioned why the statehood resolution was routed through the Cabinet rather than tackling the issue of Article 370 directly.

In response to these criticisms, government officials clarified that the matters of statehood and Article 370 fall under different jurisdictions. According to sources, “Article 370 is the purview of the legislature while statehood is the purview of the government. Hence, the statehood resolution has come first.” Chief Minister Omar Abdullah reiterated this point in a tweet on the social media platform X, formerly known as Twitter, on Saturday morning, making it clear that the restoration of statehood is the first step in addressing the broader political situation in J&K.

Additionally, the J&K Cabinet made an important decision regarding the scheduling of the Legislative Assembly’s next session. It was decided that the Assembly will be summoned in Srinagar on November 4. The Cabinet also advised the Lieutenant Governor to address the Legislative Assembly at the start of this session, as is customary. The draft address for the L-G’s speech to the Assembly was presented to the Council of Ministers, who agreed that it would require further consideration and discussion before being finalized.

Mubarak Gul’s new role as pro-tem Speaker and his responsibility in swearing in the newly elected MLAs signifies another important development in the region’s political timeline. Gul, a prominent leader in the National Conference party, will oversee the ceremonial beginning of the Assembly’s work, marking a new phase in the political activities of Jammu and Kashmir post-election.

This move towards restoring statehood comes amid rising political expectations in the region following the elections, and it is a significant political statement from the newly elected government. The resolution signals the Abdullah administration’s intention to restore Jammu and Kashmir’s autonomy, which had been downgraded to a Union Territory following the revocation of Article 370 in August 2019. While the revocation of Article 370 remains a contentious issue, the restoration of statehood is seen as a crucial first step in addressing the aspirations of the people in Jammu and Kashmir.

For Chief Minister Omar Abdullah and his government, the next steps will be crucial. The upcoming meeting with Prime Minister Modi and other senior members of the Union Government will be vital in determining the course of action for the restoration of statehood. The resolution reflects the collective will of the J&K Cabinet, and now the Abdullah government must navigate the complexities of national politics to see this resolution through.

As the political situation unfolds, it remains to be seen how the Union Government will respond to the statehood resolution. The restoration of statehood to Jammu and Kashmir would be a significant shift in the region’s political status and could pave the way for further discussions on other pressing issues, including Article 370.

In the meantime, the focus will remain on the developments in Srinagar, where the newly elected MLAs are set to take their oaths and begin their legislative duties. The political landscape of Jammu and Kashmir continues to evolve, with the resolution for statehood standing as a testament to the region’s desire for greater autonomy and constitutional rights. Whether this resolution leads to tangible changes in the region’s status remains to be seen, but it is undoubtedly a crucial step in the ongoing efforts to address the complex political and constitutional issues surrounding Jammu and Kashmir.

This political process, marked by the push for statehood restoration and the ceremonial beginning of the new Assembly, symbolizes a new chapter for Jammu and Kashmir as it continues to seek its place within the broader framework of Indian democracy. The Abdullah government’s efforts will be closely watched, both within the region and across the country, as they seek to bring about lasting change for the people of Jammu and Kashmir.

India Among Top Five Countries with Highest Poverty Levels, Says UN Report

India is one of the five countries globally with the highest number of people living in acute poverty, according to a new report by the United Nations Development Programme (UNDP) and the Oxford Poverty and Human Development Initiative (OPHI). The report revealed that 1.1 billion people around the world live in severe poverty, with more than half of them being children.

The recently updated Multidimensional Poverty Index (MPI) was published on Thursday by UNDP in collaboration with OPHI, based at the University of Oxford. It highlighted that a staggering 1.1 billion people are experiencing acute poverty across the globe. Around 40 percent of these individuals live in countries that are plagued by war, conflict, or low levels of peace, based on at least one of three commonly used conflict-related datasets.

India, which ranks in the medium category on the Human Development Index (HDI), has 234 million people living in poverty, making it one of the five countries with the largest populations of impoverished individuals. The other countries on this list include Pakistan, where 93 million people live in poverty; Ethiopia, with 86 million; Nigeria, with 74 million; and the Democratic Republic of the Congo, with 66 million. All of these nations, except India, are classified as having low HDI rankings.

Together, these five nations account for nearly half, or 48.1 percent, of the 1.1 billion people who are considered poor worldwide, the report stated.

Additionally, the report emphasized the devastating impact of conflict on poverty levels, stating, “A staggering 455 million of the world’s poor live in countries exposed to violent conflict, which is hindering and even reversing hard-won progress to reduce poverty.”

Achim Steiner, UNDP Administrator, noted that the consequences of conflict have grown worse in recent years. “Conflicts have intensified and multiplied in recent years, reaching new highs in casualties, displacing record millions of people, and causing widespread disruption to lives and livelihoods,” Steiner said. He added, “Our new research shows that of the 1.1 billion people living in multidimensional poverty, almost half a billion live in countries exposed to violent conflict. We must accelerate action to support them.”

Steiner also called for more resources to address the crisis, urging, “We need resources and access for specialized development and early recovery interventions to help break the cycle of poverty and crisis.”

One of the most alarming aspects of the report is that over half of those living in poverty are children. Of the 1.1 billion poor individuals, 584 million are minors, meaning that 27.9 percent of children globally are in poverty, compared to 13.5 percent of adults.

The MPI report provided further insights into the daily struggles of those living in poverty. A significant number of impoverished people lack access to basic necessities such as sanitation, housing, and clean cooking fuel. According to the report, 828 million poor people live without adequate sanitation, 886 million live in inadequate housing, and 998 million lack clean cooking fuel. Additionally, 637 million poor individuals live in households where at least one member is undernourished.

The situation is particularly dire in certain regions. In South Asia, 272 million poor people live in households where at least one person is undernourished. Similarly, in Sub-Saharan Africa, 256 million individuals face this same hardship.

The report also revealed a stark urban-rural divide when it comes to poverty. A vast majority—83.7 percent—of poor individuals live in rural areas, which means that across all regions, people in rural areas are far more likely to live in poverty compared to their urban counterparts. Globally, 28 percent of the rural population is poor, compared to just 6.6 percent of those living in urban areas.

The MPI data also showed that 218 million people, or 19 percent of those in poverty, live in countries that have been affected by war. Nearly 40 percent of poor people worldwide—approximately 455 million—reside in countries experiencing war, fragility, or low levels of peacefulness. The report cited at least one of three widely accepted definitions of conflict to reach these conclusions.

In war-affected countries, poverty rates are much higher compared to those in nations that have not experienced significant conflict. For example, the report noted that the poverty rate in countries affected by conflict is 34.8 percent, which is significantly higher than the 10.9 percent rate found in nations not affected by war or only experiencing minor conflicts. Moreover, in fragile or low-peacefulness nations, the incidence of poverty is more than double that of more stable countries.

The 2024 MPI report stands out for its focus on the relationship between conflict and poverty. It presents original statistical research on poverty in 112 countries, covering 6.3 billion people globally. The report also includes a detailed analysis of how conflict affects poverty and well-being.

It is important to note that due to data limitations, the global MPI was measured over a ten-year period from 2012 to 2023. This extended period was used to ensure the creation of a comparable index for global poverty levels and trends. Despite these limitations, the report provides valuable insights into the ongoing challenge of eradicating poverty worldwide.

The findings of this report come at a critical time, as international efforts to alleviate poverty are facing setbacks due to increasing conflicts, displacement, and economic hardships in many regions. The report’s call for immediate action highlights the urgency of addressing the cycle of poverty, especially in countries most affected by war and conflict.

As the world continues to grapple with multiple crises, including economic instability, the global community will need to focus its efforts on supporting vulnerable populations and providing the resources necessary for sustainable development. Only by addressing the root causes of poverty—such as conflict, inequality, and lack of access to essential services—can progress be made toward reducing poverty and improving the lives of millions of people worldwide.

India’s Hunger Crisis: Undernourished Population Could Rank Seventh Largest Globally

The 2024 Global Hunger Index (GHI) highlights a shocking reality about hunger in India: the country’s undernourished population, which is approximately 200 million people, would be comparable to the population of Brazil, ranking as the seventh largest country in the world. This means that around 14% of India’s total population is undernourished, an alarming statistic that casts doubt on the country’s ability to ensure basic food and nutrition for its people. The GHI, in its 19th edition, uses comprehensive data to determine global hunger levels, and in India’s case, it specifically relies on data from the Sample Registration System (SRS) statistical reports. These reports are published annually by the Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation and include essential information on births, deaths, and both infant and maternal mortality rates. Other contributing data sources are the Ministry of Women and Child Development and NITI Aayog.

The 2024 GHI analyzed 127 countries, with rankings ranging from “low” to “extremely alarming.” India was classified as “serious,” ranking 105th with a score of 27.3. However, some argue that the situation in India could be seen as “extremely alarming” when considering other relevant factors, including the systemic failure to provide adequate food and nutrition. The GHI underscores how critical food security is for realizing the so-called “demographic dividend,” a term frequently used to describe India’s young and rapidly growing population as an economic asset. However, the inability to meet basic nutritional needs severely undermines this potential.

India, which was the fastest-growing economy in 2024, achieved a growth rate of 6.8% with an estimated GDP close to $4 trillion, making it the fifth largest economy globally. Despite this, the country’s per capita income of $2,485 was less than a quarter of the global average of $13,920 as of 2022. This vast income inequality plays a significant role in the varied disposable incomes across the country, which affects access to basic necessities like food. Food inflation, in particular, has surged dramatically between 2022 and 2024, rising from 3.8% to 7.5%. This inflation disproportionately impacts the poor, making it even harder for vulnerable populations to afford nutritious food.

The 2023-24 Economic Survey attributes the rise in food prices to several factors, including extreme weather events, low water reservoir levels, and damaged crops, all of which have negatively affected farm output. However, these challenges have coincided with one of India’s highest levels of food production, reaching 332 million tonnes in the 2023-24 period. The rise in food production was mainly driven by bumper harvests of rice and wheat, though pulses and vegetables were significantly affected by extreme weather conditions.

Despite high food production, India’s alarming infant mortality rate and child malnutrition statistics indicate severe shortcomings in its healthcare and social safety systems. In 2022, India’s infant mortality rate was 26 per 1,000 live births, which is close to the global average of 28 per 1,000. More troubling are the rates of child stunting and wasting, which stand at 35.5% and 18.7%, respectively. These figures reveal the extent to which India’s young children are affected by malnutrition, as stunting refers to children who are too short for their age, while wasting describes children who are too thin for their height.

These health indicators paint a dire picture of India’s food security and public health system, particularly when compared with global benchmarks. India’s struggle with child malnutrition has long been recognized, yet significant progress remains elusive. Experts point to various causes, including inadequate healthcare infrastructure, insufficient access to nutritious food, and systemic poverty, which continues to leave millions of children at risk of malnutrition-related complications.

Adding to the complexity of this crisis is the growing impact of climate change, which has already started to affect India’s food security. Extreme weather events such as floods, droughts, and heatwaves have become more frequent, disrupting crop cycles and threatening future food production. India’s ability to feed its population is becoming increasingly precarious as climate change continues to challenge its agricultural output and disrupt food supply chains.

Though India has seen impressive economic growth, the benefits of this growth have not been distributed equally across its population. Income inequality remains a significant issue, contributing to disparities in access to food and basic services. While the country’s overall wealth has increased, many Indians still struggle to meet their daily nutritional needs. This is especially true for those living in rural areas, where poverty rates are higher, and access to healthcare and nutritious food is more limited.

The rising costs of essential food items, driven by inflation, exacerbate the hunger crisis. With food inflation more than doubling between 2022 and 2024, many families find it increasingly difficult to afford nutritious meals. The Economic Survey’s acknowledgment of food inflation being driven by extreme weather and crop damage highlights the intersection of economic and environmental challenges that India faces in its quest for food security.

Despite the grim statistics, the Indian government has implemented various initiatives to combat hunger and malnutrition. Programs such as the Public Distribution System (PDS), which provides subsidized food to millions of low-income households, and the Midday Meal Scheme, aimed at providing nutritious meals to schoolchildren, are essential components of India’s food security strategy. However, the effectiveness of these programs has been questioned, particularly in reaching the most vulnerable populations and addressing the underlying causes of hunger.

India’s food security is further complicated by its rapid population growth. With a population exceeding 1.4 billion, the country must continuously increase its food production to meet rising demand. Yet, even with record-high food production levels, access to nutritious food remains a challenge for many, particularly those living in poverty. This paradox underscores the complexity of India’s hunger crisis, where the availability of food does not necessarily translate into equitable access.

The 2024 Global Hunger Index serves as a stark reminder of the challenges India faces in ensuring food security for its population. With roughly 200 million undernourished people, the country’s hunger crisis is not only a humanitarian concern but also a threat to its economic future. As income inequality persists, inflation rises, and climate change continues to affect agricultural output, India must address these systemic issues to protect its most vulnerable citizens from hunger and malnutrition. The failure to do so will have far-reaching consequences, not only for the health and well-being of its population but also for its long-term economic growth and stability.

Omar Abdullah Sworn in as Chief Minister of Jammu and Kashmir with Surinder Kumar Choudhary as Deputy Chief Minister

On Wednesday, Omar Abdullah, the vice-president of the National Conference (NC), was officially sworn in as the Chief Minister of Jammu and Kashmir, with Surinder Kumar Choudhary, representing the Jammu region, taking the oath as Deputy Chief Minister. The ceremony took place in Srinagar, presided over by Lieutenant Governor Manoj Sinha.

Accompanying Mr. Abdullah were five legislators, consisting of three from the Jammu region and two from the Kashmir Valley, who also took their oaths as Ministers. Mr. Choudhary earned his position by defeating BJP leader Ravinder Raina in the Nowshera constituency of Jammu. Abdullah remarked that the structure of the Council of Ministers was “meant to convey a message” to the Jammu region, which saw the BJP win 29 out of 43 seats in the recent elections.

In his address, Mr. Abdullah stated, “I fulfilled the promise of giving representation to all the regions equally. We made Deputy Chief Minister from Jammu so that they will feel they are equally part of the government. There are three more ministries that will be filled soon. Our endeavour will be to walk together.”

Among those who were sworn in as Ministers were Satish Sharma from Jammu’s Chamb constituency, Sakina Yatoo from south Kashmir’s D.H. Pora constituency, Javid Dar from north Kashmir’s Rafiabad constituency, Mr. Choudhary from Jammu’s Nowshera constituency, and Javid Rana from Jammu’s Mendhar constituency. NC president Farooq Abdullah expressed his optimism about the government’s intentions, stating, “The government will treat both the regions equally and will also end the suffering of people.”

This marks Mr. Abdullah’s second term as Chief Minister, having previously served in the role starting in 2009. He has the distinction of being the first Chief Minister of the Union Territory of Jammu and Kashmir after the Central government revoked the region’s special status in 2019 and conferred greater powers to the Lieutenant Governor.

Addressing the challenges ahead, Mr. Abdullah noted, “I was the last Chief Minister to serve a full six-year term. Now I will be the first Chief Minister of the Union territory of Jammu and Kashmir. I am happy about the last distinction of serving six years. Being a Chief Minister of a Union Territory is a different matter altogether. It has its own challenges. I hope that the status of a Union Territory is a temporary one,” he stated prior to the swearing-in ceremony.

After the ceremony, Mr. Abdullah received a guard of honour at the Civil Secretariat in Srinagar and conducted his initial meeting with senior officials. In his first directive, he instructed the Director General of Police (DGP) to avoid creating a “green corridor” or causing traffic disruptions during his movements. “I have instructed him [the DGP] to minimise public inconvenience and the use of sirens is to be minimal. The use of any stick waving or aggressive gestures is to be totally avoided,” Mr. Abdullah emphasized, urging his fellow Cabinet Ministers to adopt a similar mindset.

In the Union Territory of Jammu and Kashmir, there are only ten ministerial positions available, including the Chief Minister’s role. Notably, none of the six Congress legislators took their oaths, even though they are part of the coalition. Ghulam Ahmad Mir, the leader of the Congress Legislature Party, stated, “None of the elected members took oath before the Lieutenant Governor. It is a mark of our protest against Prime Minister Narendra Modi for not restoring statehood.”

Congress president Mallikarjun Kharge reiterated the party’s commitment to statehood, stating that “statehood remains its first priority.”

The swearing-in ceremony was attended by several leaders from the INDIA bloc, including prominent Congress figures such as Rahul Gandhi, Mallikarjun Kharge, and Priyanka Vadra. The event also saw participation from other political leaders, including former Uttar Pradesh Chief Minister Akhilesh Yadav of the Samajwadi Party, CPI(M) leaders Prakash Karat and D. Raja, and Members of Parliament Kanimozhi and Supriya Sule. Former Chief Minister Mehbooba Mufti and MP Sheikh Rashid were also present at the event.

BJP leader Ravinder Raina extended his congratulations to Mr. Abdullah, expressing hope that the new government would work towards “peace and progress.” He added, “I am confident they will further strengthen peace and tranquillity of past 10 years.”

It is noteworthy that none of the 29 BJP legislators attended the swearing-in ceremony in Srinagar.

Church Delegation Seeks Affirmative Action for Dalit Christians

A church delegation has called upon a government-appointed panel to extend affirmative action benefits to Dalit Christians, whose ancestors were historically classified as untouchable within India’s rigid caste-based social structure. The delegation, comprising 15 members, met with a commission led by retired Chief Justice of India K.G. Balakrishnan to discuss the ongoing marginalization of Dalit Christians. According to Father Anthony Raj Thumma, a member of the delegation, the group presented their concerns regarding the hardships faced by Dalit Christians.

In 2022, Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s government established a three-member commission to examine whether Dalit individuals who have converted to Christianity or Islam should be entitled to the same social welfare benefits currently available to Dalits of Hindu, Buddhist, and Sikh faiths. Father Thumma, who also serves as the secretary of the Indian bishops’ Office for Ecumenism, shared that the commission listened attentively to their appeal and requested additional clarifications.

On October 12, the delegation, led by Montfort Brother Jos Daniel, met with the commission in New Delhi, where they submitted a memorandum expressing their grievances. India is home to 201 million Dalits, and nearly 60 percent of the country’s 25 million Christians can trace their roots to Dalit or tribal communities. Despite legal progress, such as the 1955 law making untouchability a criminal offense, social discrimination against Dalits persists in various forms.

Despite the law, Dalit Christians and Muslims have been excluded from affirmative action benefits for the last seven decades. This exclusion stems from the argument that Christianity and Islam do not adhere to the hierarchical Hindu caste system, which has historically defined Dalit identity. As a result, successive governments have denied them access to the social welfare programs designed to assist Dalits. These programs, which were introduced under India’s constitution, are aimed at integrating Dalits—officially referred to as Scheduled Castes (SCs)—into mainstream society. The benefits include reserved seats in educational institutions, job quotas, and representation in legislative bodies.

The roots of this exclusion can be traced back to a presidential order issued in 1950, which limited these benefits to Dalit Hindus on the grounds that the Dalit caste only existed within Hinduism. However, amendments to the order later included Dalit Sikhs and Buddhists in the list of those eligible for benefits. Dalit Christians, however, continue to be excluded, and Church leaders have long argued that conversion to Christianity does not eradicate the socio-economic disadvantages associated with being a Dalit. They maintain that Dalit Christians experience “double discrimination”—not only are they ostracized by society, but they are also neglected by the government in terms of social welfare.

Two decades ago, leaders from the Christian and Muslim communities jointly filed a petition with India’s Supreme Court, calling for an end to the discrimination faced by Dalit Christians and Muslims. The court is expected to address the issue next month, following the release of the commission’s findings.

This is not the first time a government commission has studied the question of extending SC status to Dalit Christians and Muslims. Two previous panels, the Ranganath Misra Commission in 2004 and the Rajinder Sachar Commission in 2005, both recommended granting affirmative action benefits to Dalit Christians and Muslims. These commissions argued that converting to religions such as Christianity and Islam—often described as “egalitarian” faiths—had not significantly improved the socio-economic conditions of Dalit converts.

Despite these recommendations, the Modi government rejected the proposals made by the earlier commissions. Instead, they formed a new panel under the leadership of Justice Balakrishnan, who himself hails from the Dalit community. The current commission has been consulting with various stakeholders, including Church officials and Muslim leaders, to gather insights before delivering its final report.

Social commentators often point out that the appointment of commissions is a common tactic used by Indian governments to delay taking action on contentious issues. In this case, the inclusion of Christians and Muslims of Dalit origin in the SC list has been consistently avoided by successive governments, likely due to concerns about a potential backlash from the Hindu majority, which constitutes roughly 90 percent of the population.

The longstanding issue has deeply affected Dalit Christians, who argue that the conversion to Christianity did not significantly alter their social standing. “Changing one’s religion does not change one’s socio-economic condition,” said a Dalit Christian leader. “Our people still face discrimination, and the government has also turned its back on us.”

The Dalit community has historically been positioned outside of India’s four-tier caste system and was subjected to the harshest forms of social ostracism. While the practice of untouchability was officially outlawed in 1955, its impact remains deeply ingrained in society. Dalit Christians, in particular, find themselves in a vulnerable position. While they are no longer legally untouchable, they often face persistent prejudice from the broader community. Furthermore, the government’s refusal to extend SC benefits to Dalit Christians means that they are denied crucial social protections, such as access to reserved government jobs and educational opportunities.

The denial of these benefits has created a cycle of marginalization, where Dalit Christians are pushed to the periphery of both their religious and social communities. This exclusion exacerbates existing inequalities and limits opportunities for upward mobility. For many Dalit Christians, the hope for change now lies with the recommendations of the current commission. If the commission decides to include Dalit Christians and Muslims in the SC category, it could mark a significant shift in India’s social and political landscape.

The Modi government’s decision to appoint a new commission is being watched closely by social and political analysts, as it could signal the government’s stance on affirmative action for religious minorities. However, some remain skeptical about whether the government will take action, given the political sensitivities surrounding the issue.

Meanwhile, the Church and other organizations continue to advocate for equal treatment for Dalit Christians. As the commission prepares to finalize its report, there is growing anticipation about the potential outcomes. If the commission recommends affirmative action for Dalit Christians, the government will face significant pressure to implement the changes. However, if the commission’s findings are ignored, it is likely that Dalit Christians will continue their fight for social and economic justice, both through the courts and public advocacy.

As India’s Supreme Court prepares to hear the case next month, the outcome of this long-standing issue may finally come to light. Whether or not the commission’s recommendations will lead to concrete policy changes remains uncertain, but the calls for equality and justice for Dalit Christians continue to grow stronger with each passing day.

Fading Blue Charm: The Disappearance of Jodhpur’s Iconic Blue Houses

The striking blue houses of Brahmapuri in Jodhpur, Rajasthan, have drawn travelers from around the globe for years, symbolizing the city’s unique heritage. However, these iconic homes are slowly losing their distinct blue hue and charm, raising concerns among locals and historians alike.

Brahmapuri is nestled at the base of the famous Mehrangarh Fort, constructed in 1459 by Rajput ruler Rao Jodha. This ancient fortified area, sheltered by the fort’s imposing shadow, is recognized as the old city of Jodhpur. The distinguishing feature of Brahmapuri has always been its azure-colored houses, although, according to Esther Christine Schmidt, assistant professor at Jindal School of Art and Architecture, the blue color likely wasn’t introduced before the 17th Century.

These blue houses have long been a marker of Jodhpur’s identity. Despite modern developments over the past 70 years, the area continues to be the heart of the ‘Blue City,’ says Sunayana Rathore, the curator of Mehrangarh Museum. The term ‘Brahmapuri’ itself translates to “the town of Brahmins” in Sanskrit, as it was established as a colony for upper-caste Brahmin families. The color blue was adopted as a symbol of purity and piety within the Hindu caste system, setting them apart from other social groups.

Rathore draws a comparison to the blue city of Chefchaouen in Morocco, where Jews fleeing the Spanish Inquisition in the 15th Century settled. Much like Brahmapuri, the Jewish settlers in Chefchaouen painted their homes, mosques, and public offices blue, a color believed to represent divine skies in Judaism. The blue tint of both cities became more than just a religious or cultural statement; it also served practical purposes. In Jodhpur, for instance, the mixture of blue paint with limestone plaster cooled the interiors and helped keep the homes pleasant in the hot climate. Furthermore, the striking color began to draw tourists eager to experience Brahmapuri’s unique architectural beauty.

However, in contrast to Chefchaouen, Brahmapuri’s blue houses are now fading. Various factors have contributed to this shift. Historically, blue paint was made from natural indigo, a crop that was once abundant in Rajasthan, with Bayana town being one of India’s major centers for indigo production. Over time, though, indigo farming declined due to its detrimental impact on the soil. Additionally, increasing temperatures have made it difficult for the blue paint to regulate indoor temperatures effectively, leading many residents to switch to modern cooling appliances like air conditioners.

“Temperatures have risen gradually over the years,” notes Udit Bhatia, assistant professor of civil engineering at the Indian Institute of Technology (IIT) Gandhinagar. Bhatia, who studies resilience infrastructure and climate change, mentions that a trend analysis conducted by his institute shows that Jodhpur’s average temperature has climbed from 37.5°C in the 1950s to 38.5°C by 2016. The blue paint, once a solution to the intense heat, is no longer as effective. Furthermore, Bhatia highlights that blue paint traditionally contained copper sulfate, which acted as a pest repellent. This antifouling agent was a popular component in paints during the 20th Century, but newer materials have replaced such elements in modern homes.

Urbanization is another contributor to the fading blue hue. As Jodhpur expands, newer building techniques, which prioritize materials like cement and concrete over lime plaster, have replaced traditional methods. These modern materials do not absorb blue pigment as well as lime, further contributing to the diminishing use of blue in Brahmapuri. Bhatia remarks that while urbanization isn’t inherently bad, it often leads to the abandonment of older, well-designed systems that complemented the environment. He adds, “Yesterday, if someone was walking down an alley in Jodhpur with blue homes on either side, and today they are walking down the same alley where the homes are now painted in a darker colour, even the lightest breeze will make them feel hotter than what they felt earlier.”

This phenomenon, known as the heat island effect, amplifies the impact of rising temperatures. Darker-colored buildings made from cement, glass, and concrete reflect heat back into the environment, worsening the heat’s effects. This is in stark contrast to traditional lime plaster homes, which would have kept the interiors cooler.

For some residents, the shift away from blue is driven by practical considerations. Aditya Dave, a 29-year-old civil engineer from Brahmapuri, mentions that his 300-year-old family home remains mostly blue. However, the cost of maintaining the blue color has increased dramatically. “Repainting houses blue would cost around 5,000 rupees ($60; £45) up until a decade ago, while today, it would be more than 30,000 rupees,” he explains. With rising expenses and scarce indigo, many residents opt for more affordable alternatives, such as tiled facades that don’t require frequent repainting. Dave himself chose tiles when he built his new house in Brahmapuri five years ago, emphasizing cost-effectiveness over tradition.

The gradual disappearance of Brahmapuri’s blue homes is a disappointment to tourists and heritage enthusiasts alike. Deepak Soni, a local garments seller who has collaborated with authorities to preserve Brahmapuri’s blue identity, feels that the city is losing an essential part of its heritage. “We should feel embarrassed that when someone comes looking for the homes that formed the identity of our city, they don’t find them. So many foreigners compare Jodhpur to Chefchaouen. If Chefchaouen has managed to keep their homes blue for centuries, why can’t we?” he asks.

Soni has been actively working to reverse this trend. In 2018, he negotiated with local authorities and communities to save the blue heritage of Brahmapuri. His efforts include raising funds from Brahmapuri residents to repaint the outer walls of 500 homes blue every year. Since 2019, he has convinced nearly 3,000 homeowners to return to the traditional blue for their homes’ outer walls and roofs. “So that at least when someone takes a picture in Brahmapuri, the background appears blue,” he explains.

Currently, Soni estimates that roughly half of the 33,000 homes in Brahmapuri remain blue. He is working with local officials and lawmakers on a plan to apply lime plaster to more houses, enabling them to be painted blue once again.

Soni believes that preserving Brahmapuri’s blue heritage is not just about aesthetics but about pride in the city’s history. “Why will people from outside Jodhpur care about our city if we don’t care about its heritage, and do something to save it?” he asks.

For Jodhpur’s residents and tourists alike, the fading blue walls of Brahmapuri signal a deeper challenge: how to maintain cultural heritage in the face of modernization, rising costs, and environmental changes. Whether the blue city will regain its signature hue remains uncertain, but efforts to preserve its charm continue.

India Withdraws Diplomats After Canada Accuses Indian Agents of Criminal Acts on Canadian Soil

India has recalled its envoy to Canada, along with other diplomatic staff, following allegations from the Canadian government linking Indian agents to a series of criminal activities. These accusations include claims of involvement in homicides, extortion, and violent acts on Canadian soil. The Canadian police suggested that the crimes particularly targeted supporters of the Khalistan movement, which advocates for a separate Sikh homeland in India.

The police did not directly confirm whether these agents were involved in the murder of Sikh separatist leader Hardeep Singh Nijjar in June 2023. However, the Canadian government, led by Prime Minister Justin Trudeau, alleged that they have credible evidence of Indian agents’ involvement in Nijjar’s killing, a claim that has fueled a significant diplomatic rift between the two nations.

India has staunchly denied the allegations, dismissing them as “preposterous” and a part of Trudeau’s political agenda. In response, Delhi recalled its diplomatic staff from Canada, a move that further deepened the tensions between the two countries. A statement from India’s Ministry of External Affairs expressed strong discontent with Canada’s accusations and alluded to potential further retaliatory measures.

“India now reserves the right to take further steps in response to these latest efforts of the Canadian government to concoct allegations against Indian diplomats,” the ministry stated. It also defended Sanjay Kumar Verma, the Indian High Commissioner to Canada, referring to his “distinguished career spanning 36 years” and calling Canada’s accusations against him “ludicrous” and deserving “contempt.”

The tensions between Canada and India have been escalating since September 2023, when Prime Minister Trudeau first announced in Canada’s parliament that the country’s intelligence had linked Indian agents to Nijjar’s killing. Trudeau declared the assassination a violation of Canada’s sovereignty and demanded India’s accountability. Since then, relations between the two nations have significantly deteriorated, with India responding by demanding that Canada withdraw several of its diplomatic personnel.

On Monday, India’s foreign ministry responded sharply to the continuing allegations from Canada. The ministry described Trudeau’s remarks as politically motivated and part of his broader agenda, further straining the relationship between the two countries. Although no specific details about further actions were provided, the statement hinted at India’s intent to pursue additional measures if the allegations persisted.

“We have no faith in the current Canadian government’s commitment to ensure their security. Therefore, the government of India has decided to withdraw the High Commissioner and other targeted diplomats and officials,” India’s Ministry of External Affairs said.

Meanwhile, the Canadian government did not immediately issue a formal response to India’s latest actions. However, Stuart Wheeler, Canada’s deputy head of mission in Delhi, was summoned by India’s External Affairs Ministry to address Canada’s accusations. During the meeting, the ministry made it clear that the “baseless targeting” of Indian diplomats was unacceptable.

The accusations center on Hardeep Singh Nijjar, who was a prominent supporter of the Khalistan movement. Nijjar, a Sikh leader in British Columbia, was shot and killed outside the Sikh temple where he served as president. His assassination, which was carried out by two masked gunmen, was labeled by Canadian police as a “targeted attack.” The investigation has continued to dominate headlines in both Canada and India.

Nijjar had long advocated for the creation of a separate Sikh homeland in India, which is at the core of the Khalistan movement. While his supporters viewed him as a key figure in this movement, India labeled him a terrorist, accusing him of leading a militant separatist group. However, Nijjar’s backers have denied these accusations, describing them as unfounded.

Trudeau’s September announcement regarding Indian agents’ alleged involvement in Nijjar’s killing caused a rapid escalation of tensions. India rejected all accusations outright, asserting that no evidence had been presented to substantiate Canada’s claims. The diplomatic spat led to a series of retaliatory measures, including India suspending visa services for Canadians and requesting the reduction of Canadian diplomatic staff in the country.

The situation appeared to improve briefly when India resumed visa services for Canadian citizens in October 2023, suggesting that the icy relations between the two nations might be warming. However, last week, Canadian Foreign Minister Mélanie Joly characterized the relationship between the two countries as “tense” and “very difficult.” She also warned of the continued risk of further killings similar to Nijjar’s, underscoring the ongoing security concerns.

Joly’s remarks have added fuel to the fire in an already volatile diplomatic situation. Although India had expressed hope for a resolution, the recent developments indicate that both sides remain entrenched in their positions. For India, the accusations are seen as an affront to the country’s integrity and diplomatic standing, while Canada continues to press for a thorough investigation into Nijjar’s assassination.

In the wake of these ongoing tensions, the future of India-Canada relations remains uncertain. Both nations have much at stake, given their longstanding ties and mutual interests in trade, immigration, and security. While Canada has not publicly detailed the evidence it claims to have against India, the allegations have prompted global scrutiny and put a spotlight on the growing friction between the two nations.

In the meantime, the withdrawal of India’s High Commissioner, Sanjay Kumar Verma, and other diplomatic staff signals a significant escalation in the dispute. This move suggests that India is preparing for a prolonged diplomatic conflict unless a resolution is reached.

As the situation develops, both countries will need to navigate the sensitive geopolitical implications of this dispute. With Canada reiterating concerns over future targeted attacks and India defending its diplomats, the prospect of reconciliation appears distant. Yet, the importance of maintaining diplomatic relations, especially given the vast Indian diaspora in Canada, remains a crucial factor in any potential resolution.

For now, India has taken a firm stance, recalling its diplomats and signaling that it is willing to take further measures if necessary. As global attention continues to focus on this escalating feud, the next steps from both sides will be closely watched by the international community.

Omar Abdullah Invited to Form Government in Jammu and Kashmir

Jammu and Kashmir Lieutenant Governor Manoj Sinha extended an invitation to Chief Minister-designate Omar Abdullah to form the next government in the Union Territory on October 16, 2024, in Srinagar. Abdullah, representing the National Conference (NC), will take office at the Sher-i-Kashmir International Conference Centre (SKICC) during a formal ceremony.

In an official letter addressed to Abdullah, L-G Sinha wrote, “I am pleased to invite you to form and lead the Government of Jammu and Kashmir. As separately settled, I shall administer Oath of Office and Secrecy to you, and to those recommended by you for induction as members of your Council of Ministers, at SKICC, Srinagar on 16 October, 2024, at 11:30 a.m.” Sinha further extended his best wishes to Abdullah, expressing hope for “a highly productive tenure and success in your endeavours in the best interest of the people of Jammu and Kashmir.”

Sinha also confirmed that he received an official communication from National Conference (NC) president Dr. Farooq Abdullah on October 11. The letter stated that Omar Abdullah had been unanimously chosen as the leader of the party’s legislature. Omar Abdullah’s ascension to this role was supported not only by his party members but also by a broad coalition of political entities within the region. L-G Sinha received letters of support from prominent figures such as J&K Pradesh Congress Committee President Tariq Hameed Karra, CPI(M) Secretary G. N. Malik, Aam Aadmi Party National Secretary Pankaj Kumar Gupta, as well as five Independent Members of the Legislative Assembly (MLAs). The independent legislators who pledged their support include Payare Lal Sharma, Satish Sharma, Ch. Mohd. Akram, Dr. Rameshwar Singh, and Muzafar Iqbal Khan.

The NC secured 42 out of the 51 seats it contested in the J&K Assembly elections, providing the party with a robust foundation. With the additional support of Congress, CPI(M), the Aam Aadmi Party, and the Independent MLAs, the party now commands a total of 55 MLAs in the 90-member assembly. In contrast, the Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) won 29 seats, primarily from the Jammu region.

Omar Abdullah, upon receiving the communication from the Principal Secretary to the L-G, confirmed that he had been formally invited to form the next government. His confirmation marks a significant moment for the region as it will be the first government formed since Jammu and Kashmir was downgraded from statehood, bifurcated into two Union Territories, and stripped of its special constitutional status under Article 370 in August 2019.

The L-G’s invitation followed an important legal step taken by the President of India. The President issued an order to end the central rule that had been in place in Jammu and Kashmir since the state’s reorganization. The order, issued under the Jammu and Kashmir Reorganisation Act, 2019, effectively revoked the President’s Rule just before the Chief Minister’s appointment. The formal document read, “In exercise of the powers conferred by section 73 of the Jammu and Kashmir Reorganisation Act, 2019 (34 of 2019) read with articles 239 and 239A of the Constitution of India, the Order dated the 31st October, 2019, in relation to the Union Territory of Jammu and Kashmir shall stand revoked immediately before the appointment of the Chief Minister under section 54 of the Jammu and Kashmir Reorganisation Act, 2019.”

President’s Rule had been in place in J&K since August 5, 2019, when the central government abrogated Article 370, which provided special autonomy to the former state. With the revocation of the central rule, the path has been cleared for the re-establishment of an elected government in the Union Territory.

Meanwhile, prominent regional leaders expressed their support for the new government and highlighted the significance of this moment for the democratic process in Jammu and Kashmir. CPI(M) leader and legislator M.Y. Tarigami welcomed the upcoming formation of the government, stating that it would be a true representation of the will of the people of Jammu and Kashmir. “The President’s Rule is finally over. After years of political uncertainty and a suspended assembly since 2018, the time has come to revive the democratic process in J&K. There are challenges ahead but we are confident it will advocate for the rights of the people,” Tarigami said.

The end of President’s Rule and the establishment of a new government signals the resumption of political normalcy in Jammu and Kashmir after several years of governance directly from the central government. The region has been marked by significant political changes since 2019 when its special status was revoked and it was reorganized into two Union Territories – Jammu and Kashmir, and Ladakh. The return to a democratically elected government represents a major step toward restoring political stability in the region.

The political landscape in Jammu and Kashmir, however, remains complex and divided. The NC, under Omar Abdullah’s leadership, will face various challenges, including the need to address concerns about the restoration of statehood, political rights, and economic development in the region. While the NC has a strong electoral mandate, it must navigate a fragmented political environment, with the BJP maintaining a solid presence, particularly in the Jammu region. The BJP’s focus on promoting a unified India without special constitutional privileges for any region stands in contrast to the NC’s long-standing advocacy for the autonomy of Jammu and Kashmir.

Omar Abdullah’s leadership and the new government’s approach to governance will be closely watched, both within the region and across the country. The revival of an elected government in Jammu and Kashmir provides hope to many that a more inclusive and democratic political process can return to the troubled region, but it also brings expectations of addressing longstanding issues that have affected its people.

In the immediate future, the key challenges for the incoming government will include addressing economic recovery, ensuring security, fostering communal harmony, and restoring faith in the democratic process. These challenges have only grown since the political upheaval in 2019, and many in the region are looking to the new government for tangible progress. Additionally, regional leaders are likely to push for the restoration of statehood, a significant issue that has remained unresolved since the reorganization of Jammu and Kashmir.

The new government will likely also focus on reviving economic growth, which has been impacted by years of political instability and security concerns. Ensuring that people in the region feel safe, fostering development, and addressing issues related to unemployment and infrastructure will be critical tasks for the new administration.

As the first elected government since the reorganization of Jammu and Kashmir, the new administration has the potential to play a pivotal role in shaping the future of the region. However, it will face intense scrutiny as it embarks on this challenging journey.

Indian Government Opposes Criminalizing Marital Rape, Calling It ‘Excessively Harsh’

The Indian government has stated that criminalizing marital rape would be “excessively harsh,” a stance that has come as a disappointment to campaigners advocating for changes ahead of a Supreme Court decision that could have long-lasting implications for the country’s legal system and its treatment of women. Presently, in India, forcing sex upon a wife is not considered rape as long as she is over the age of 18, an exception carried over from a British colonial-era law.

While most Western nations have long abolished the idea that marital rape is permissible, with the UK outlawing it in 1991, and it being illegal in all 50 US states, about 40 countries worldwide still have no legislation to address the issue. Even in countries where marital rape is recognized as a crime, the penalties for non-consensual sex within marriage are significantly lower compared to other cases of rape, according to a 2021 report by the United Nations Population Fund.

In India, campaigners have fought for years against this marital rape exemption, and the country’s Supreme Court is currently reviewing petitions calling for its removal. This comes after a split verdict from the Delhi High Court in 2022 on the issue. The Indian government’s Ministry of Home Affairs has officially opposed these petitions, arguing that while a man should face “penal consequences” for forcing sex on his wife, treating it as rape would have broader societal consequences, potentially undermining the marital relationship and the institution of marriage.

The government’s position, outlined in a written affidavit, expressed concerns that criminalizing marital rape “can be arguably considered to be excessively harsh and therefore, disproportionate.” This is the most explicit stance the government has taken so far on the matter.

Advocates pushing for the criminalization of marital rape were not surprised by the government’s position but expressed deep concern over the message it sends in a country where sexual violence against women is already widespread. Ntasha Bhardwaj, a scholar specializing in criminal justice and gender, commented on the matter, saying, “It speaks to India’s acceptance of sexual violence in our culture. We’ve normalized that sexual violence is a part of being a woman in our country.”

The issue of marital rape has gained renewed attention since the Indian government, led by Prime Minister Narendra Modi, updated the country’s 164-year-old penal code earlier this year. However, despite these updates, the marital rape exemption remains intact.

India has faced ongoing challenges in addressing violence against women, with several high-profile rape cases over the years sparking both national and international outrage. Just two months ago, the rape and murder of a young doctor in Kolkata led to mass protests across the country, with health workers demanding better protection. On Monday, the Central Bureau of Investigation charged a man with her rape and murder.

In its opposition to the criminalization of marital rape, the Indian government maintained that within marriage, a spouse has “a continuing expectation… to have reasonable sexual access” to the other. While this does not justify coercion or force, the government argued that the consequences of sexual violations within marriage are different from those outside of it. It further claimed that existing laws covering sexual and domestic violence already provide adequate protection for women.

Mariam Dhawale, General Secretary of the All India Democratic Women’s Association (AIDWA), which is one of the petitioners pushing for the criminalization of marital rape, disagreed with this reasoning. She pointed out that consent is a fundamental issue, regardless of whether the person is married. “Consent is consent,” she stated. “In our country, a woman is not thought of as an independent human being, as an independent citizen of the country. She is like an appendage to the husband. She’s subordinate, she’s not a separate identity as such.”

Dhawale emphasized that many of the women seeking help from her organization report sexual violence in their marriages, but most do not openly voice these allegations. “Because they know that nobody will believe them, and it’s not considered a crime,” she added. Changing the law to criminalize marital rape would be a crucial step toward addressing this, although Bhardwaj pointed out that legal reform alone is not enough. “It’s a cultural revolution underneath. Until and unless you make a big statement that this is not okay, the culture will never shift, because by not having that law, the culture is accepting of that violence,” she said.

Current Indian laws do provide women with some legal recourse if they are victims of sexual violence within their marriages. Women can seek restraining orders or file charges under existing laws like Section 354 of the Penal Code, which deals with sexual assault, or Section 498A, which addresses cruelty, particularly in cases related to dowry. There is also the Domestic Violence Act. However, advocates argue that these laws fall short and often leave women vulnerable to legal interpretation. A recent case in Madhya Pradesh highlighted this issue when a judge dismissed a woman’s complaint about her husband committing “unnatural sex,” citing the marital rape exemption as justification.

Women in abusive marriages, particularly those dependent on their husbands financially, face an even greater challenge, said Dhawale. “We don’t have any kind of safe places, shelter homes, institutions. So she has to remain in the four walls of that place. She cannot complain, because if she complains, she has no place to go… nobody will stand by her, unless and until it’s recognized as a crime.”

One woman, a survivor of marital rape, told CNN that criminalizing rape within marriage would empower women to stop their abuse. Another woman expressed her fears of leaving her husband because she would have no means to support her three children. “Outlawing marital rape is needed for women like me, who don’t have an avenue to leave,” she said.

India’s Supreme Court took a step in 2017 by raising the age of consent for marriage from 15 to 18 in a landmark decision. Jayna Kothari, a senior advocate who argued against child marital rape in that case, said the government made similar arguments back then, warning that changing the law would threaten the institution of marriage. However, the Supreme Court rejected those arguments. Recognizing marital rape now, Kothari added, would significantly enhance women’s equality in marriage.

Dhawale echoed these sentiments, stating that the real threat to marriage comes from the husband committing violence, not from women seeking justice. One concern raised by men’s rights groups and the government is that a law criminalizing marital rape could lead to false accusations. But Kothari countered that such fears are largely unfounded. “It’s still going to be very difficult,” she said, noting that women already face immense challenges in reporting domestic violence, even when laws are in their favor.

Election Results 2024: BJP Triumphs in Haryana; NC-Congress Alliance Victorious in J&K

In a significant political victory, the BJP secured its third consecutive term in Haryana, winning 48 out of 90 seats. Prime Minister Narendra Modi celebrated the party’s success, calling it a victory for the Constitution. Despite predictions favoring Congress, the party managed only 37 seats.

In Jammu and Kashmir, the National Conference-Congress alliance emerged victorious, winning 49 seats in the first assembly election held since the abrogation of Article 370. The National Conference dominated with 42 seats, while Congress secured six. Prominent NC leaders, including Omar Abdullah, secured multiple wins, while the People’s Democratic Party (PDP) saw its influence wane with just three seats.

Haryana Election Highlights

The BJP’s victory in Haryana marked a historic third term, despite facing anti-incumbency and challenges from farmer protests. The Congress, which had been favored by exit polls, failed to capitalize on these issues. BJP leaders credited their focus on development and governance for the win. Meanwhile, the Jannayak Janta Party (JJP), which played a key role in the previous election, failed to secure a single seat this time. Notably, former Deputy Chief Minister Dushyant Chautala lost his seat in Uchana Kalan.

Prime Minister Modi praised the people of Haryana for supporting the BJP’s policies, and he credited the party’s ability to overcome anti-incumbency with development and good governance as key factors in their victory.

Jammu and Kashmir: The First Post-370 Election

In Jammu and Kashmir, the National Conference-Congress alliance’s win marks a significant moment in the region’s politics. The National Conference, led by Omar Abdullah, was the dominant force, while the Congress played a supporting role. Omar Abdullah won from both Budgam and Ganderbal constituencies. PDP, once a major player, secured only three seats, with its leader Mehbooba Mufti acknowledging the setback.

Senior Congress leader Jairam Ramesh emphasized that the alliance’s priority would be the restoration of statehood for Jammu and Kashmir. Meanwhile, BJP emerged as the largest party by vote share but failed to gain a significant foothold in the Valley.

Union Home Minister Amit Shah hailed the peaceful conduct of the elections, emphasizing the restoration of democracy in Jammu and Kashmir. He contrasted this with past elections, which were marred by allegations of rigging.

Key Takeaways from Haryana and J&K Results

•BJP managed to secure 48 seats in Haryana, forming the government for a third consecutive term, despite strong opposition.

•In J&K, the National Conference-Congress alliance won 49 seats, with NC taking 42 of them, while the PDP was reduced to just 3 seats.

•Prominent winners included Omar Abdullah and Tariq Karra, while the PDP suffered significant losses, with many of its key leaders defeated.

•The results in both states highlight a shifting political landscape, with the BJP maintaining dominance in Haryana and a regional alliance winning in J&K.

The elections in both regions reflected the evolving political narratives, with the BJP touting its governance record in Haryana and the NC-Congress alliance focusing on restoring normalcy in Jammu and Kashmir.

Congress Set for Victory in Haryana as Exit Polls Predict Major Win

The atmosphere in Haryana is filled with optimism as exit polls suggest a significant shift in political power, with the Congress expected to claim victory in the state, known for its sporting heroes. Among the jubilant voices is Vinesh Phogat, the renowned wrestler making her political debut, who shared her excitement following the exit poll results. “It is the very change that the people of Haryana were looking for,” she declared. Phogat, who is contesting the elections on a Congress ticket, expressed confidence in the outcome after exit polls forecast a comfortable win for her party.

According to the combined predictions of eight exit polls, the Congress is projected to win 55 out of Haryana’s 90 assembly seats, while the Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) is expected to secure only 26. While exit polls have been known to be inaccurate in the past—most notably in the 2024 Lok Sabha elections where the predictions were far from the actual results—the mood within the Congress camp remains upbeat, with many hopeful that this time the exit polls will be a reflection of the final outcome.

“It is a very happy day for the people of Haryana. Everyone has taken part in making this happen by voting in large numbers. The change that Haryana was looking for has been brought about by its people. It is the result of what people suffered over the last 10 years,” said Phogat, the Olympic athlete whose disqualification in the games had once left the nation heartbroken. Her entrance into the political arena has generated considerable attention, and her words echoed the broader sentiment of dissatisfaction with the incumbent BJP government.

The Congress appears to be continuing the momentum from its success in the 2024 Lok Sabha elections, with exit polls suggesting that the party is now set to overthrow the BJP in Haryana. The BJP, which has held power in the state for the past decade, has dismissed accusations of anti-incumbency and insists that it will retain control. Despite these assurances, the exit polls paint a different picture.

Throughout its campaign, the Congress has described the BJP’s decade-long rule in Haryana as a “decade of pain,” pointing to what they see as years of mismanagement and neglect. Phogat emphasized this point in her remarks, attributing the predicted electoral success to the collective grievances of the state’s people. “The people through their vote have avenged the oppression that they have suffered in the last 10 years. They had pledged that they will avenge the BJP, and today they managed to do that. I thank the Congress party. Haryana is thanking the Congress,” said the 30-year-old Phogat, who is contesting the election from the Julana constituency.

As the exit poll results spark discussions about the future leadership of the state, attention has turned to who will be named as the Congress’s chief ministerial candidate. While speculation abounds, former Chief Minister Bhupinder Singh Hooda, who has been a prominent figure in Haryana politics, was cautious when asked about the matter. Hooda, 77, emphasized that the decision would be made by the party’s national leadership, stating, “Deciding the next Chief Minister is a call that the high command will take.”

Despite the optimistic outlook for the Congress, Chief Minister Nayab Singh Saini of the BJP remains defiant, rejecting the predictions of the exit polls. Appearing confident in the face of what many interpret as a sign of his party’s decline, Saini is adamant that the BJP will secure a third term in office. “Haryana has seen the work we have done in the last ten years. We have rid Haryana of regionalism and dynastic politics. We are confident that the BJP will form the government in Haryana for the third time,” said Saini.

The BJP’s message throughout the campaign has been focused on the achievements of its government over the past decade. The party points to its efforts to unify the state and to break free from what it describes as the political dynasties that have long dominated Haryana’s political landscape. Saini’s confidence in the face of the exit polls is rooted in his belief that the BJP’s track record will ultimately sway voters in their favor.

However, the exit poll data suggests that many voters in Haryana are ready for a change. The projected outcome reflects a desire to move away from the BJP’s governance, with the Congress seen as the party most capable of addressing the state’s needs. Phogat’s candidacy has further boosted the Congress’s appeal, with her status as a beloved sports figure adding a new dimension to the party’s campaign.

Should the exit poll predictions hold true, the Congress’s victory in Haryana would mark a significant political shift in the state, ending a decade of BJP rule. For Vinesh Phogat, this moment represents more than just a political victory—it symbolizes a new chapter for the people of Haryana, a chapter driven by their own desire for change.

As Haryana waits for the official election results, the sense of anticipation is palpable. While exit polls have been wrong in the past, the people of Haryana seem ready to embrace the possibility of a Congress-led government. Whether this will come to fruition remains to be seen, but for now, the Congress and its supporters have every reason to be hopeful.

The BJP, on the other hand, will be looking to defy the odds and prove the exit polls wrong once again. As the election results draw near, both parties are preparing for the next stage of what has been a fiercely contested battle for control of Haryana’s political future.

Congress Set for Major Victory in Haryana, Close Race in Jammu and Kashmir, CVoter Exit Poll Suggests

The Congress party and its allies appear to be on the brink of a significant victory in the Haryana Assembly elections, according to a CVoter exit poll. The data indicates a full majority for the Congress in Haryana, while in Jammu and Kashmir, the Congress-National Conference alliance is projected to lead in a tight contest against the BJP.

The exit poll data for Jammu and Kashmir is based on 20,013 interviews conducted across all 90 Assembly constituencies. Similarly, in Haryana, the exit poll was carried out based on 13,817 interviews, covering all constituencies in the state. It is important to note that exit polls, though insightful, are not always accurate and can sometimes deliver unexpected results.

In Haryana, the Congress is projected to secure a comfortable majority, potentially winning between 50 and 58 seats in the 90-member Assembly. This is a significant improvement from its performance in the 2019 election, where the party managed to secure only 31 seats. On the other hand, the Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP), which had won 40 seats in the previous election and is aiming for a third consecutive victory in the state, is expected to see its numbers drop to 20-28 seats.

One of the main contributors to Congress’s rise in Haryana is the decline of the Jannayak Janta Party (JJP), which had won 10 seats in the last election. The exit poll suggests that the JJP may only secure 0-2 seats this time, reflecting a steep decline in its support base.

The situation in Jammu and Kashmir is shaping up to be a much closer contest. The Congress-National Conference alliance is expected to lead with 40-48 seats out of the total 90 in the Assembly. Meanwhile, the BJP is projected to secure 27-32 seats. Mehbooba Mufti’s People’s Democratic Party (PDP) could see a sharp decline in support, with exit polls predicting only 6-12 seats for the party, compared to the 28 seats it won in the previous election. Other political parties and independent candidates are projected to win between 6-11 seats.

It is worth noting that while the Congress, National Conference, and PDP are all part of the opposition INDIA bloc at the national level, the PDP chose to contest the Jammu and Kashmir elections independently. This decision, however, may not work in its favor as the exit poll indicates a substantial reduction in the party’s seats. The PDP is expected to drop from 28 seats in the last election to just 6-12 seats this time, highlighting the challenges it faces in this election cycle.

The Jammu region, which consists of 43 seats, remains a stronghold for the BJP, according to the exit poll. The saffron party is expected to retain a commanding presence in this region, with a projection of 27-31 seats. The Congress-National Conference alliance is predicted to win 11-15 seats in Jammu, while the PDP may secure only 0-2 seats in this part of the state.

The Kashmir Valley, which has 47 seats, is likely to see a strong performance from the Congress-National Conference alliance. The exit poll suggests that this alliance could win between 29 and 33 seats, showing a notable improvement from its 16-seat tally in the 2014 election. On the other hand, the PDP, which had a significant presence in the Valley with 25 seats in the last election, may see its numbers shrink to 6-10 seats this time.

For the BJP, the Kashmir Valley has traditionally been a challenging region. In the 2014 election, the party did not win any seats in the Valley. However, the exit poll predicts that the BJP may finally make some inroads and could potentially secure a seat or two in this election.

As the results approach, these exit polls provide a glimpse into how the political landscape might shift in both Haryana and Jammu and Kashmir. However, the final results could still hold surprises, as exit polls are not always an accurate reflection of the final outcome. Nevertheless, the Congress appears poised for a significant victory in Haryana, while in Jammu and Kashmir, a competitive race between the Congress-National Conference alliance and the BJP is anticipated.

India Rejects U.S. Report on Worsening Religious Freedom Conditions

India firmly condemned a report released by the U.S. government, which claimed that religious freedom in the country has continued to deteriorate. The report, issued by the United States Commission on International Religious Freedom (USCIRF) on Wednesday, urged the U.S. State Department to designate India as a “country of particular concern.”

In response, the Indian Foreign Ministry rejected the findings, describing the USCIRF as a “biased organization with a political agenda.” The ministry further accused the organization of misrepresenting facts and pushing a narrative that unfairly portrays India. “We reject this malicious report, which only serves to discredit USCIRF further,” the Foreign Ministry stated. The ministry also advised the commission to focus on issues within the U.S. rather than targeting India, saying it should “utilise its time more productively” by addressing human rights concerns in America.

The report claimed that the Indian government, under the Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP), has been working to implement policies that negatively affect religious minorities. It highlighted the Citizenship Amendment Act (CAA), the construction of a Ram Temple in Ayodhya, and the proposal for a unified civil code as examples of actions that have disproportionately impacted minority communities.

The USCIRF also criticized Indian political leaders for using hate speech and discriminatory rhetoric against Muslims and other religious minorities, especially in the run-up to the 2024 national elections. “The Indian government continues to repress and restrict religious communities through the enforcement of discriminatory legislation like anti-conversion laws, cow slaughter laws, and antiterrorism laws,” the report claimed.

This is not the first time the USCIRF has called for India to be labeled a “country of particular concern.” Since 2020, the commission has made the same recommendation annually, but New Delhi has consistently rejected it. The Indian government has long dismissed these allegations as baseless and motivated by an external agenda.

Indian Foreign Minister Subrahmanyam Jaishankar, speaking in Washington just hours before the release of the report, defended India’s right to respond to such criticism. Addressing an event at the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, Jaishankar said, “You have every right to comment. But I have every right to comment on your comment. So don’t feel bad when I do.” He further questioned why only certain democracies are allowed to critique others, stating, “It cannot be that one democracy has a right to comment on another, and that’s part of promoting democracy globally, but when others do that, then it becomes foreign interference.”

This latest USCIRF report follows other instances of U.S. criticism toward India’s handling of religious freedom and human rights. In April, the U.S. State Department’s Human Rights report for 2023 raised concerns about abuses in the northeastern state of Manipur and documented attacks on minorities, journalists, and dissenters in other parts of the country. India swiftly condemned the State Department’s report, labeling it as “very biased” and accusing it of demonstrating a “very poor understanding” of the situation in India.

The report’s release comes at a time of heightened international scrutiny over India’s religious policies. The CAA, passed in 2019, offers a path to citizenship for non-Muslim refugees from neighboring countries like Pakistan, Bangladesh, and Afghanistan. Critics argue that the act discriminates against Muslims by excluding them from the list of eligible refugees. The government has defended the act, saying it aims to provide refuge to persecuted religious minorities in the region, and has dismissed claims of bias.

The construction of the Ram Temple in Ayodhya has also been a point of contention. The temple is being built on the site of the Babri Masjid, a mosque that was demolished by Hindu extremists in 1992, leading to widespread riots. The demolition remains a deeply divisive issue in India’s religious and political landscape, with many Muslims seeing it as an affront to their faith. However, the temple’s supporters argue that it represents a fulfillment of a long-standing promise to the Hindu community.

Another major issue highlighted by the USCIRF report is the government’s push for a unified civil code, which would replace the personal laws of various religious communities with a single, national legal framework. Supporters of the unified code argue that it would promote equality and social cohesion, while critics say it would infringe on the religious rights of minorities, particularly Muslims, who have their own personal laws governing matters like marriage, inheritance, and divorce.

India’s anti-conversion laws, cow slaughter laws, and antiterrorism laws were also criticized in the report for being used disproportionately against religious minorities. Several Indian states have enacted anti-conversion laws, which prohibit forced or fraudulent religious conversions. While these laws are ostensibly meant to protect vulnerable individuals, they have often been used to target Christian and Muslim communities, especially those involved in missionary work or interfaith marriages.

Cow slaughter laws, which are rooted in Hindu religious beliefs, have similarly come under fire. In many Indian states, the slaughter of cows is prohibited, as cows are considered sacred in Hinduism. Critics argue that these laws disproportionately affect Muslims, who are more likely to consume beef, and have led to incidents of mob violence, known as “cow vigilantism,” against those suspected of killing or transporting cows.

India’s antiterrorism laws, particularly the Unlawful Activities (Prevention) Act (UAPA), have been used to detain individuals accused of terrorism-related activities without trial for extended periods. Human rights groups have raised concerns that these laws are being misused to silence dissent, particularly in the context of religious and political protests.

Despite the growing international criticism, the Indian government remains steadfast in defending its policies. Officials argue that the country’s laws and regulations are necessary for maintaining law and order and promoting national unity. The government has also pointed out that India is a secular democracy, where all religions are respected and given equal treatment under the law.

As India approaches the 2024 elections, religious freedom is likely to remain a hotly debated issue, both domestically and internationally. The BJP has long been accused of promoting Hindu nationalism at the expense of minority rights, and the USCIRF’s report is likely to fuel further debate on the subject.

While the USCIRF continues to push for India’s designation as a “country of particular concern,” it remains to be seen whether the U.S. State Department will act on the recommendation. For now, New Delhi’s response is clear: the Indian government rejects the report and stands by its record on religious freedom, dismissing the USCIRF’s findings as politically motivated and lacking in credibility.

China’s Economic Imbalance, India’s Growth Potential, and Global Financial Reform

China’s economic challenges are deeply rooted in its suppression of consumer spending. Unlike the U.S., where household consumption constitutes roughly 70% of GDP, China’s consumption rates have hovered below 40%. Even during World War II, U.S. consumption was near 50%, showcasing a stark contrast. The limited consumer spending in China has forced the country to channel its resources elsewhere, often into infrastructure. However, after constructing more infrastructure in five years than the U.S. did throughout the 20th century, China has reached a point where further infrastructure investments have diminishing returns.

One significant issue China now faces is an overhang in its residential real estate market. The country has also heavily invested in export capacity, often through subsidies, which has raised concerns globally. This is a problem that requires a multilateral approach, as countries addressing it individually may not be as effective. For the global economy to move forward, China must shift towards a more balanced economy, with an increased focus on consumption-led growth. Although steps have been taken in that direction, how impactful and sustainable they will be remains uncertain.

When it comes to the import restrictions on Chinese goods, which are influenced by strategic considerations, there is an additional consequence of higher costs for consumers. The key question is whether a balance can be achieved between safeguarding national interests and keeping consumer prices in check. “It is very important, particularly when inflation has been a concern, to be very mindful of self-administered supply shocks,” the article suggests. It is essential to avoid dependence on single sources for critical supplies, particularly from China, especially in areas vital to national defense. At the same time, minimizing the cost of production inputs is equally important, as it helps curb inflation and improves the competitiveness of producers.

However, broad-based tariffs against China are not the right solution. The proposal for imposing large tariffs across the board is “almost completely misguided.” A more balanced approach would be to target protection only in cases justified by resilience, national security concerns, or to counteract China’s large subsidies. Imposing tariffs simply because China has reached a high level of competitiveness is counterproductive. Such actions would likely provoke retaliation from China and could negatively impact inflation and the purchasing power of workers.

Looking at India’s economic prospects, there is optimism about the country’s ability to seize opportunities in the global market. Over the next five to seven years, India is expected to experience substantial growth. “I am optimistic about India’s prospects to increase its GDP six-fold by the century of Independence and be the most rapidly growing economy in the world over the next five years, the next decade, and the next generation among major economies.” Prime Minister Narendra Modi has made significant strides in infrastructure development and has introduced various initiatives in both tangible and intangible sectors, such as payments systems and personal identification. The hope is that these efforts will continue, and that market forces will play a larger role in driving innovation and growth in the future.

Nevertheless, India faces several challenges. Geopolitical factors, including the growing alliance between China, Russia, and Iran, will require India to skillfully navigate its relationships, particularly as it strengthens ties with the U.S. The advent of artificial intelligence presents another challenge, as India must work hard to maintain its dominance in IT and digital sectors. Additionally, while India has made progress in opening up to globalization, there is still room for improvement. “The greatest barriers to India benefiting from globalization have been those put in place by the Indian government,” and further reduction of these barriers would allow India to reap even greater rewards.

The creation of jobs is another pressing issue for India. While it is already a substantial challenge, the problem is likely to become even more pronounced in the coming years. There is potential for job creation in both industry and manufacturing, but it is suspected that India’s success will largely depend on the growth of the service sector. As IT continues to expand globally, there will be more opportunities for job creation in this sector. Additionally, construction will play a critical role in job creation, as there is still much infrastructure development needed within India.

On the global stage, the reform of Multilateral Development Banks (MDBs) is another critical issue. Efforts to reform these institutions, as presented by N.K. Singh and the author, have been met with enthusiasm by the World Bank and other institutions. However, while some progress has been made in accepting the recommendations, the true test will be in resource mobilization and implementation. “The rubber meets the road in terms of resource mobilization and implementation,” and it remains unclear whether the transformative changes envisioned by Singh and the author are yet underway.

As for the International Monetary Fund (IMF), it is time for a similar reform exercise. The resilience trust fund established post-COVID has only moved small amounts of resources to developing countries. There is a need for new mechanisms to support the global transition to a green economy. The IMF could draw inspiration from the system transformation facility that was implemented after the fall of the Berlin Wall. While the circumstances are different, both scenarios involve economies requiring long-term structural support. Furthermore, there has been a significant focus on increasing lending volumes from the World Bank, but less attention has been given to the IMF’s role in providing financial stability.

One key point is the financial capacity of the IMF. The article notes that “no one was worried that the IMF was under-reserved when the value of its gold stock was half of what it is today.” This suggests that the IMF’s financial capacity could be significantly expanded, allowing it to better insulate economies from external shocks. A facility like the one the IMF implemented during the oil shock period, which allowed countries in good standing to rapidly access financing, could be useful today. Such a facility would help countries respond to sudden changes in the global interest rate environment or commodity prices.

In conclusion, China’s economic future depends on a shift toward consumption-led growth, while India’s prospects appear bright if it can overcome geopolitical challenges and continue reforming. On the global front, reforming financial institutions like the World Bank and IMF will be crucial to supporting structural transformations and insulating economies from shocks.

Blair Predicts India, US, and China Will Shape Future Global Order by 2050

Former UK Prime Minister Tony Blair has forecasted that by 2050, India, the United States, and China will emerge as the leading superpowers, resulting in a “complex world order” that global leaders must adeptly navigate.

In an interview with *The Straits Times*, Blair, now 71, emphasized the need for nations to adjust to a multipolar world influenced by these three nations. “You have got to decide where your country fits in the world, because it is going to be a world that is going to be multipolar,” he remarked. He highlighted that by mid-century, the global landscape will be dominated by “three superpowers effectively: America, China, and probably India.”

Reflecting on his tenure as Prime Minister from 1997 to 2007, Blair pointed out that the current international scenario is far more intricate than during his time in office when the United States held a clear superpower status. The rise of China and India, according to Blair, is altering the geopolitical dynamics and necessitating a reevaluation of existing alliances and diplomatic approaches. “You are going to have to build strong alliances that enable you to talk to these three superpowers with some level of equality,” he emphasized.

Blair also addressed the escalating tensions in the Middle East, particularly the conflict between Israel and Hezbollah militants in Lebanon, along with the increasing risk of a broader conflict. He noted, “It is a very dangerous situation with every potential of escalation, because of what is now happening to the north of Israel.”

Moreover, the former Prime Minister reiterated his support for a two-state solution as the only feasible pathway to peace between Israel and Palestine. He asserted, “The core to any solution, in my view, is to construct a day-after plan for Gaza that neither has the Israel Defence Forces nor Hamas running Gaza.”

Blair further expressed his belief that China could play a constructive role in peace negotiations but urged the Chinese government to restrain its ally, Iran. He suggested that Iran had a hand in orchestrating Hamas’ attack on Israel on October 7, characterizing the assault as something that had been “a long time in the making.”

As the world stands on the brink of a potential shift in power dynamics, Blair’s insights serve as a warning to global leaders to adapt to a rapidly changing international landscape. The emergence of a multipolar world order driven by these three superpowers presents both opportunities and challenges that nations must navigate with strategic foresight.

Tony Blair’s predictions about the future geopolitical landscape emphasize the need for countries to forge strong alliances while recognizing the complexities introduced by the rise of India, the US, and China. The challenges in the Middle East also underscore the importance of diplomacy in achieving lasting peace.

Indian Diaspora: A Global Influence Across Continents

The Indian diaspora represents a thriving and influential community spread across the globe, contributing significantly to the cultural, economic, and social landscapes of various countries. From the island nation of Mauritius to the bustling streets of New York and Silicon Valley in the United States, the Indian community has left an indelible mark, enriching the societies they are part of while maintaining a strong connection to their heritage.

The widespread Indian diaspora encompasses non-resident Indians (NRIs), persons of Indian origin (PIOs), and overseas Indians, collectively forming one of the most diverse and influential expatriate communities globally. According to the Get Global Immigration Services (GIS), a significant number of Indian expatriates are scattered across several countries, including the United States, the UAE, Malaysia, Saudi Arabia, and the United Kingdom. This vibrant community has managed to influence both their host nations and India through various contributions.

Mauritius: A Strong Cultural Connection

Mauritius stands as one of the most prominent examples of a nation deeply influenced by its Indian population. With approximately 70% of its residents tracing their ancestry back to India, the island reflects a profound connection to Indian culture. Indian traditions thrive in cities such as Port Louis, Quatre Bornes, and Curepipe, where the diaspora enjoys a mix of cultural richness and the beauty of nature, surrounded by picturesque white-sand beaches. The Indian influence in Mauritius is undeniable, with festivals, music, dance, and cuisine blending seamlessly into the island’s daily life.

United States: A Hub of Indian-American Success

The United States is home to over 4 million Indian Americans, making it one of the largest Indian populations outside of India. This community has established itself in major urban areas such as Silicon Valley, New York, Chicago, and Houston. These cities serve as hubs for Indian professionals, entrepreneurs, students, and families, where they foster cultural exchange and celebrate traditional festivals like Diwali and Holi. The Indian community has made significant contributions to the U.S. economy, particularly in the technology and healthcare sectors.

Reflecting on the vibrant cultural presence, cities like New York and Silicon Valley witness large-scale celebrations of Indian festivals, showcasing the community’s commitment to preserving their heritage. The economic contributions of Indian Americans, especially in fields such as technology, medicine, and education, have earned them a reputation for excellence and influence.

UAE: Driving Economic Growth

The Indian expatriate community in the United Arab Emirates (UAE) has grown rapidly over the years, with over 3 million Indians now residing in the country. Indians play a crucial role in the UAE’s development, particularly in industries like construction, healthcare, and finance. The cultural presence of Indians in the UAE is also significant, with festivals such as Diwali being celebrated on a grand scale. “Indians have become an integral part of the UAE’s economic landscape, contributing across various sectors,” reports GIS.

Indian expatriates in the UAE have become pillars of the workforce, particularly in labor-intensive sectors, and their contributions have helped shape the nation’s modern infrastructure and economy. In return, they enjoy a vibrant expatriate life that balances work and cultural celebration.

Malaysia: A Diverse Indian Community

Malaysia is home to a diverse Indian community comprising Tamils, Malayalees, Punjabis, and Bengalis, who have played a significant role in the country’s socio-economic development. Indians in Malaysia have contributed to sectors ranging from trade to politics, with their cultural impact seen in religious celebrations, such as Thaipusam, and traditional arts like Bharatanatyam.

In cities like Kuala Lumpur and Penang, the Indian community continues to flourish, contributing to Malaysia’s diverse cultural mosaic. Their influence extends to education, commerce, and politics, making them a vital part of the nation’s progress.

Saudi Arabia: Building the Kingdom

Saudi Arabia hosts a large Indian workforce, particularly in fields like construction, healthcare, and information technology. Indian expatriates have played a key role in the development of Saudi Arabia’s infrastructure, contributing to the kingdom’s growth over the decades. The celebration of Indian festivals such as Diwali and Holi in Saudi Arabia brings a sense of home to the expatriates, allowing them to maintain their cultural identity.

Despite the challenges of living in a different cultural environment, the Indian community in Saudi Arabia has created a significant presence, making substantial contributions to the kingdom’s economy and labor market.

Myanmar: A Legacy of Indian Presence

The Indian community in Myanmar dates back centuries, with roots in ancient trade routes. Over the years, Indians have become integral to the country’s economic framework, particularly in sectors like trade, manufacturing, and finance. This long-standing presence has left a cultural mark on Myanmar, with Indian traditions continuing to influence the country’s social and economic fabric.

The contributions of Indian expatriates to Myanmar’s economic landscape have helped shape the country’s progress, creating a legacy of cooperation and development.

### Canada: A Multicultural Tapestry

Canada has become a favored destination for Indian immigrants, offering opportunities for a better quality of life. With over 1.6 million Indians now residing in the country, they have seamlessly integrated into Canadian society while retaining their cultural identity. Canadian cities like Toronto and Vancouver are home to vibrant Indian communities that celebrate their heritage through festivals, food, and religious observances. “The Indian community has enriched Canada’s multicultural landscape through its traditions and values,” GIS notes.

The contributions of Indian Canadians extend beyond cultural celebrations; they are actively involved in shaping Canada’s economy, politics, and education system, making them a vital part of the nation’s diversity.

United Kingdom: A Historical Bond

The United Kingdom’s Indian community is deeply rooted in the country’s colonial history. Today, Indians are a prominent part of British society, with over 1.7 million residents of Indian origin. London, in particular, is home to a thriving Indian population that has made significant contributions to various fields, including politics, business, and academia.

The Indian community in the UK continues to preserve its cultural heritage while contributing to the nation’s development, making them a respected and influential group.

South Africa: A Community with a Purpose

South Africa’s Indian community dates back to the colonial era when Indian laborers were brought to work in the sugar plantations. Today, Indians in South Africa have become a vital part of the country’s cultural and political landscape. The legacy of Indian leaders like Mahatma Gandhi, who began his activism in South Africa, continues to inspire the community’s contributions to the nation.

Indian traditions and values have been woven into South African society, with the community playing an active role in the nation’s progress.

Singapore: A Dynamic Presence

Singapore is home to a vibrant Indian diaspora that plays a significant role in the island’s multicultural society. Little India, one of the most iconic cultural districts in Singapore, is a testament to the strong ties between the Indian community and the country. Singapore’s institutions have also attracted many Indian students, further strengthening the relationship between the two nations.

The Indian community in Singapore contributes to the country’s economic and cultural life, making it an essential part of the island’s identity.

Across the world, the Indian diaspora continues to influence their host countries while staying connected to their roots. Whether in technology, culture, or politics, Indians abroad have made a lasting impact on global society.

Modi Wraps Up US Visit Without Meeting Trump, Despite Earlier Claims

Prime Minister Narendra Modi concluded his three-day official visit to the United States, notably avoiding a meeting with former President Donald Trump, despite the latter’s public announcement of such a meeting. Trump had claimed at a rally in Flint, Michigan, that Modi would join him, but this encounter did not materialize.

According to Fox News, Modi was expected to attend Trump’s rally on Long Island on Sunday, yet despite Trump’s comments, Indian officials had dismissed the possibility of such a meeting even before Modi left for the U.S. Indian Foreign Secretary Vikram Misri confirmed that there was no “specific meeting at present” planned with the former President.

Throughout his U.S. visit, Modi participated in several high-profile events. He attended the Quad Leaders’ Summit in Wilmington, addressed a large gathering of Indian-Americans on Long Island, met with U.S. technology leaders, and spoke at the United Nations’ Summit of the Future on Monday. Additionally, Modi held bilateral meetings with world leaders on each of the three days of his visit. However, despite the political significance of this trip, Modi chose not to meet either of the U.S. presidential candidates—Vice President Kamala Harris and Donald Trump.

The decision not to meet Trump raised eyebrows, particularly after Trump claimed at a rally that Modi, his “fantastic friend,” would be coming to the U.S. specifically to see him. “He’s fantastic. I mean, fantastic, man. A lot of these leaders are fantastic,” Trump told supporters during the town hall event in Flint, Michigan, just days before Modi’s visit.

Modi Declines to Reignite ‘Abki Baar, Trump Sarkar’

This recent decision stands in stark contrast to Modi’s previous engagements with Trump, where he had, in subtle ways, endorsed Trump’s re-election. During Trump’s presidency, Modi demonstrated a strong camaraderie with him, and the two leaders were often portrayed as having a solid personal bond, underscored by shared political ideologies. Both had been vocal about policies aimed at bolstering their respective countries’ self-reliance, with Modi’s “Make in India” campaign drawing parallels to Trump’s “America First” approach.

The friendship between the two became a focal point in global media, particularly during the 2019 “Howdy, Modi” rally in Houston. At the time, Trump was seeking a second term as president, and Modi, as a foreign leader, shared the stage with him at an event attended by 50,000 Indian-Americans, a crucial voter demographic for Trump. It was at this event that Modi famously said, “Abki Baar, Trump Sarkar,” which loosely translates to “This time, it’s Trump’s government,” a statement seen by many as an endorsement of Trump’s re-election campaign.

Modi’s enthusiastic participation in the “Howdy, Modi” rally had a significant impact, particularly among Indian-American voters, many of whom tend to lean Republican. Trump capitalized on this moment, portraying himself as a strong ally of the Indian community in the U.S.

In February 2020, Modi hosted Trump for the “Namaste Trump” event in Ahmedabad, India, where over 100,000 people gathered to welcome the American president. This grand reception further reinforced the idea that the two leaders shared a close bond, and it was widely seen as a strategic move to boost Trump’s appeal among Indian-American voters during his re-election campaign.

However, this year, there was a noticeable absence of similar support or endorsement from Modi. While Trump had publicly expressed expectations of a meeting, Modi’s decision to avoid such an encounter suggests a deliberate move to distance himself from the former president, particularly as the U.S. political landscape shifts ahead of the 2024 election.

Despite the close rapport they had shared in the past, Modi’s decision not to meet Trump or endorse him this time could reflect a shift in India’s foreign policy approach. As the U.S. gears up for another highly charged election, Modi may be seeking to maintain neutrality or avoid appearing to favor one candidate over another. This could also signal India’s broader strategy of focusing on strengthening ties with the current U.S. administration and other global leaders, rather than becoming entangled in American electoral politics.

By refraining from repeating the “Abki Baar, Trump Sarkar” slogan or attending a rally with Trump, Modi has shown a more cautious approach, likely aimed at preserving India’s diplomatic flexibility. While the earlier endorsements helped to solidify India’s ties with Trump during his presidency, the political climate has since changed, and Modi may be recalibrating his approach accordingly.

In contrast to the past, where personal rapport between leaders took center stage, this visit demonstrated Modi’s emphasis on formal bilateral relations and multilateral engagements. His meetings with U.S. tech leaders, participation in the Quad Leaders’ Summit, and address at the U.N. Summit of the Future highlight India’s growing global role. By choosing to focus on these aspects of the visit, rather than rekindling a personal alliance with Trump, Modi underscored India’s priorities in a rapidly changing international order.

The lack of a meeting with Trump, despite the latter’s anticipation, sends a clear signal that India is focused on its broader foreign policy agenda, rather than being swayed by the dynamics of U.S. domestic politics. It also reflects a shift in the nature of diplomacy, where leaders may prefer to focus on long-term strategic partnerships rather than short-term political alignments.

Ultimately, Modi’s visit to the U.S. highlighted India’s increasing influence on the world stage, while his decision to skip a meeting with Trump marked a significant departure from the past. Whether this decision will have any impact on Trump’s re-election efforts remains to be seen, but it certainly underscores India’s cautious and calculated approach to international relations in an era of global uncertainty.

Bombay High Court Strikes Down Government’s Fact Check Unit as Unconstitutional

The Bombay High Court on Friday dealt a significant blow to the Centre by striking down the amended Information Technology (IT) rules that allowed the government to identify “fake news” on social media through a Fact Check Unit (FCU). The court ruled that the amended rules were unconstitutional.

In a decisive opinion, Justice Atul S Chandurkar declared the amended rule “ultra vires” (beyond the powers) of the IT Act. His judgment follows a split verdict delivered on January 31 by a two-judge division bench, which was tasked with hearing pleas that challenged the amended rules. Justice Chandurkar’s ruling sided with Justice Gautam S Patel, who had also declared the rule unconstitutional in the earlier judgment. Justice Patel, who is now retired, was part of the original division bench that delivered the split verdict.

Justice Chandurkar ruled that the amendment to the IT Rules, 2023, through Rule 3(1)(b)(v), violated Articles 14 and 19 (1)(a) and 19 (1)(g) of the Constitution. Article 14 ensures equality before the law, while Articles 19 (1)(a) and 19 (1)(g) safeguard the right to freedom of speech and expression and the right to practice a profession, respectively.

Justice Chandurkar criticized the terms “fake, false or misleading” as vague and overly broad, arguing that the amended rule did not pass the “test of proportionality.” “Impugned Rule as amended be struck down. All the petitions will be placed before the division bench to be decided,” Justice Chandurkar ruled.

Justice Chandurkar’s opinion will now be presented to a division bench of two judges, who will formally announce the 2:1 majority ruling against the impugned rules. This ruling represents a clear challenge to the government’s efforts to regulate social media content through the Fact Check Unit.

The IT rules, amended in April 2023, required online platforms to take down content flagged as “fake or misleading” by the FCU if they wished to retain their “safe harbour” status, which provides them legal immunity against third-party content. However, the court found this amendment to infringe on the constitutional right to freedom of speech and expression.

Justice Chandurkar also endorsed the view that citizens do not have a “right to the truth” under the right to freedom of speech. He noted that it was not the state’s responsibility to ensure that citizens are provided only with “information” that the FCU deems not fake or misleading.

“The impugned rule sought to restrict the fundamental right under Article 19 (1) (a) (Freedom of speech and expression) by placing restrictions that were not in line with reasonable limitations provided under Article 19 (2),” Justice Chandurkar explained in his opinion. He also stressed that such a restriction could not be imposed through delegated legislation.

In his ruling, Justice Chandurkar further pointed out that there was no clear basis to determine if information about the Central Government’s business, when presented digitally, was fake or false. This determination was absent in cases where the same information appeared in print.

Additionally, he emphasized that the amendment had not been enacted in accordance with the IT Act, 2000. The Centre had also failed to demonstrate that the proposed amendment had been laid before both houses of Parliament as required under Section 87 of the 2000 Act.

Justice Chandurkar also dismissed the Centre’s claim that decisions made by the FCU could be challenged before a constitutional court, stating that such a provision “cannot be treated as adequate safeguard.” He added that the impugned rule could not be salvaged by “reading it down” or limiting its application.

In agreement with Justice Patel, Justice Chandurkar noted that the rule had a “chilling effect” on online platforms due to the threat of losing their “safe harbour” status. This concern, according to the judge, made the rule “invalid” and “liable to be struck down.”

The journey to this ruling began on January 31, when Justice Patel, in a split verdict, sided with the petitioners and struck down the rule, while Justice Neela K Gokhale upheld the government’s stance. Given the split decision, Chief Justice Devendra Kumar Upadhyaya appointed Justice Chandurkar as the third judge to offer a deciding opinion.

The petitioners in this case included stand-up comedian Kunal Kamra, the Editors Guild of India, the News Broadcasters and Digital Association, and the Association of Indian Magazines. They had previously filed an interim application seeking to stay the implementation of the FCU and requested that it not be formed until the third judge had given his final opinion on the merits of the case.

On March 11, Justice Chandurkar refused to grant a stay on the notification setting up the FCU, stating that it was “only a prima facie consideration of the issue” at that stage. He clarified that he would issue his final opinion on the merits of the case later.

Following Justice Chandurkar’s opinion, the High Court dismissed the interim applications, clearing the path for the Centre to notify the FCU under the Press Information Bureau (PIB) on March 20. However, the Supreme Court intervened just a day later, staying the notification pending the final ruling from the Bombay High Court.

With this ruling, the Bombay High Court has now struck down the controversial amendment, leaving the government’s future actions on regulating online content through fact-checking under serious scrutiny. The case will continue to be a significant point of interest as it progresses through the courts, especially in the context of the ever-evolving conversation on regulating social media platforms and safeguarding freedom of speech.

Threat to Federalism and Regional Democracy

The Bharatiya Janata Party’s push for One Nation, One Election (ONOE) has again sparked doubts about the future of democracy in India. Despite recent setbacks in the Lok Sabha elections, the BJP is determined to implement this sweeping reform. The Union Cabinet recently approved the high-level committee report on this issue, led by former President Ram Nath Kovind.

At the heart of this proposal is the synchronisation of Lok Sabha, state assembly, and local body elections, which are currently held at different times. The Kovind committee claims that simultaneous polls will create more stability in governance and reduce the burden on public finances.

However, the BJP’s motivation for pushing this agenda might run deeper than just administrative efficiency. The Party stands to gain from the simultaneous elections by leveraging its strong national presence. By consolidating elections, the BJP can streamline its campaign machinery and dominate both national and regional arenas.

India’s political system is built on a federal foundation, where both the Union and the states enjoy considerable autonomy. State elections are dominated by local issues. Regional parties deeply rooted in their states address local concerns that national parties might overlook. Their relevance lies in connecting with voters on issues specific to their regions.

When voters are asked to choose their representatives for both the Lok Sabha and their state assembly simultaneously, they are more likely to be influenced by national rather than regional issues. This could lead to the dominance of national parties with resources to contest elections nationwide, and smaller regional parties could find their voices drowned out by the national cacophony.

The BJP’s push for ONOE seems less about governance and more about consolidating its power. By aligning national and state elections, the BJP can capitalise on its minion network to win both national and state elections simultaneously. The Party would no longer need to worry about regional setbacks or coalition politics.

If the ONOE proposal is implemented, situations like the current opposition coalition, which managed to check the BJP’s dominance in several state elections, might never arise again. The BJP would be able to conquer votes nationwide, using its vast resources and national appeal to drown out the voices of local parties. This could spell disaster for parties like the TDP, which has supported ONOE. While the TDP may see short-term benefits in aligning with the BJP on this issue, it should beware. The proposal it supports could eventually lead to its own marginalisation as the BJP tightens its grip on national and state-level politics.

The proposal for ONOE is not without merit, particularly in terms of cost savings and reducing election fatigue. However, the potential long-term consequences for India’s democracy are far too significant to ignore. If regional parties are sidelined and local issues are drowned out by ‘national’ narratives, India’s political system will become dangerously centralised. One Nation, One Election could ultimately become One Nation, One Party.

India Responds to US Court Summons Over Gurpatwant Singh Pannun Assassination Plot

The Indian government has expressed its strong disapproval of a US court issuing summons to Indian officials in connection with an alleged assassination attempt on Gurpatwant Singh Pannun, the leader of the pro-Khalistan group Sikhs for Justice (SFJ). The summons implicates high-ranking Indian officials and members of the government in the alleged plot, which the Indian authorities vehemently deny.

In a formal statement, Foreign Secretary Vikram Misri firmly rejected the accusations brought against the Indian government and officials. Misri clarified that the government does not view the situation any differently despite the legal actions taken in the United States. “As we’ve said earlier, these are completely unwarranted and unsubstantiated imputations,” Misri stated. He continued, “Now that this particular case has been lodged, it doesn’t change our views about the underlying situation. I would only invite your attention to the person behind this particular case whose antecedents are well known.”

Misri emphasized that the organization Pannun represents, Sikhs for Justice, has been outlawed in India due to its separatist agenda and activities aimed at destabilizing the country. “I would also underline the fact that the organisation so-called that this person represents is an unlawful organisation, has been declared as such under the Unlawful Activities Prevention Act of 1967,” Misri explained. He further added that this designation was made “on account of its involvement in anti-national and subversive activities aimed at disrupting the sovereignty and territorial integrity of India.”

The summons, issued by the US District Court for the Southern District of New York, named several prominent Indian figures, including National Security Advisor Ajit Doval and former chief of India’s external intelligence agency, the Research and Analysis Wing (R&AW), Samant Goel. In addition to these officials, two other individuals, Nikhil Gupta and Vikram Yadav, have also been implicated in the case and served with summonses.

Nikhil Gupta, one of the accused, was arrested in the Czech Republic last year at the request of the US government. He is suspected of being involved in the plot to assassinate Pannun in New York. Following his arrest, Gupta was extradited to the United States from the Czech Republic in June 2023, where he now faces legal proceedings related to the alleged conspiracy.

Vikram Yadav, an officer working with R&AW, was also named in reports concerning the case. In April 2024, The Washington Post reported that Yadav was implicated as the key official behind the plot to assassinate Pannun. According to the report, then-R&AW chief Samant Goel had allegedly approved the operation. This revelation, which emerged through media sources, added significant weight to the US court’s decision to issue summons to Indian officials. However, the Indian government has continued to dismiss the accusations, labeling them as baseless and without merit.

The controversy surrounding Pannun’s assassination plot comes against the backdrop of Pannun’s status as a wanted figure in India. Pannun, a prominent voice in the Sikh separatist movement, holds dual citizenship in both the United States and Canada. He has been charged with terrorism-related offenses in India and has long been a subject of intense scrutiny by Indian authorities. Pannun’s involvement in advocating for a separate Sikh state, Khalistan, has made him a controversial figure, not only in India but also within the broader Sikh diaspora.

Pannun’s terrorist designation in India is based on the Unlawful Activities (Prevention) Act (UAPA), one of India’s most stringent anti-terrorism laws. The Union Home Ministry of India officially labeled him a terrorist under this law, underscoring his perceived threat to Indian national security. The UAPA allows the Indian government to designate individuals and organizations as terrorists based on their involvement in activities deemed to be threatening to the sovereignty, security, and integrity of the nation.

India’s response to the US summons reflects its broader stance on international interference in what it considers to be its internal matters. Over the years, India has consistently maintained that the activities of pro-Khalistan groups like Sikhs for Justice pose a direct threat to its territorial integrity. Groups like SFJ have campaigned for an independent Sikh state, a movement that has been actively opposed by successive Indian governments. Despite being based largely outside of India, SFJ has garnered support among certain segments of the Sikh diaspora, particularly in countries like Canada, the UK, and the United States.

However, the group’s activities have faced significant opposition from within India and among large sections of the global Sikh community. Sikhs for Justice has been at the center of numerous controversies, with its leaders being accused of promoting terrorism and violence in pursuit of their separatist goals. The Indian government’s designation of SFJ as an unlawful organization under the UAPA in 2019 was part of a broader crackdown on pro-Khalistan movements, particularly those operating outside the country.

The allegations brought forth by the US court represent a diplomatic challenge for India, which has to balance maintaining strong ties with the United States while firmly rejecting any interference in its national security matters. The involvement of high-ranking Indian officials in the case adds a further layer of complexity, as it directly links the Indian state to the alleged plot. This comes at a time when India has been bolstering its diplomatic efforts on the global stage, particularly in terms of counter-terrorism and security collaborations with other nations, including the US.

Despite the US court’s legal move, the Indian government has shown no signs of altering its stance on the issue. In fact, the strong rebuttal from officials like Vikram Misri highlights India’s determination to protect its interests and resist any external pressures that may arise from the case. Misri’s remarks point to the Indian government’s firm belief that the allegations are part of a broader narrative aimed at discrediting India’s efforts to combat terrorism and separatism.

While the case progresses in the US legal system, it is unlikely to have an immediate impact on India’s domestic policies regarding groups like Sikhs for Justice. The Indian government remains steadfast in its position that such organizations are a threat to the country’s unity and sovereignty. As a result, the situation is likely to remain tense as India continues to navigate the complex international legal and diplomatic dimensions of the case.

The Indian government has strongly condemned the US court’s summons in connection with the alleged assassination plot on Gurpatwant Singh Pannun. Foreign Secretary Misri’s statements reflect India’s unyielding position on the matter, dismissing the charges as baseless and reaffirming its commitment to national security. As the legal proceedings unfold in the United States, the diplomatic implications for India and its relationships with international partners remain to be seen. However, India’s firm stance against pro-Khalistan groups like Sikhs for Justice is unlikely to waver, even in the face of international scrutiny.

Trump to Meet Modi During Upcoming US Visit Amid Trade Criticisms

Former US President Donald Trump has announced that Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi will meet with him next week during Modi’s scheduled three-day visit to the United States. Despite his past criticisms of India as an “abuser” in terms of import tariffs, Trump praised Modi as a “fantastic man.”

Prime Minister Modi’s visit to the US is planned from September 21 to 23. Trump made this announcement during his first public appearance since an apparent assassination attempt. On Tuesday, Trump said, “He (Modi) happens to be coming to meet me next week, and Modi, he’s fantastic. I mean, fantastic man. A lot of these leaders are fantastic.” He reiterated his criticism of India’s high tariffs on imports, which has been a point of contention in the past.

Trump revealed this information during a town hall in Flint, Michigan, while addressing issues related to trade and tariffs. He highlighted, “So when India, which is a very big abuser… These people are the sharpest people. They’re not a little bit backwards… You know the expression, they’re at the top of their game, and they use it against us.” Trump added, “But India is very tough. Brazil is very tough…. China is the toughest of all, but we were taking care of China with the tariffs.” This reflects Trump’s broader critique of international trade practices and his stance on tariffs.

In his remarks, Trump outlined his approach to reciprocal trade policies. He stated, “If anybody charges us 10 cents, if they charge us USD 2, if they charge us a hundred per cent, 250, we charge them the same thing. And what’s going to happen? Everything’s going to disappear, and we’re going to end up having free trade again. And if it doesn’t disappear, we’re going to take in a lot of money.” This approach underscores his belief in a tough stance on trade imbalances to foster fairer global trading practices.

Trump is currently engaged in a competitive race for the White House against Vice President and Democratic nominee Kamala Harris. However, he did not provide additional details regarding the specifics of his upcoming meeting with Modi.

The Ministry of External Affairs in New Delhi has yet to respond to Trump’s comments or provide any additional insights regarding the visit.

Prime Minister Modi’s visit to the US will commence with the Quad Leaders’ Summit, hosted by President Joe Biden in Wilmington, Delaware. The summit will also include Australian Prime Minister Anthony Albanese and Japanese Prime Minister Fumio Kishida. Additionally, Modi is scheduled to address a community event in Long Island on September 22, followed by a speech at the Summit of the Fu.

Modi’s trip is timed just under two months before the US presidential election, with Trump and Kamala Harris as the leading candidates. The general election is set to take place on November 5.

Kashmir Voters Show Up in Record Numbers, Breaking Years of Boycotts

In a significant departure from its volatile past, the districts of Pulwama, Anantnag, Kulgam, and Shopian in South Kashmir witnessed a remarkable shift towards participatory democracy during the first phase of the Jammu and Kashmir Assembly elections on September 18, 2024. These areas, once known for militancy and separatist-driven street protests, saw both new and long-absent voters heading to the polls in what many described as a turning point for the region.

For the first time in decades, residents who had long boycotted elections—following calls from the separatist Hurriyat Conference—and young voters who had just turned 18, arrived at polling booths to cast their ballots. Significantly, this year’s elections were conducted without the looming fear of militant violence or pressure from separatist groups. Instead, voters expressed a renewed sense of agency and a desire to influence the future of Jammu and Kashmir through peaceful participation.

A Peaceful Election Day and Higher Turnout

In a sign of growing engagement with the democratic process, the voter turnout for the first phase of the Assembly elections across Jammu and Kashmir was 61.13%, a clear indicator of increased political participation. In Tral, a region known for low voter turnout, the numbers had already surpassed those of the previous election by late afternoon. During the 2014 Assembly elections, Tral recorded a voter turnout of 37.68%. By 5 p.m. on Wednesday, the turnout had reached 40.58%, reflecting an upward trend.

The sentiment behind this shift was captured by many voters who viewed the elections as a crucial moment in the history of the region. Fayyaz Ahmad Magray, a 46-year-old voter from Tral’s Batgund area, described his decision to vote as a stand against the erosion of local autonomy and the imposition of laws without the consent of the people. “The past four years have been tough. Security forces have cracked down, and the humiliation inflicted by officials from outside instilled a sense of helplessness. Anti-people laws were framed without locals being consulted,” Magray explained. “I am voting to end our helplessness. We are at a critical juncture of history. Vote is my means to make a statement against the forces hellbent on destroying Jammu and Kashmir with each passing day.”

First-Time Voters Seek Change

For many of the younger voters in the region, the elections represented an opportunity to address pressing governance issues, particularly those affecting their future prospects. Qasim Sheikh, a first-time voter from Shopian, expressed frustration with the current system, particularly the shrinking opportunities for open merit students. “Open merit reservation has gone down significantly during the past six years. More and more communities are added to the reservation list and the open merit students’ quota has been reduced to around 30%. Our future is bleak if it’s not rationalised,” he said, pointing to the need for reforms that would ensure a more equitable system for all.

Shopian, a district with a history of militancy, also saw a marked increase in voter turnout. Despite its reputation as a volatile area, the Shopian Assembly segment’s voter turnout rose from 52.06% in the 2014 elections to 54.72% by 5 p.m. on Wednesday. This increase suggested a growing willingness among residents to engage with the political process in the hopes of securing a better future for their communities.

Pulwama: A Vote Against Fear

Pulwama, which has long been associated with violence and militancy, also saw a notable increase in voter turnout. The district’s Gundibagh-Kakpora and Beighpora areas, known for being the home of both Adil Ahmad Dar—the suicide bomber responsible for the 2019 Pulwama attack that killed 40 Central Reserve Police Force (CRPF) personnel—and Riyaz Naikoo, the former commander of the militant group Hizbul Mujahideen, were among those where voting was seen as a form of resistance. “The vote is the new weapon,” declared a young voter from Pulwama, who spoke on the condition of anonymity.

He highlighted the routine harassment faced by local youth, particularly during national holidays or VIP visits, as a major factor motivating him and others to vote. “Come August 15, we are rounded up. On every VVIP’s visit, youth are summoned to police stations. We hope this vote will bring an end to the cycle of summons and raids,” he explained.

Pulwama’s voter turnout reflected this determination to break the cycle of fear and violence. By 5 p.m. on election day, the turnout had reached 46.22%, a significant increase from the 38.31% recorded in the 2014 elections.

Anantnag Joins the Shift

Anantnag, a district historically prone to calls for separatist boycotts, also showed a shift in voter behavior. Despite being one of the regions most influenced by separatist movements, Anantnag’s voter turnout rose from 38.67% in the 2014 elections to 41.58% by 5 p.m. this year. The increase in turnout was seen as a reflection of the changing political dynamics in the region, where residents are increasingly looking to the ballot box as a means of shaping their future.

For many voters in South Kashmir, the act of voting in these Assembly elections was not just about choosing representatives but about sending a message. After years of political turmoil, violence, and alienation, these elections offered a chance for the people to reclaim their voice and influence the direction of governance in Jammu and Kashmir.

Challenges Ahead for South Kashmir

Despite the promising turnout, challenges remain for South Kashmir as it seeks to stabilize its political landscape. The region has been deeply affected by both internal and external pressures, with militancy, political unrest, and economic struggles all contributing to its volatility. However, the increased voter turnout in districts like Pulwama, Shopian, Tral, and Anantnag suggests that more people are willing to engage in the democratic process, even in areas that have long been resistant to electoral participation.

The hope among many voters is that this increased engagement will lead to more responsive governance and policies that reflect the needs and aspirations of the local population. As Fayyaz Ahmad Magray noted, “We are at a critical juncture of history.” For the people of South Kashmir, this election may indeed represent a new beginning, one in which the power of the vote is used to build a more stable and prosperous future for the region.

As the election process continues, the high voter turnout in South Kashmir offers a glimmer of hope for the future. It signals a shift away from violence and boycotts towards a more participatory and peaceful form of political expression. Whether this trend will continue remains to be seen, but for now, the people of South Kashmir have made their voices heard in a powerful way.

-+=